commonwealth gft.jplate - legislation

Commonwealth Gft.jpof Australia CmLate

No. P 1, Tuesday, 6 January 1987Published by the Australian Government Publishing Service. Canberra

I, KIM C. BEAZLEY, Minister of State for Defence,hereby notify that consideration is being given to prohibitingthe exportation to certain countries of goods specified inthe following table unless a permission to export such goodshas been granted:

InterpretationFor the purposes of this table, "goods" has the same mean-ing as in the Customs Act 190/

Group A

Metal- working machinery

Note: for computer related terms, see Items IL1565 or1566.

IL 1001

Technology for metal - working manufacturing processes andspecially designed "software" therefor, as follows:

I. Definitions of terms for this Item:a "Hot die forging" is a deformation process where die

temperatures are at the same nominal temperature asthe workpiece and exceed 850K (577 °C, 1070 °F);

b "Superplastic forming" is a deformation process usingheat for metals that are normally characterised by lowvalues of elongation (less than 20 per cent) at thebreaking point as determined at room temperature byconventional tensile strength - testing, in order to achieveelongations during processing which are at least 2 timesthose values;

e "Diffusion bonding" is a solid -state molecular joining ofat least two separate metals into a single piece with ajoint strength equivalent to that of the weakest material;

d "Metal powder compaction" is a process capable ofyielding parts having a density of 98 per cent or more ofthe theoretical maximum density;

e "Direct- acting hydraulic pressing" is a deformation pro-cess which uses a fluid -filled flexible bladder in directcontact with the workpiece;

f "Hot isostatic densification" is a process of pressurizinga casting at temperatures exceeding 375K (102 °C,215.6 °F) in a closed cavity through various media (gas,liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equal force in alldirections to reduce or eliminate internal voids in thecasting:

g "Vacuum hot pressing" is a process which uses a presswith heated dies to consolidate metal powder underreduced atmospheric pressure into a part;"High pressure extrusion" is a process yielding a singlepass reduction ratio of 4 to I or greater in a cross -sectional area of the resulting part;

I " Isostatic pressing" is a process which uses a pressurizingmedium (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) in a closedcavity to create equal force in all directions upon a metalpowder filled container for consolidating the powder intoa part.

h

II. Listed as follows:

a Technology for the design of tools, dies andspecially designed for the following processes:1 "Hot die forging";2 " Superplastic forming";3 "Diffusion bonding";4 "Metal pow'Pr onrnnaction" using:

i " Vacuun

24802/86 Cat.

PERIODIC

ii "High pressure extrusion"; oriii "Isostatic pressing";

5 "Direct- acting hydraulic pressing";b Technical data consisting of process parameters as listed

below used to control;1 "Hot die forging ":

i Temperature;ii Strain rate;

2 "Superplastic forming"alloys and superalloys:i Surface preparation;ii Strain rate;iii Temperature;iv Pressure;

3 "Diffusion bonding" of superalloys and titanium alloys:i Surface preparation;,.,

ii Temperature;iii Pressure;

4 "Metal powder compaction" usini "Vacuum hot pressing ": ,- GENERA (, °

a Temperature;b Pressure; C1 N t"_? n ,, a

c Cycle time; O

ii "High- pressure extrus nF;

a Temperature;b Pressure;c Cycle time;

iii "Isostatic pressing ":a Temperature,',b Pressure;e Cycle time;

5 "Direct- acting hydraulic pressing" of aluminium alloys,and titanium alloys:i Pressure;ii Cycle time;

6 "Hot isostatic densification" of titanium alloys, alu-minium alloys and superalloys;i Temperature;ii Pressure;iii Cycle time.

of aluminium alloys, titanium

IL 1075Spin- forming and flow- forming machines specially designedor adapted for use with numerical or computer controlsand specially designed components and software therefor.

IL 1080

I Specially designed equipment, tooling and fixtures forthe manufacture or measuring of gas turbine blades orvanes, as follows; specially designed components and acces-sories therefor; and specially designed software for theequipment, components and accessories:

a Blade or vane aerofoil or root automatic measuringequipment.Note: If the apparatus does not have a mechanical meas-uring and electrical transmitting device, but consists ofan optical projector only, the apparatus is not coveredby the above.Precision vacuum investment casting equipment, includ-ing core - making equipment;Small -hole drilling equipment for producing holes havingdepths more than four times their diameter and less than0.03 inch (0.76 mm) in diameter;

fixtures

b

c

:commended retail price $3.40

2 Customs Act 190/

d Directional solidification casting equipment and direc-tional recrystallization equipment;

e Segmented cast blade or vane bonding equipment;f Integral blade - and -disc casting equipment;g Blade or vane coating equipment, except furnaces, mol-

ten -metal baths and ion - plating baths;h Ceramic blade or vane moulding and finishing machines;i Moulds, cores and tooling for the manufacture and fin-

ishing of:1 Cast hollow turbine blades or vanes;2 Turbine blades or vanes produced by powder

compaction;Composite metal turbine blade or vane moulding andfinishing machines;

Inertial blade or vane welding machines.k

II Technology (except installation, operation and mainte-nance technology) for use of the following unembargoedequipment:

a Blade or vane belt grinding machines;b Blade or vane edge radiusing machines;c Blade or vane aerofoil milling or grinding machines;d Blade or vane blank preforming machines;e Blade or vane rolling machines;f Blade or vane aerofoil shaping machines except metal

removing types;g Blade or vane root grinding machines;h Blade or vane aerofoil scribing equipment.

Explanatory notes:1 Manufacture (making) includes refurbishing.2 This definition also covers machinery and equipment forthe manufacture of blades or vanes in the compressorsection of aircraft or aircraft- derived gas turbine engineswhere the technology is the same as for the manufacture ofblades or vanes in the turbine section.

IL 1081

Specially designed or modified equipment, tools, dies,moulds and fixtures for the manufacture or inspection ofaircraft, airframe structures or aircraft fasteners, as fol-lows; specially designed components and accessories there-fore; and specially designed software for the equipment,components and accessories:a Equipment, tools, dies, moulds or fixtures for:

1 Hydraulic stretch forming:i Whose machine motions or forces are digitially con-

trolled or controlled by electrical analogue devices;or

ii Which are capable of thermal - conditioning theworkpiece;

2 The milling of aircraft skins or spars;b Tools, dies, moulds or fixtures for:

1 Diffusion bonding;2 Superplastic forming;3 Hot die forging;4 Metal powder compaction by vacuum hot pressing,

highpressure extrusion or isostatic pressing;5 Direct- acting hydraulic pressing of aluminium alloys

and titanium alloys;6 The manufacture, inspection, inserting or securing of

specially designed high- strength aircraft fasteners.

Explanatory note: For the definition of the processes andcontrol of the metal - working manufacturing technologiesmentioned above, see item IL 1001.Unimproved machinery covered by sub -item a 2 aboveoriginally produced more than 10 years prior to theproposed export.

IL 1086

Specially designed or modified equipment, tools, dies,moulds, fixtures and gauges for the manufacture or inspec-tion of aircraft, and aircraft derived gas turbine engines,as follows; specially designed components and accessories

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo. P 1, 6 January 1987

therefore; and specially designed software for the equip-ment, components and accessories:a Equipment, tools, dies, moulds, fixtures and gauges:

1 For automated production inspection;2 For automated welding;

b Tools, dies, fixtures and gauges:1 For solid -state joining by inertial welding or thermal

bonding;2 For manufacture and inspection of high - performance

gas turbine bearings;3 For rolling specially configured rings such as nacelle

rings;4 For forming and finishing turbine discs;

e Compressor or turbine disc broaching machines.

IL 1088Gear making or finishing machinery, as follows:a Bevel gear making machinery:

1 Gear grinding machinery (non - generating type);2 Other machinery capable of the production of bevel

gears of module finer than 0.5mm (diametral pitchfiner than 48) and meeting a quality standard betterthan DIN 58405 Class 6.Technical note: If rated in AGMA or Admiraltystandards and not rated in DIN 58405, AGMA 11 orAdmiralty Class 1 shall be considered to be the equiv-alent of DIN 58405 Class 6.

b Machinery capable of producing gears in excess of AGMAquality level 13 or equivalent.

Technical note: If not rated in AGMA standards, DIN3963 Class 4 shall be considered equivalent to AGMAquality level 13.

íL1091Numerical control units, numerically controlled machine -tools, dimensional inspection machines, direct numericalcontrol systems, specially designed sub - assemblies, andspecially designed software, as follows:

a Units for numerically controlling simultaneously coordi-nated (contouring and continuous path) movements ofmachine -tools and dimensional inspection machines intwo or more axes, except those having all of the follow-ing characteristics:i No more than two contouring interpolating (any

mathematical function including linear and circular)axes can be simultaneously coordinated. Units mayhave:1 One or more additional axes for which rate of

movement is not coordinated, varied or modulatedwith that of another axis;

2 One additional set of two contouring axes provideda separate feed rate number, standard or optional,does not control more than any two contouring axes;or

3 Two contouring axes switchable out of any numberof axes;

ii Minimum programmable increment equal to or greaterthan 0.001 mm;

iii Interfaces limited as follows:1 No integral interface designed to meet ANSI /IEEE

standard 488 -1978, IEC publication 625 -1; or anyequivalent standard; and

2 No more than two interfaces meeting EIA standardRS -232 -C or any equivalent standard;

iv On -line (real -time) modification of the tool path, feedrate and spindle data limited to the following:1 Cutter diameter compensation normal to the centre-

line path;2 Automatic acceleration and deceleration for starting,

cornering and stopping;3 Axis transducer compensation including lead screw

pitch compensation (measurements on one axis maynot compensate another axis);

4 Constant surface speed with or without limits;

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteVo. P 1, 6 January 1987

5 Spindle growth compensation;6 Manual feed rate and spindle speed override;7 Fixed and repetitive cycles (does not include auto-

matic cut vector generation);8 Tool and fixture offset;9 Part programme tape editing, excluding source pro-

gramme language and centreline location data(CL DATA);

10 Tool length compensation;11 Part programme storage;12 Variable pitch threading;13 Inch /metric conversion;14 Feed rate override based on spark voltage for elec-

trical discharge machines;v Word size equal to or less than 16 bits (excluding

parity bit(s));vi Software /firmware, including software /firmware of any

programmable unit or device furnished, shall not ex-ceed control unit functions as provided in i to v above,and is restricted as follows:1 Only the following application programmes can be

furnished which shall be executable without furthercompilation, assembly, interpretation, or processing,other than control unit parameter initialization, andmemory storage loading, and each shall be suppliedas an entity rather than in modular form:a An operating programme to allow the unit to

perform its normal functions;b One or more diagnostic programmes to verify

control or machine performance and permit local-ization of hardware malfunctions;

c A translator programme with which the end -usercan programme the control -to- machine interface;

2 Programme documentation for application pro-grammes shall not contain the following:a Listing of programme instructions (except that

necessary for diagnostics for routine hardwaremaintenance);

b Description of programme organization or func-tion beyond that required for programme use andfor maintenance of hardware with which theseprogrammes operate;

c Flow charts, logic diagrams or the algorithms em-ployed (except those necessary for use of diagnos-tics for routine hardware maintenance);

d Any reference to specific memory storage loca-tions (except those necessary for diagnostics forroutine hardware maintenance);

e Any other information about the design or func-tion of the software which would assist in theanalysis or modification of all or of part of it.

Explanatory notes:1 For "digital computers" either "incorporated" in or

"associated" with, but not "embedded" in, control-lers, see Item IL 1565.

2 Technology for the design and production (exceptassembly and testing) of two -axis numerical controlunits with an "embedded" computer remainsembargoed.

h Machine -tools and dimensional inspection machines which,according to the manufacturer's technical specifications, e

can be equipped with numerical control units covered bysub -item 2 above, except:i Boring mills, milling machines, and machining centres

haying all of the following characteristics:I Not more than three axes capable of simultaneously

coordinated contouring motion, ie the total numberof linear plus rotary contouring axes cannot exceedthree. (A secondary parallel contouring axis, eg Waxis on horizontal boring mills, is not counted in the dtotal of three contouring axes. A secondary rotarytable, the centreline of which is parallel to theprimary rotary table, is also not counted in the totalof three contouring axes. Machines may have non -contouring parallel or non - contouring, non - parallelrotary axes in addition to the three axes capable of

Customs Act 1901 3

simultaneously coordinated contouring motion. Ma-chines having the capability of being simultaneouslycoordinated in more than three axes are not ex-cluded from embargo even if the numerical controlunit attached to the machine limits it to three si-multaneously coordinated contouring axes. For ex-ample, a machine with a control unit switchablebetween any three out of four contouring axes isnot excluded from embargo);

2 Maximum slide travel in any' axis equal to or lessthan 3,000 mm;

3 Spindle drive motor power equal to or less than35kW;

4 Single working spindle (the machine may have mul-tiple tool heads or turrets as standard or optional,but only one working spindle may be operative at atime). A spindle capable of driving a multiple drillhead is considered as a single spindle;

5 Axial and radial motion measured at the spindleaxis in one revolution of the spindle equal to orgreater than D x 2 x 10 -5mm TIR (peak -to -peak)where D is the spindle diameter in mm;

6 An incremental positioning accuracy equal to orgreater (coarser) than ± 0.002mm in any 200 mmof travel;

7 Overall positioning accuracy in any axis equal to orgreater (coarser) than:a ±0.01 mm for machines with total length of axis

travel equal to or less than 300 mm;b ±(0.01 + (0.0025/300 x (L- 300))) mm for

machines with a total length of axis travel, L,greater than 300 mm and equal to or less than3,300 mm;

c ±0.035 mm for machines with a total length ofaxis travel greater than 3,300 mm.

Technical note:Positioning accuracy is that accuracy which would beobtained in a temperature - controlled environment of20 °C ±2 °C with any mechanical compensation tech-niques shipped with the machine or any electroniccompensation described in sub -item a iv. Positioningaccuracy of machines shipped without numerical con-trol units will be that attained with a control unit usedduring checkout of the machine and with feedbacksystems identical to those that will be used with themachine, or by accuracy previously obtained with anidentical machine and feedback system and controlunit which will be connected to the machine. (Seetechnical note 9 below)

ii Machine tools (other than boring mills, milling ma-chines and machining centres described in i above)and dimensional inspection machines, having all of thefollowing characteristics:1 Radial -axis motion measured at the spindle axis

equal to or greater than 0.0008 mm TIR (peak -to-peak) in one revolution of the spindle (for lathes,turning machines, contour grinding machines, etc.);

2 Meeting the requirements of i 1, i 6 and i 7 above.(See also Item II. 1370 for "high precision turningmachines ");

"Direct Numerical Control systems" (DNC) consistingof a dedicated stored programme computer acting as ahost computer and controlling, on -line or off -line, one ormore numerically controlled machine -tools or inspectionmachines, as defined in sub -item b above, related soft-ware, and interface and communication equipment fordata transfer between the host computer memory, theinterpolation functions, and the numerically - controlledmachine - tools;Specially designed sub - assemblies and software which,according to the manufacturer's technical specifications,can upgrade the capabilities of numerical control unitsand machine -tools either so that they would becomeembargoed by sub -items a, b or c above, or so that theywould cease to be eligible for export under the provisionsof the italic notes below. Note: Specially designed printed

4 Customs Act 1901

circuit board sub assemblies are embargoed by this sub -item.(See also Item IL 1093 for "machine -tool parts andcomponents ".)

Technical notes:1 "Numerical control" is defined as the "automatic control

of a process performed by a device that makes use ofnumeric data usually introduced as the operation is inprogress" (Ref. ISO 2382).

2 "Contouring control" is defined as: "two or more numer-ically controlled motions operating in accordance withinstructions that specify the next required position andthe required feed rates to that position. These feed ratesare varied in relation to each other so that a desiredcontour is generated" (Ref. ISO /DIS 2806).

3 "Digital computer" is defined in Note 16 to Item IL 1565.4 "Embedded" in equipment or systems is defined as:

Can feasibly be neither:a Removed from such equipment or systems; norb Used for other purposes.

5 "Incorporated" in equipment or systems is defined as:a Can feasibly be either:

i Removed from such equipment or systems; orii Used for other purposes; and

b Is essential to the operation of such equipment orsystems.

6 "Associated" with equipment or systems is defined as:a Can feasibly be either:


b Is not essential to the operation of such equipment orsystems.

NB "Removal" in Notes 4, 5 and 6 above is understoodto mean not just physical removal but removal withretention of computing capabilities.

7 A "Direct Numerical Control system" (DNC) is definedas "a system connecting a set of numerically controlledmachines to a common memory for part programme ormachine programme storage with provision for on -de-mand distribution of data to the machines" (Ref. ISO/DIS 2806.2).

8 Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance with interna-tional standard ISO 841, "Numerical Control Ma-chines--Axis and Motion Nomenclature ".

9 The value of the positioning accuracy does not includethe width of backlash. The value is determined by theusual statistical methods (random tests); i.e. by ap-proaching from only one direction of a minimum of 5measurement points up to a maximum of 25 measure-ment positions as random tests along one axis. Nationalstandards may be used for this measuring method; e.g.the German standard VDI "Statistical testing of theOperaitonal and positioning accuracy of machine -toolsVDI-- DGQ3441, March, 1977 ".

Notes:I Numerical control units which have all of the following

characteristics to non aerospace, non nuclear civil endusers, when the numerical control units are either ex-ported by themselves or exported with equipment ex-cluded from embargo by sub -item b above:a No more than three contouring interpolating (any

mathematical function including linear and circular)axes can he simultaneously coordinated. (Units maybe capable of controlling one or more additional axesfor which rate of movement is not coordinated, var-ied or modulated with that of another axis);

b Meeting the requirements of sub -items a ii to vi above.2 Floor -type horizontal boring mills covered by sub -item

b i above to non aerospace civil end -users for civil enduses, provided that all of the following conditions aremet:a Maximum transverse (X -axis) travel equal to or less

than 15.000 nun;b Maximum vertical (Y -axis) travel equal to or less

than 5,000 mm;


c Maximum (Z -axis) travel equal to or less than3,000 mm;

d Spindle -drive motor equal to or less than 75 kW;e Meeting the requirements of sub -items b i t and b i 4

to 7 above.

IL 1093Components andand dimensional1091, as follows:

a

b

c

specially designed parts for machine toolsinspection machines covered by Item IL

Spindle assemblies, consisting of spindles and bearings asa minimal assembly, except those assemblies with axialand radial axis motion measured along the spindle axisin one revolution of the spindle equal to or greater(coarser) than the following:i 0.0008 mm TIR (peak -to -peak) for lathes and turning

machines, orii D x 2 x10 -5 mm TIR (peak -to- peak), where D is the

spindle diameter in millimetres, for milling machines,boring mills, jig grinders, and machining centres;

Lead screws, including ball nut screws, except thosehaving all of the following characteristics:i Accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than 0.004

mm /300 mm;ii Overall accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than

(0.0025 + 5 x 10 ° x L)mm, where L is the effectivelength in millimetres of the screw;

iii Concentricity of the centreline of the journal bearingsurface and the centreline of the major diameter ofthe screw equal to or greater (coarser) than 0.005 mmTIR (peak -to -peak) at a distance of three times thediameter of the screw or less from the journal bearingsurface;

Linear and rotary position feedback units including in-ductive type devices, graduated scales, and laser systems,except:i Linear types having an accuracy equal to or greater

(coarser) than (0.0004 + 13 x 10_6 x L)mm for Lequal to or less than 100 mm and (0.0015 + 2 x l0'x L)mm, for L greater than 100 mm where L is theeffective length in millimetres of the linear measure-ment; and

ii Rotary types having an accuracy equal to or greater(coarser) than two seconds of arc;

Linear induction motors used as drivesall the following characteristics;i Stroke greater than 200 mm;ii Nominal force rating greater than 45 Newton;iii Minimum controlled incremental movement less than

0.001 mm,

d for slides, having

Group BChemical and petroleum equipment

IL 1110

Equipment for the production of liquid fluorine, and espe-cially designed components therefor.

IL 1129

Vacuum pump systems, as follows, and specially designedcomponents, controls and accessories therefor:

a Cryopump systems (i.e. systems in which the circulationof cooled or liquefied gas is used to achieve a vacuum,static or dynamic, by lowering the temperature of theenvironment) designed to operate at temperatures of lessthan 200°C (- 328 °F) measured at atmosphericpressure;

b Vacuum pump systems capable of evacuating a chamberof volume greater than one (1) litre to pressures below10 -8 torr (1.3 x 10-6 pascals) while the temperature inthe chamber is maintained above 800 °C (1,472 °F);

Note: For computer - related terms, see Items IL 1565 or1566.


IL 1131Pumps (except vacuum pumps) having any of the followingcharacteristics;a Designed to move molten metals by electromagnetic

forces;b Having all flow contact surfaces made of 90 per cent or

more tantalum, titanium or zirconium, either separatelyor combined, except when such surfaces are made ofmaterials containing more than 97 per cent and less than99.7 per cent titanium. (See also Item IL 1133.)

Pumps described in sub -item b to bona fide civil end -usersfor non-aerospace end -uses.

IL 1133Valves, cocks and pressure regulators, having all flow con-tact surfaces made of 90 per cent or more tantalum,titanium or zirconium, either separately or combined, ex-cept when such surfaces are made of materials containingmore than 97 per cent and less than 99.7 per cent titanium.Valves, cocks and pressure regulators to bona fide civilend -users for non - aerospace end -use.

IL 1142

Tubing, as follows:a Made of, lined with, or covered with any of the fluoro-

carbon materials covered by sub -item IL 1754 a 2,unreinforced, heat shrinkable and having an inner diam-eter (before shrinkage) of less than 28.57 mm (l' /8 in);

b Reinforced tubing (including connectors and fittings forusage with such tubing) incorporating coagulated disper-sion grades of polytetra - fluoroethylene; copolymers oftetra- fluoroethylene and hexafluoropropylene; or any ofthe fluorocarbon materials covered by sub -item IL 1754a 2 and designed for operating (working) pressures of210.9 kg /cm' (3,000 psi) or greater, whether or notspecially processed to make the flow surfaces electricallyconductive,

IL 1145

Containers, jacketed only, specially designed for the stor-age or transportation of liquid fluorine.

Group C

Electrical and power- generating equipment

Note: For computer related terms, see Items IL 1565 or1566.

IL 1203

Electric vacuum furnaces, as follows, specially designedcomponents and controls therefor, and "specially designedsoftware" for such furnaces, components or controls:

a Consumable electrode vacuum arc furnaces with a ca-pacity in excess of 20,000 kg (44,092 lb);

b Skull type vacuum arc furnaces;c "Vacuum induction furnaces" with either of the follow-

ing characteristics:1 Incorporating susceptors which:

i Are designed to operate at temperatures in excessof 2,273 K (2,000 °C); and

ii Have a working diameter greater than 127 mm (5inches); or

2 Allowing the molten metal to be poured into a mouldwithin the vacuum chamber without breaking the vac-uum, and having all of the following characteristics:i A capacity in excess of 2,273 kg (5,000 lbs);u Designed to operate at pressures lower than 6.67 Pa

(6.67 mbar); andiii Designed to operate at temperatures in excess of

1,375 K (1,000 °C, 2,012 °F);Note: "Vacuum induction furnaces" include all portionsof the furnace system within the vacuum chamber.(See also Items IL 1080 and 1301.)

Customs Act 190/

IL 1205

Electro - chemical, semi - conductor and radio - active devicesfor the direct conversion of chemical, solar or nuclearenergy to electrical energy, as follows:a

b

c

Electro- chemical devices, as follows and specially de-signed components therefor:1 Fuel cells operating at temperatures of 523K (250 °C,

482 °F) or less, including regenerative cells, i.e. cellsfor generating electric power, to which all the consum-able components are supplied from outside the cell;Explanatory note: The temperature of 523K or less isintended to refer to the fuel cell and not to the fuelconditioning equipment, which may be either an ancil-lary or an integral part of the fuel cell battery andwhich may operate at over 523K.

2 Primary cells and batteries having any of the followingcharacteristics:i Possessing a means of activation and having an open

circuit storage life in the unactivated condition, at atemperature of 294K (21 °C, 70 °F) of 10 years ormore;

ii Silver -zinc reserve batteries possessing a means ofactivation and having an open circuit storage life inthe unactivated condition, at a temperature of 294K(21 °C, 70 °F), of 3 years or more;

iii Utilising a lithium anode with lithium salt solute inorganic solvent (non aqueous) electrolyte and hav-ing an energy density at the 24 -hour discharge rateof greater than 100 watt -hours per pound at 297K(24 °C, 75 °F) and greater than 35 watt -hours perpound at 244K ( -29 °C, 20 °F).Explanatory note: Energy density is obtained bymultiplying the average power in watts (averagevoltage times average current in amperes) by theduration of the discharge in hours to 90 per cent ofthe initial load voltage and dividing by the totalweight of the cell (or battery) in pounds. As regardssecondary (rechargeable) batteries, energy density ismeasured after 500 charge /discharge cycles.

3 Molten salt electrolyte cells and batteries which nor-mally operate at temperatures of 773K (500 °C, 932 °F)or below;

Photo - voltaic cells as follows, and specially designedcomponents therefor:1 With a power output of 14mW or more per sq cm

under 100mW per sq cm tungsten 2,800 °K (2,527 °C,4,581 °F) illumination; or

2 All gallium arsenide photo - voltaic cells excluding thosehaving a power output of less than 4mW measured bythe above techniques; or

3 With power output of 450mW or more per sq cmunder 10W per sq cm silicon carbide 1,750 °K (1.477 °C,2,691 °F) illumination;

4 Electromagnetic (including laser) and ionized particleradiation resistant;

Power sources based on radio - active materials systemsother than nuclear reactors, except:i Those having an output power of less than 0.5W and

a total weight (force) of more than 890N (90.7 kg,200 lb);

ii Those specially designed and developed for medicaluse within the human body;

Note:1 See also Item IL 1570.2 This Item does not embargo the following cells and

power source devices, and specially designed compo-nents therefor (nothing in this Note shall be construedas sanctioning the export or technology for such cells,power source devices or specially designed components):a Fuel cells embargoed by sub -item a 1 above with a

maximum output power greater than 10 kW whichuse gaseous pure hydrogen and oxygen /air reactants,alkaline electrolyte and a catalyst support by carboneither pressed on a metal mesh electrode or attachedto a conducting porous plastic;

6 Customs Act 1901

b Primary cells and batteries covered by sub -item a 2iii above which are specially designed for consumerapplications in watches, pacemakers, calculators andhearing aids;

c Power source devices covered by sub -item c abovewhich have an output power of 0.5W or more andan overall efficiency of 6 per cent or less. (Overallefficiency is obtained by dividing the electrical out-put, expressed in watts, by the thermal input, ex-pressed in watts. It is understood that this efficiencyis to be measured at the beginning of life.)

IL 1206Electric arc devices for generating a flow of ionised gas inwhich the arc column is constricted (except devices whereinthe flow of gas is for isolation purposes only and devicesof less than 100 kW for cutting, welding, melting, platingor spraying); equipment incorporating such devices; spe-cially designed components, accessories and control or testequipment; and specially designed software for such de-vices, equipment, components, accessories, or control ortest equipment.

Group D

General industrial equipment

IL 1301

Equipment and technology for the production of "super-alloys" as follows:

a Equipment specially designed for the production of"superalloys ";Notes:1 Sub -item a does not include the following equipment:

i Electric arc and induction furnaces, basic oxygenfurnaces, and remelting equipment using other tech-niques for the production of carbon steels, low -alloysteels and stainless steels;

ii Degassing equipment used for the production ofcarbon steels, low -alloy steels and stainless steels;

iii Hot and cold rolling mills, extrusion presses, andswaging and forging machines;

iv Decarburizing and annealing and pickling equipment;v Surface finishing equipment;vi Slitting and cutting equipment;

2 Vacuum induction furnaces used in the production ofsuperalloy powders, however, are embargoed by thissub -item;

3 For the embargo status of other electric vacuum fur-naces, see Item IL 1203;

b Technology specific to the production of "superalloys ",regardless of the type of equipment with which it maybe intended to use such technology.Notes:1 Sub -item b does not include technology on the equip-

ment excluded by Note 1 to sub -item a above.2 Melting, remelting and degassing technology specific

to the production of superalloys, however, is embar-goed by sub -item b.

3 This Item embargoes equipment specially designed forand technology specific to the production of "super-alloys" in the crude and semi - fabricated forms listedbelow:

Crude forms:Anodes, balls, bars (including notched bars and wirebars), billets, blocks, blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes,crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules, ingots, lumps,pellets, pigs, powder, rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge,sticks.

Semi - fabricated forms (whether or not coated, plated,drilled or punched):


i Wrought or worked materials fabricated by rolling,drawing, extruding, forging, impact extruding, press-ing, graining, atomising and grinding, i.e. angles,channels, circles, discs, dust, flakes, foils and leaf,forging, plate, powder, pressings and stampings, rib-bons, rings, rods (including bare welding rods, wirerods, and rolled wire), sections, shapes, sheets, strip,pipe and tubes (including tube rounds, squares, andhollows), drawn or extruded wire.

ii Cast material produced by casting in sand, die,metal, plaster or other types of moulds, includinghigh pressure castings, sintered forms, and formsmade by powder metalllurgy.

4 For materials and manufacturing processes at laterstages in the production process, see also other Items,for example, Items IL 1431 and 1460 for gas turbineengines.Technical note: "Superalloys" are nickel -, cobalt -, oriron -base alloys having strengths superior to the AISI300 series (as of the 1st May 1982) at temperaturesover 922 K (649 °C, 1226 °F) under severe environ-mental and operating conditions. Excluded are carbonsteels, low -alloy steels and stainless steels havingstrengths inferior to the AISI 300 series (as of the 1stMay 1982).

IL 1305

Metal rolling mills, as follows; specially designed compo-nents, accessories and controls therefor; and specially de-.signed software for such mills components, accessories andcontrols:

a Isothermal rolling mills, except those capable of operat-ing only at ambient temperatures.Technical note: In an isothermal rolling mill a constantinstantaneous temperature profile is maintained in thecontact area between the workpiece and the rolls.

b Other mills specially designed or redesigned for the roll-ing of metals and alloys with a melting point exceeding1,900 °C (3,452 °F).

IL 1312

Isostatic presses, as follows, and specially designed diesand moulds (except those used in isostatic presses operat-ing at ambient temperatures), components, accessories andcontrols and "specially designed software" therefor;a Capable of achieving a maximum working pressure of

138MPa (20,000 psi) or greater and possessing a cham-ber cavity with an inside diameter in excess of 406 mm(16 inches); or

b Having a controlled thermal environment within theclosed cavity and possessing a chamber cavity with aninside diameter of 127 mm (5 inches) or more.

Notes: 1 Isostatic presses are those capable of pressurizinga closed cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solidparticles, etc.) to create equal pressure in all directionswithin the cavity upon a workpiece or material.Isostatic presses embargoed by sub -items a and b above,provided that the equipment will be used for specific non-strategic applications and will not be used for any nuclearor aerospace applications and provided that:a Isostatic presses having a controlled thermal environ-

ment within the closed cavity are limited as follows:1 Maximum working pressure not exceeding 207MPa

(30,000 psi): and2 Chamber cavity with an inside diameter (i.e. the max-

imum inside diameter of the working chamber) notexceeding 406 mm (16 inches), when the controlledthermal environment which can be achieved and main-tained does not exceed 1,500 °C;

3 Having no facility for hydrocarbon impregnation andremoval of resultant gaseous degredation products:

b Isostatic presses other than those dealt with under sub-paragraph a above are limited as follows:1 Maximum working pressure not exceeding 414MPa

(60,000 psi) and


2 Chamber cavity with an inside diameter (i.e. the max-imum inside diameter of the working chamber) notexceeding 508 mm (20 inches)

NB: The inside chamber dimension referenced in sub -para-graphs a 2 and b 2 above is the chamber in which both theworking temperature and the working pressure are achieved.That dimension will be the smaller of either the insidediameter of the pressure chamber or the inside diameter ofthe insulated furnace chamber, depending on which of thetwo chambers is located inside the other. For isostaticpresses having a controlled thermal environment, the inser-tion of fixturing leaves a diameter of less than 406 mm (16inches) in the chamber for the piece to be pressed. Forisostatic presses operating at ambient temperature, the in-sertion of fixturing leaves a diameter of less than 508 mm(20 inches) in the chamber for the piece to be pressed.

IL 1352Nozzles, dies and extruder barrels specially designed forthe processing of the fluorocarbon materials covered byItem IL 1754 a 2.

IL 1353

Equipment specially designed for the manufacture of cableand optical fibres embargoed by Item IL 1526.

Equipment specially designed for the manufacture of cabledescribed in Item IL 1526 b.

IL 1354

Equipment designed for the manufacture or testing ofprinted circuit boards, as follows, and specially designedcomponents and accessories, and specially designed soft-ware for such equipment:a Equipment specially designed for removal of resists or

printed circuit board materials by dry (e.g. plasma)methods;

b Computer -aided design (CAD) equipment for printedcircuit boards, having any of the following functions:1 Generation of artwork design with an interactive

capability;2 Generation of test string lists for multi -layer boards;3 Generation of data or programmes for "digitally con-

trolled" printed circuit board drilling equipment;4 Generation of data or programmes for "digitally con-

trolled" printed circuit board shaping and profilingequipment;

S Generation of data for control of the sequencing ofprocesses of the equipment for printed circuit boardmanufacture covered by sub -item c;

High -speed automated continuous panel processors forplating capable of delivering more than or equal to 860Aim' (80 A /ft2) of plate current;"Digitally controlled" inspection equipment for the de-tection of defects in printed circuit boards using opticalpattern comparison or other machine scanning techniques;"Digitally controlled" electrical test equipment for theidentification of open and short circuits on bare printedcircuit boards, capable of:1 Continuity testing (4 ohms or less) at a rate of 2,500

or more measurements per second; or2 High voltage testing (50 volts or more) at a rate of

10,000 or more measurements per minute;"Digitally controlled" multispindle drills and routers hav-ing any of the following characteristics:1 Absolute positioning accuracy of ± 10 micrometres

(0.0004 inch) or better;2 Minimum time needed for drill bit changes of 5 sec-

onds or less;3 X and Y positioning speeds of 0.125 metres per second

(300 inches per minute) or higher for drilling or forrouting;g "Digitally controlled" cyclic voltametric stripping equip-

ment specially designed for printed circuit board platingbath monitoring and analysis.

c

d

e

f

Customs Act 1901 7

Notes:1 See also Item IL 1522 b for the embargo of printed

circuit board manufacturing equipment incorporatinga laser.

2 This Item does not embargo equipment with controlsusing the following:1 Cams and other purely mechanical means;2 Switches, including thumbwheel switches;3 Plugboards;4 On -off and analogue controllers;5 Diode matrices;6 Punched paper tape controllers without a capability

to compute, manipulate, or store and re -run pro-gramme data.

Technical note: The term "digitally controlled" refers toequipment, the functions of which are, partly or entirely,automatically controlled by stored and digitally codedelectrical signals.

IL 1355Equipment for the manufacture or testing of electroniccomponents and materials, as follows, and specially de-signed components, accessories and software therefor:

a Equipment specially designed for the manufacture andtesting of electron tubes, optical elements and speciallydesigned components therefor embargoed by Items IL1541, 1542, 1555, 1556, 1558 and 1559;

b Equipment specially designed for the manufacture ortesting of semi - conductor devices, micro - circuits and as-semblies, as follows, and systems incorporating or havingthe characteristics of such equipment:1 Equipment for the processing of materials for the

manufacture of devices and components as specifiedin the heading of this sub -item;

2 Masks, mask substrates, mask - making equipment andimage - transfer equipment for the manufacture of de-vices and components as specified in the heading ofthis sub -item:Technical note: The term "masks" refers to those usedin electron beam lithography, X -ray lithography, andfor ultraviolet lithography, as well as the usual ultra-violet and visible photo - lithography.

3 "Digitally controlled" inspection equipment for thedetection of defects in processed wafers, substrates orchips using optical pattern comparison or other ma-chine scanning techniques;Technical note: Conventional scanning electron micro-scopes, except when specially designed and instru-mented for automatic pattern inspection, are notcovered by this sub -item.

4 Specially designed "digitally controlled" measuring andanalysis equipment;

5 Equipment for the assembly of microcircuits;6 "Digitally controlled" wafer probing equipment;7 Test equipment as follows (for standard test instru-

ments, see Item IL 1529):i Computer - controlled equipment or equipment with

a computer- management compatible interface spe-cially designed for testing discrete semi - conductordevices and unencapsulated dice, capable of per-forming any of the following functions:a Measurement of time intervals of less than 10

nanoseconds;b Measurement of parameters (eg fT, S- parameters,

noise (figure)) at frequencies greater than 250MHz;

c Resolution of currents of less than 100picoamperes;

d Measurements of spectral response at wavelenghtsoutside the range from 450 to 950 nanometres;

Technical note: Discrete semi - conductor devices in-clude, for example, diodes, transistors, thyristors,photocells, and solar cells.

8 Customs Act 1901

ii "Digitally controlled" equipment specially designedfor testing micro - circuits, and assemblies thereof,capable of performing any of the following functions:a Functional (truth table) testing at a pattern rate

greater than 2MHz;b Resolution of currents of less than 1 nanoampere;c Testing of integrated circuits (not mounted on

circuit boards) in packages having more than atotal of 24 terminals;(This sub -item does not cover equipment speciallydesigned for and dedicated to the testing of cir-cuits not covered by Item IL 1564.)

d Measurement of rise times, fall times and edgeplacement times with a resolution of less than 20nanoseconds;

Technical notes for sub -item b:1 The terms "microcircuit" and "assembly" are de-

fined in Item IL 1564.2 Test equipment which is not of a general - purpose

nature and which is specially designed for, anddedicated to, testing assemblies or a class of as-semblies for home and entertainment applicationsis not covered by this sub -item.

3 Test equipment which is not of a general - purposenature and which is specially designed for, anddedicated to, testing electronic components, as-semblies, sub - assemblies and micro - circuits specif-ically excluded by Item IL 1564 is not embargoedby this sub -item, provided such test equipmentdoes not incorporate computing facilities with user -accessible programming capabilities.

iii Equipment specially designed for determining theperformance of focal plane arrays at wavelengthsgreater than 1200 nanometres, using "digitally con-trolled" measurements or computer -aided evaluationand having any of the following characteristics:1 Using scanning light spot diameters of less than

0.12 mm (0.005 inch);2 Designed for measuring photosensitive perform-

ance parameters and for evaluation frequency re-sponse, modulation transfer function, uniformityof responsivity or noise;

3 Designed for evaluating arrays capable of creatingimages of greater than 32 x 32 line elements;

iv Specially designed for bubble memories;8 Class IO filters capable of providing an environment

of 10 or less particles of 0.3 micrometre or greater percubic foot and filter materials therefor.

Note: Sub -item b above also embargoes such equipmentused or modified for use in the manufacture or testingor other devices such as: imaging devices, electro- opticaldevices, acoustic -wave devices, film- memory devices.

Explanatory notes:1 For equipment which is used in the manufacture and

processing of semi - conductors and semi - conductor ma-terials and which is specially designed to employ lasersor laser technology, see Item IL 1522.

2 The term "digitally controlled" refers to automatedequipment whose functions are partially or entirelycontrolled by stored, digitallycoded, electrical signals.This does not cover equipment with controls using thefollowing:a Cams and other purely mechanical means;b Switches including thumbwheel switches;c Plugboards;d On -off and analogue controllers;e Diode matrices;f Punched paper tape controllers without a capability

to compute, manipulate or store and re -run pro-gramme data.

3 Equipment covered by sub -item b 1 above is definedas follows:NB: Boron nitride crucibles and fixtures used in thepreparation of semiconductor materials are consideredto be specially designed accessories under this Item.


a Equipment for producing polycrystalline silicon em-bargoed by Item IL 1757 f having a purity of 99.99per cent or greater in the form of rods (ingots,boules), pellets, sheets, tubes or small particles;

b Equipment specially designed for purifying or pro-cessing III -V and Il -VI semi - conductor materialscovered by Item IL 1757, except crystal pullers, forwhich see sub - paragraph c below;

c Crystal pullers, furnaces, and gas systems, as follows:1 Types with specially designed "digitally con-

trolled" temperature, power input or gas, liquidor vapour flow;

2 Diffusion, oxidation and annealing furnaces foroperation at pressures above l atmosphere(nominal);

3 Annealing or re- crystallizing equipment other thanconstant temperature furnaces employing high ratesof energy transfer capable of processing wafers ata rate greater than 50 square centimetres perminute;

4 Plasma- enhanced or photo- enhanced chemical re-actor equipment;

5 Equipment for automatic control of crystal taperand diameter, except taper and diameter controlmechanisms using any of the following equipmenttechniques:i Radiation pyrometers;ii Thermocouples;iii RF power sensors;iv Mass weighing (without digital or anomaly con-

trol permitting the growth of semiconductors);6 Crystal pullers having any of the following

characteristics:i Rechargeable without replacing the crucible

container;ii Capable of operation at pressures above or

below 10' pascals (1 atmosphere absolute):iii Capable of pulling crystals of a diameter greater

than 76.2 mm (3 in);iv Specially designed to minimize convection cur-

rents in the melt by the use of magnetic fieldsor multiple crucibles;

v Capable of pulling sheet or ribbon crystals;The shipment to civil end -users of crystal pull-ers embargoed by sub - paragraph 6 ii abovewhich can be operated at pressures up to 2.5X 105 pascals (2.5 atmosphere absolute).

7 Vacuum induction - heated zone - refining equip-ment for operation at a pressure of 0.01 pascal orless;

d Equipment for epitaxial growth having any of thefollowing characteristics:1 Operation at pressures below l0' pascals (l at-

mosphere absolute);2 "Digitally controlled";3 Rotating vertical- support, radiant- heated reactors;4 Specially designed for processing bubble memories;5 Metal - organic chemical vapour deposition reactors;6 For liquid phase epitaxy.

e Molecular beam epitaxial growth equipment;f Magnetically- enhanced sputtering equipment;

Technical note: 'Magnetically- enhanced' refers toequipment incorporating a cathode assembly havingan integral magnetic structure for enhancing theplasma intensity.

g Equipment designed for ion implantation, or for ion -enhanced or photo - enhanced diffusion;

h Equipment for selective or non - selective removal bydry methods of passivation layers, dielectrics, semi-conductor materials, resists or metals except hori-zontal, cylindrical, plasma etchers without digitalcontrol, end -point detection, automatic loading orrotating mechanisms and not having the capabilityfor parallel plate etching as used in semi - conductordevice manufacture;

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo. P 1. 6 January 1987

NB: This sub - paragraph does not include vacuumsputtering equipment designed to operate in thesputter -etch mode.

i Equipment for semi - conductor device fabrication op-erating below 105 pascals (1 atmosphere absolute)for the chemical vapour deposition of oxides, ni-trides, metals and polysilicon;NB: This sub - paragraph does not cover reactive -sputtering equipment.Electron beam systems (including scanning electronmicroscopes), capable of mask - making or semi-con-ductor device processing and having any of thefollowing characteristics;1 Electrostatic beam deflection;2 Shaped, non - Gaussian beam profile;3 Beam blanking capability;4 Digital -to- analogue conversion rate greater than

3M Hz;5 Digital -to- analogue conversion accuracy greater

than 12 bits;6 Target -to -beam position feed -back control preci-

sion of 1 micrometre or finer;NB: This sub - paragraph does not cover electronbeam deposition systems, and j 3 above does notcover scanning electron microscopes equipped forAuger analysis.

k Automatic sawing equipment, specially designed forthe processing of semi - conductor wafers and capableof slicing ingots of 3 in (76.2mm) or greater indiameter;

I Surface finishing equipment, specially designed forthe processing of semi - conductor wafers and havingany of the following characteristics:i Waxless or non - adhesive mounting;ii Double -sided simultaneous polishing or lapping;iii Capable of polishing and lapping wafers greater

than 2 inches (50.8 mm) in diameter;iv lapping or polishing two stages on the same

machine;m Interconnection equipment specially designed to

permit the integration of equipment embargoed bythis Item into a complete system, and specially de-signed software therefor.

4 Equipment covered by sub -item b 2 above is definedas follows:a Finished masks, reticles and designs, therefor;b Hard surface (eg chromium, silicon, iron oxide)

coated sub - strates (eg glass, quartz, sapphire) forthe preparation of masks having dimensions greaterthan 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 in);

c Computer -aided design (CAD) equipment, fortransforming schematic or logic diagrams into de-signs for producing semiconductor devices or micro-circuits, having any of the following functions:1 Storage of pattern cells for subdivision of inte-

grated circuits;2 Scaling, positioning, or rotation of pattern cells;3 Interactive graphic capabilities;4 Design rule and circuit checking;5 Circuit layout modification of the arrangement of

the elements;NB: Software which performs any of the functionsin this sub - paragraph, or which can be used fortransient analysis, for logic analysis or logic check-ing, for automatic routing or cell placement, for thegeneration of test vectors or for process simulationis specially designed software embargoed by theheading of this Item.

d Mask fabrication machines using photo - opticalmethods as follows:I Step and repeat cameras capable of producing

arrays larger than 63.5 x 63.5 mm (2.5 x 2.5 in),or capable of producing a single exposure largerthan 3.75 x 3.75 mm (0.15 x 0.15 in) in the focalplane, or capable of producing useful line widthsof 3.5 micrometres or less;

Customs Act 1901 9

2 Pattern generators specially designed for the gen-eration or manufacture of masks or the creationof patterns in photosensitive layers and withplacement precision finer than 10 micrometres;

3 Mask fabrication equipment containing automaticadjustment of focus or adjustment of the maskmaterial into the focal plane;

4 Equipment for altering masks or reticles to re-move defects;(For electron -beam systems, see note 3 j above.)

e Mask inspection equipment as follows:1 For comparison with a precision of 0.75 micro -

metre or finer over an area of 63.5 x 63.5 mm(2.5 x 2.5 in) or greater;

2 "Digitally controlled" equipment with a resolu-tion of 0.25 micrometre or finer and with a pre-cision of 0.75 micrometre or finer over a distancein one or two co- ordinates of 63.5 mm (2.5 in)or greater;

3 "Digitally controlled" defect inspection equipment;NB: Conventional scanning electron microscopes,except when specially designed and instrumentedfor automatic pattern inspection, are not coveredby this sub - paragraph.

f Align and expose equipment using photo - opticalmethods, including projection image transfer equip-ment, capable of performing any of the followingfunctions:1 Production of useful pattern size of less than 5

micrometres;2 Alignment with a precision finer than I

micrometre;3 Field coverage greater than 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x

3 in);4 Wafer backside alignment;5 Automatic alignment by the sensing of patterns

or index marks on the substrate;6 Projection image transfer for processing slices

(wafers) of 50.8 mm (2 in) or greater in diameter;NB: Non - contacting (proximity) image transferequipment is covered only by I to 5 above.

g Electron beam, ion beam, or X -ray equipment forprojection image transfer;(For laser equipment, see Note 1 above.)

h Photo - optical or non photo- optical step and repeator partial field equipment for the transfer of theimage on to the wafer;

i Mask contact transfer equipment for imaging a fieldgreater than 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 in).

5 Equipment embargoed by sub -item b 4 above is de-fined as follows:a Specially designed for the measurement of oxygen

or carbon content in semi - conductor materials;b Equipment for concurrent etching and doping pro-

file analysis (employing capacitance- voltage or cur-rent- voltage analysis techniques);

c Equipment for line -width measurement with a reso-lution of 1.0 micrometre or finer;

d Specially designed flatness measurement instructionscapable of measuring deviations from flatness of 10micrometres or less with a resolution of 1.0 micro -metre or finer.

6 Equipment covered by sub -item b 5 above is definedas follows:a "Digitally controlled" die (chip) mounters and bon-

ders with a positioning accuracy finer than 50 mi-crometres or incremental steps finer than 6.4micrometres;

b "Digitally controlled" wire bonders and welders forperforming consecutive bonding operations;

c Equipment for producing multiple bonds in a singleoperation (eg beam lead bonders, chip carrier bon-ders, tape bonders);

d Semi - automatic or automatic hot cap sealers, inwhich the cap is heated locally to a higher temper-ature than the body of the package, specially de-

10 Customs Act 1901

signed for ceramic microcircuit packages embargoedby Item IL 1564 II b and which have a throughputequal to or greater than one package per minute.

7 Equipment covered by sub -item b 6 above is definedas that which has any of the following:a Positioning accuracy finer than 50 micrometres (0.002

in), or incremental steps finer than 6.4 micrometres(0.0002 in);

b Individual die location read -out (X -Y position infor-mation) during testing;

e Capability of testing devices having more than atotal of 24 terminals;

d Automatic slice (wafer) alignment.

IL 1356

Equipment specially designed for the continuous coating ofpolyester base- magnetic tape subject to embargo underItem IL 1572 d or free from embargo under Note 3 toItem IL 1572, and specially designed components therefor.

IL 1357

Equipment, technical data and procedures for the produc-tion of fibres covered by Item IL 1763 or their composites,as follows, and specially designed components and acces-sories and specially designed software therefor:

a Filament winding machines of which the motions forpositioning, wrapping and winding fibres are co- ordinatedand programmed in three or more axes, specially de-signed to fabricate composite structures or laminatesfrom fibrous and filamentary materials; and co- ordinatingand programming controls;

b Tape - laying machines of which the motions for position-ing and laying tape and sheets are coordinated andprogrammed in two or more axes, specially designed forthe manufacture of composite airframes and missilestructures;

c Interlacing machines, including adapters and modifica-tion kits, for weaving, interlacing or braiding fibres tofabricate composite structures, except textile machinerywhich has not been modified for the above end -uses;

d Specially designed or adapted equipment for the produc-tion of fibrous and filamentary materials covered byIL 1763 sub -items a and b above, as follows:1 Equipment for converting polymeric fibres (such as

polyacrylonitrile, rayon, or polycarbosilane) includingspecial provision to strain the fibre during heating;

2 Equipment for the vapour deposition of elements orcompounds on heated filamentary substrates; and

3 Equipment for the wet - spinning of refractory ceramics(such as aluminium oxide);

e Specially designed or adapted equipment for special fibresurface treatment or for producing prepregs and pre-forms covered by Item IL 1763 c.Note: Equipment covered by sub -item e above includesbut it is not limited to rollers, tension stretchers, coatingequipment, cutting equipment and clicker dies.

f Technical data (including processing conditions) andprocedures for the regulation of temperature, pressuresor atmosphere in autoclaves when used for the produc-tion of composites or partially processed compositesusing materials covered by Item IL 1763.Explanatory note: Specially designed or adapted compo-nents and accessories for the machines covered by thisentry include, but are not limited to, moulds, mandrels,dies, fixtures and tooling for the preform pressing, curing,casting, sintering or bonding of composite structures,laminates and manufactures thereof covered by ItemIL 1763 d.


from embargo under Note 3 c 4 to Item IL 1572 (formagnetic tape production equipment, see Item IL 1356),as follows, and specially designed components and softwaretherefor:

a Equipment for manufacture of single and multi - apertureforms embargoed by sub -items IL 1588 b, c and d, asfollows:1 Automatic presses to produce embargoed types;2 Press dies to produce embargoed types;3 Automatic equipment for monitoring, grading, sort-

ing, exercising or testing of embargoed types;b Equipment for the manufacture of thin film memory

storage or switching devices having square hysteresisloops and automatic equipment for monitoring, grading,sorting, exercising or testing of devices embargoed bysub -item IL 1588 e;

c Automatic equipment for monitoring, exercising or test-ing assemblies of devices embargoed by sub -items IL1588 b, c, d and e;

d Equipment for the application of magnetic coatings torecording media embargoed by sub -item IL 1572 d, orfree from embargo under Note 3 c 4 to Item IL 1572;

e Automatic and semi - automatic equipment for monitor-ing, grading, exercising or testing recording media em-bargoed by sub -item IL 1572 d or free from embargounder Note 3 c 4 to IL 1572.Explanatory notes:1 For this Item, "single aperture forms" described in

Item IL 1588 b with a maximum dimension less than0.76 mm (30 mils) are considered embargoed types.

2 The term "automatic" refers to machinery not requir-ing the assistance of a human operator to completeits function or functions during each complete cycleof operations.

3 The term "semi- automatic" refers to machinery re-quiring the assistance of a human operator to com-plete part but not all of its functions during eachcomplete cycle of operations.

4 The term "functions" in Notes 2 and 3 above doesnot include the initial loading or final unloading ofmaterial from the machine.

IL 1359Specially designed tooling and fixtures for the manufactureof fibre -optic connectors and couplers embargoed by ItemIL 1526 f.

IL 1360

"Digitally controlled" equipment capable of automatic X-ray orientation and angle correction of double- rotated stress -compensated (SC) quartz crystals embargoed by Item IL1587 with a tolerance of 10 seconds of arc maintainedsimultaneously in both angles of rotation.(For the definition of "digitally controlled" see Item IL1355.)

IL 1361Test facilities and equipment for the design or developmentof aircraft or gas turbine aero- engines as follows, andspecially designed components, accessories and softwaretherefore:

a

IL 1358Equipment specially designed for the manufacture or test- bing of devices and assemblies thereof embargoed by ItemIL 1588 b, c, d or e and for magnetic recording media,other than tape, embargoed by Item IL 1572 d or free

Supersonic (Mach 1.4 to Mach 5), hypersonic (Mach 5to Mach 15) and hypervelocity (above Mach 15) windtunnels, except wind tunnels specially designed for edu-cational purposes and having a test section size (meas-ured internally) of less than 25 cm (10 in). By "testsection size" is understood the diameter of the circle, orthe side of the square, or the longest side of the rectangleconstituting possible shapes of the test section;Devices for simulating flow - environments of Mach 5 andabove, regardless of the actual Mach number at whichthe devices operate, including hot shot tunnels, plasmaarc tunnels, shock tubes, gas tunnels and light gas guns;


c Wind tunnels and devices, other than two dimensional(2 -D) sections, that have unique capabilities for simulat-ing Reynolds number flow in excess of 25 x 106, attransonic velocities;

d Automatic control systems, instrumentation (includingsensors), and automated data - acquisition equipment, spe-cially designed for use with wind tunnels and devicesembargoed by sub -items a, b or c above;

e Models, specially designed for use with wind tunnels orwith the devices covered by sub -item b and c above, ofembargoed aircraft, helicopters, airfoils, spacecraft, spacelaunch vehicles, rockets or surface -effect vehicles.Note: Specially designed models are those equipped with

sensors and a means of transmitting data from thesensors to the data- acquisition system or equipped withfeatures for using non - intrusive sensors (ie not directlyconnected to the model or not located in the flowadjacent to the model).

f Specially designed electromagnetic interference and elec-tromagnetic pulse (EMI /EMP) simulators;

g Specially designed test facilities and equipment for thedevelopment of gas turbine aero- engines and compo-nents, as follows:1 Special test facilities capable of applying dynamic flight

loads, measuring performance or simulating the designoperation environments for rotating assemblies or aero-engines;

2 Test facilities, test rigs and simulators for measuringcombustion system and hot gas flow path performance,heat transfer and durability for static assemblies andaero- engine components;

3 specially designed test rigs, equipment or modified gasturbine engines which are utilized for development ofgas turbine aero- engine internal flow systems (gas pathseals, air -oil seals and disc cavity flow fields).

Notes:1 Supersonic wind tunnels which are capable of Mach

velocities of 1.4 or more but less than 5, and are notspecially designed for or fitted with means of preheatingthe air, provided that it is determined that the tunnelscould not reasonably be used for strategic purposes.

2 Specially designed components embargoed by this Item,for wind tunnels and for facilities and equipment cov-ered by sub -item g previously licensed for export pro-vided that such components will not upgrade theperformance of the wind tunnel, facilities or equipmentand, for normally- consumable replacement components,the quantity will not exceed a 6 -month supply.

IL 1362

Vibration test equipment as follows:a Vibration test equipment using digital control techniques

and specially designed ancillary equipment and softwaretherefor, except:i Individual exciters (thrusters) with a maximum thrust

of less than 100 kN (22,500 lb);ii Analogue equipment;Iii Mechanical and pneumatic exciters (thrusters);iv Vibrometers;v Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529,

1531, 1565, or 1568;b High intensity acoustic test equipment capable of pro-

ducing an overall sound pressure level of 140 dB orgreater (referenced to 2 x 10 i N /m') or with a ratedoutput of 4kW or greater and specially designed ancillaryequipment and software therefor, except:i Analogue equipment;it Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529,

1531, 1565 or 1568;c Ground vibration (including modal survey) test equip-

ment that uses digital control techniques and speciallydesigned ancillary equipment and software therefor,except:i Analogue equipment;it Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529,1531, 1565 or 1568.

Customs Act 1901 11

Explanatory note: Vibration and acoustic test systems typi-cally consist of one or more exciters (thrusters), or acousticnoise generators, together with ancillary equipment for in-strumentation, control, data acquisition and analysis. ThisItem covers only the vibration and acoustic test equipmentitself. The ancillary equipment, e.g. digital and logic instru-mentation, computers, FFT's, etc, are to be judged in theirown right against the relevant items of these Lists.

IL 1363Specially designed water tunnel equipment, components,accessories and "databases" for the design and develop-ment of vessels, as follows, and "specially designed soft-ware" therefor:

a Automated control systems, instrumentation (includingsensors) and data acquisition equipment specially de-signed for water tunnels;

b Automated equipment to control air pressure acting onthe surface of the water in the test section during theoperation of the water tunnel;

c Components and accessories for water tunnels, as follows:1 Balance and support systems;2 Automated flow or noise measuring devices; and3 Models of hydrofoil vessels, surface -effect vehicles,

SWATH vessels and specially designed equipment andcomponents embargoed by Item IL 1416 a, b, c, e, f,g and h for use in water tunnels;

d "Databases" generated by use of equipment embargoedby this Item.

Note: The water tunnels referred to in this Item are usedfor the hydrodynamic testing of a fixed model, using amoving fluid.

IL 1364Machinery and equipment for the manufacture of hydrofoilvessel and surface -effect vehicles, SWATH vessel struc-tures and components, as follows, and specially designedcomponents and accessories therefor:

a Specially designed equipment for manufacturing aniso-tropic, orthotropic or sandwich structures embargoed byItem IL 1416 h 3.

Technical notes:1 Anisotropic construction is the use of fibre reinforcing

members aligned so that the load carrying ability ofthe structure can be primarily orientated in the direc-tion of expected stress.

2 Orthotropic construction is a means of stiffening platesin which the structural members are at right angles toeach other.

3 Sandwich construction is the use of structural mem-bers or plates which are fabricated and permanentlyaffixed in layers to enhance their strength and reducetheir weight.

b Specially designed equipment for the production andtesting of flexible materials for skirts, seals, air curtains,bags and fingers for surface -effect vehicles;

c Specially designed equipment for the production of water -screw propellers and hub assemblies and water screwpropellor systems embargoed by Item IL 1416 e and f;

d Specially designed equipment for the production, dy-namic balancing and automated testing and inspection oflift fans for surface -effect vehicles;

e Specially designed equipment for the production of water -jet propulsion pumps rated at 3,000 hp or greater, ormultiple -pump system equivalents thereof;

f Specially designed equipment for the production, dy-namic" balancing and automatic testing of AC /AC syn-chronous and AC /DC systems, sectored disc andconcentric -drum rotors for DC homopolar machines.(See also Item IL 1416.)

12 Customs Act 1901

IL 1365

Equipment specially designed for in- service monitoring ofacoustic emissions in airborne vehicles, or underwater ve-hicles embargoes by Item IL 1418, capable of discriminat-ing acoustic emissions related to crack growth frominnocuous noise sources and capable of spatial location ofthe crack, and specially designed components, accessoriesand software therefor.

Technical note: The methods used for discriminating acous-tic emissions from innocuous noise sources include pattern -recognition techniques.

IL 1370

Machine -tools for generating optical quality surfaces, spe-cially designed components and accessories therefor, asfollows, and specially designed software thereof:

a Turning machines using a single point cutting tool andhaving all of the following characteristics:1 Slide positioning accuracy less (finer) than 0.0005 mm

per 300 mm of travel, TIR (peak -to- peak);2 Slide positioning repeatability less (finer) than 0.00025

mm per 300 mm of travel, TIR (peak -to- peak);3 Spindle run -out (radial and axial) less than 0.0004

mm TIR (peak -to- peak);4 Angular deviation of the slide movement (yaw, pitch

and roll) less (finer) than 2 seconds of arc (peak -to-peak) over full travels;

5 Slide perpendicularity less than 0.001 per 300 mm oftravel, TIR (peak -to- peak);

b Fly cutting machines having both of the followingcharacteristics:1 Spindle run -out (radial and axial) less than 0.0004 mm

TIR (peak -to- peak);2 Angular deviation of slide movement (yaw, pitch and

roll) less (finer) than 2 seconds of arc (peak -to -peak)over full travel;

e Specially designed components, as follows:1 Spindle assemblies, consisting of spindles and bearings

as a minimal assembly, except those assemblies withaxial and radial axis motion measured along the spin-dle axis in one revolution of the spindle equal to orgreater (coarser) than 0.0008 mm TIR (peak -to- peak);

2 Linear induction motors used as drives for slides, hav-ing all of the following characteristics;i Stroke greater than 200 mm;ii Nominal force rating greater than 45N;Hi Minimum controlled incremental movement less than

0.001 mm;d Specially designed accessories, ie single point diamond

cutting tool inserts having all of the followingcharacteristics:1 Flawless and chip -free cutting edge when magnified

400 times in any direction;2 Cutting radius between 0.1 and 5 mm; and3 Cutting radius out -of- roundness less than 0.002 mm

TIR (peak -to- peak).Explanatory note: Machines will be evaluated under theconditions yielding the most accurate values, includingbut not limited to the incorporation of control systemswhich permit mechanical, electronic and softwarecompensation.


L 1371

Anti - friction bearings, as follows:

a

b

c

de

Ball and roller bearings having an inner bore diameterof 10 mm or less and tolerance of ABEC 5, RBEC 5 (ornational equivalents) or better and either of the follow-ing characteristics:1 Made of special materials, ie with rings, balls or rollers

made from any steel alloy or other material (includingbut not limited to high -speed tool steels; Monel metal;beryllium; metaloids, ceramics and sintered metal com-posites), except the following:low - carbon steel; SAE -52100 high carbon chromiumsteel; SAE -4615 nickel molybdenum steel; AIS1 -440C(SAE- 51440C) stainless steel (or national equivalents);

2 Manufacture or use at normal operating temperaturesover 150 °C (302 °F) either by use of special materialsor by special heat treatment;

Ball and roller bearings (exclusive of separable ball bear-ings and thrust ball bearings) having an inner borediameter exceeding 10 mm and having tolerances ofABEC 7, RBEC 7 (or national equivalents) or betterand either of the characteristics in a 1 or a 2 above;Ball and roller bearings having tolerances better thanABEC 7 (or national equivalents);Gas- lubricated foil bearings;Bearing parts usable only for bearings covered by thisItem, as follows:Outer rings, inner rings, retainers, balls, rollers and sub-assemblies.

Explanatory notes:1 This Item is not intended to cover hollow bearings.2 A. Balls as covered by Item IL 1371 may be identified

among balls manufactured to the tolerances in tableI or closer:

B. Rollers as covered by Item IL 1371 e may be identi-fied among non - standard rollers, that is, rollers fallingoutside of the tolerances for graded rollers for stand-ard bearings which are shown in table 2.

The above explanatory note applies to the rollers forbearings covered by sub -item a 2 and b, having thecharacteristics of a 2. It does not apply to rollers forbearings covered by sub -items a 1 and b, having thecharacteristics of a 1, because these are indicated byvirtue of materials used.Illustrative examples of tolerances for graded rollers fornon - standard bearings are shown in table 3.C. Separable ball bearings are not viewed as including

those bearings, one part of which serves as an integralpart of the equipment incorporating the bearing.Ceramic bearings as covered by Item IL 1371 consistof bearing elements (e.g. balls, rollers or races) madefrom ceramic or hybrid (ceramic plus metal)materials and designed to operate at temperaturesover 150 °C and at DN values equal to or greater than1.5 x 10°.

NB: DN is defined as the product of the bearing borediameter in millimetres and the bearing rotationalvelocity in revolutions per minute.

D.

27 APR 1988 ¢A`

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo. P 1, 6 January 1987 Customs Act 1901 13

Table 1 (see IL 1371, explanatory note 2 A)

Ball material

Sphericity ordiameter variationper ball( ±)

Diameter toleranceper unit container

( ±)

Diameter toleranceper shipment

(±)

Chrome steel such as 52100, 51100 and 50100 0.000025" 0.000025" 0.0001"Carbon steel 0 0001" 0.0001" 0.0004"Monet metal 0 0002" 0.001" 0.005"Stainless steel 0 00005" 0.00005" 0.0002"Brass 0 0002" 0.001" 0.001"Bronze 0 0002" 0.001" 0.001"

Sphericity or diameter variation per ball is the geometric quality which indicates the maximum permissible variation fromabsolute roundness in all planes through the centre of the ball.Diameter tolerance per unit container is the maximum degree to which the average diameter of the largest ball and theaverage diameter of the smallest ball, within the unit container, may vary from the specific size for indicated grade.Diameter tolerance per shipment is the maximum permissible deviation from the specific size within the shipment, for thegrade indicated.

Table 2 (see IL 1371, explanatory note 2 B)

Roller diameter Outside diametertolerance variationper shipment

Maximum out ofround tolerance

Maximum out ofround toleranceincluding taper ofcylindrical roller

Over Including ( ±) ( ±) ( ±)

0 mm 26 mm 0 00004" 0.00004" 0.00008"26 mm 42 mm 0 00006" 0.00006" 0.00012"42 mm 64 mm 0 00008" 0.00008" 0.00016"64 mm 100 mm 0 0001" 0.0001" 0.0002"

Table 3 (see IL 1371, explanatory note 2 B)

Roller diameter Outside diametertolerance variationper shipment

Maximum out ofround tolerance

Over Including ( ±) ( ±)

Example No. 10 mm 6.5 mm 0 00001" 0.00001"6.5 mm 18 mm 0 00001" 0.00001"

18 mm 26 mm 0 00002" 0.00002"26 mm 42 mm 0 00003" 0.00003"Example 20 mm 6.5 mm 0 0000075" 0.000008"6.5 mm 18 mm 0 0000075" 0.000008"

18 mm 26 mm 0 00001" 0.00001"26 mm 42 mm 0 000015" 0.000015"

IL 1372

Technology for industrial gas turbine engines, as follows:a Technology common to industrial gas turbine engines

and gas turbine aero- engines is covered by Item IL 1460.b Technology common to industrial gas turbine engines

and marine gas turbine engines is covered by ItemIL 1431.Explanatory notes:1 Core- section modules and specially designed compo-

nents of industrial gas turbine engines derived fromgas turbine aero- engines controlled by Item IL 1460or marine gas turbine engines controlled by ItemIL 1431 shall be treated under the provisions of thoserespective items,

2 Industrial gas turbine engines adapted as marine gasturbine engines are covered by Item IL 1431.

IL 1385

Specially designed production equipment for compasses,gyroscopes (gyros), accelerometers and inertial equipmentembargoed by Item IL 1485.

Maximum out ofround toleranceincluding taper ofcylindrical roller( ±)

0.00004"0.00004"0.00006"0.00008"

0.00004"0.00004"0.00006"0.00008"

Technical note:Production equipment embargoed by this Item includes thefollowing:a For ring laser gyro equipment, the following equipment

used to characterise mirrors, having the threshold accu-racy shown or better:1 Rectilinear scatterometer (10 ppm);2 Polar scatterometer (10 ppm);3 Reflectometer (50 ppm);4 Profilometer (5 angstroms);

b For other inertial equipment:1 Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) module tester;2 IMU platform tester;3 IMU stable element handling fixture;4 IMU platform balance fixture;5 Gyro tuning test station;6 Gyro dynamic balance station;7 Gyro run -in /motor test station;8 Gyro evacuation and fill station;9 Centrifuge fixture for gyro bearings;10 Accelerometer axis align station;11 Accelerometer test station.

14 Customs Act 1901

IL 1391"Robots ", "robot" controllers and "robot" "end- effectors ",as follows, and specially designed components and speciallydesigned software therefor:

a "Robots" having any of the following characteristics, andspecially designed components therefor:Note: "Robot" mechanical structures are included inspecially designed components for the above.1 Capable of employing feedback information on -line

(real -time) from one or more "sensors" to generate"programmes" or modify programmed instructions ornumerical programme data, except those using infor-mation derived only from "sensors" used to measure:i The internal state of the "robot ", i.e. velocity, po-

sition (other than inertial position measuring sys-tems), drive motor current, voltage, fluid or gaspressure or temperature;

ii Through- the -arc current (or voltage) for weld seamtracking; or

iii Binary or scalar values for:a Position, via photo - electric, inductive or capaci-

tive proximity "sensors ";b Tool drive motor voltage or current or hydraulic/

pneumatic pressure for determination of force ortorque; and

c External safety functions:2 Specially designed to comply with national safety

standards applicable to explosive munitionsenvironments:

3 Incorporating means of protecting hydraulic linesagainst externally induced punctures caused by ballis-tic fragments (e.g. incorporating self sealing lines) anddesigned to use hydraulic fluids with flash points higherthan 839 K (566 °C, 1050 °F);

4 Specially designed for underwater use (i.e. incorporat-ing special techniques or components for sealing, pres-sure compensation or corrosion resistance);

5 Operable at altitudes exceeding 30,000 metres;6 Specially designed for outdoor applications and meet-

ing military specifications therefor;7 Specially designed or rated for operating in an electro-

magnetic pulse (EMP) environment;8 Specially designed or rated as radiation- hardened be-

yond that necessary to withstand normal industrial(i.e. non - nuclear industry) ionising radiation;

9 Equipped with "robot" manipulator arms which con-tain titanium -based alloys covered by Item IL 1671 orfibrous and filamentary materials covered by ItemIL 1763;

10 Equipped with precision measuring devices coveredby Item IL 1532;

11 Specially designed to move autonomously its entirestructure through three- dimensional space in a simul-taneously coordinated manner, except systems in whichthe "robot" moves on a fixed track;Note: This sub -item does not embargo "robots" spe-cially designed for household use or those modifiedfrom household "robots" for educational purposes (pre -university) if not embargoed by the other provisionsof this Item.

b Electronic controllers having any of the followingcharacteristics:Notes:1 For controllers capable of controlling numerically con-

trolled machine -tools or dimensional- inspection ma-chines, see Item IL 1091.

2 For "digital computers" either "incorporated in" or"associated with" but not "embedded in" controllers,see Item IL 1565.

1 Controllers specially designed to be part of a "robot"embargoed by a 2 to 8, a 10 or 11 above;

2 Minimum programmable increment less (finer) than0.001 mm per linear axis;

3 Having more than one integral interface which meetsor exceeds ANSI /IEEE standard 488 -1978, IEC pub-


lications 625 -1 or any equivalent standard for paralleldata exchange;

4 Capable of being programmed by means other thanlead- through, key -in or teach - pendant techniques;

5 Word size exceeds 16 bit (excluding parity bit(s));6 Incorporating interpolation algorithms for an order of

interpolation higher than linear or circular;7 Permitting on -line (real -time) generation or modifica-

tion of the programmed path, velocity and functionsother' than the following:i Manual velocity override;ii Fixed linear or rotary axis offset;iii Manual "robot" path editing (including manual path

compensation) excluding "source language" used toprogramme automatically the "robot" path, velocityor function;

iv Branching to pre - programmed modification of "ro-bot" path, velocity or function;

v Fixed cycles (e.g. macro instructions or pre -pro-grammed sub - routines);

vi Key -in or teach -in modifications.e "End- effectors" having any of the following characteristics:

1 Equipped with one or more "sensors ", except thoseused to measure the parameters or values specified ina 1, i, ii or iii above;

2 Having integrated or computer -aided data processing,except those using "sensors" used to measure the pa-rameters or values specified in a 1, i, ii or iii above;

3 Equipped with an integral interface which meets orexceeds ANSI /IEEE Standard 488 -1978, 1EC publi-cation 625 -1, or any equivalent standard for paralleldata exchange;

4 Having any of the characteristics in a 2 to 8 and a 10above.

(For other underwater manipulator mechanisms, see ItemIL 1417)

Notes:1 Definitions of the terms used in this Item:

a A "robot" is a manipulation mechanism which isreprogrammable, multifunctional and capable of po-sitioning or orientating material, parts, tools or spe-cial devices through variable movements in three -dimensional space. "Robots" incorporate two or moreclosed or open loop servo- devices (including step-ping motors). They are reprogrammed by means ofthe teach /playback method, an electronic computeror a programmable logic controller. "Robots" maybe of the continuous path or point -to -point varietyand may use "sensors ".NB: The above definition does not include the fol-lowing devices:1 Manipulation mechanisms which are only man-

ually /tele- operator controllable;2 Fixed sequence manipulation mechanisms which

are automated moving devices, operating accord-ing to mechanically fixed programmed motions.The programme is mechanically limited by fixedstops, such as pins or cams. The sequence ofmotions and the selection of paths or angles arenot variable or changeable by mechanical, elec-tronic or electrical means;

3 Mechanically controlled variable sequence manip-ulation mechanisms which are automated movingdevices, operating according to mechanically fixedprogrammed motions. The programme is mechan-ically limited by fixed, but adjustable stops, suchas pins or cams. The sequence of motions and theselection of paths or angles are variable withinthe fixed programme pattern. Variations or mod-ifications of the programme pattern (e.g. changesof pins or exchanges of cams) in one or moremotion axes are accomplished only through me-chanical operations;

4 Non - servo - controlled variable sequence manipu-lation mechanisms which are automated movingdevices, operating according to mechanically fixed


programmed motions. The programme is variablebut the sequence proceeds only by the binarysignal from mechanically fixed electrical binarydevices or adjustable stops;

5 Stacker cranes defined as Cartesian coordinatemanipulator systems manufactured as an integralpart of a vertical array of storage bins and de-signed to access the contents of those bins forstorage or retrieval.

b "End- effectors" include grippers, "active toolingunits" and any other tooling that is attached to thebaseplate on the end of the "robot's" manipulatorarm(s);N.B.: An "active tooling unit" is a device for apply-ing motive power, process energy or sensing to theworkpiece.

c For the purposes of this Item, a "sensor" is definedas a detector of a physical phenomenon, the outputof which (after conversion into a signal that can beinterpreted by a controller) is able to generate "pro-grammes" or modify programmed instructions ornumerical programme data. This includes "sensors"with machine vision, infrared imaging, acousticalimaging, tactile feel, inertial position measuring, op-tical or acoustic ranging or force or torque measur-ing capabilities.

NB: For computer - related terms, see Items IL 1565or 1566.

2 "Robots" embargoed by sub -item a 1 above, to civilend users, other than nuclear or aerospace, when lim-ited as follows:a The "robot" has none of the characteristics found

in sub-items a 2 to 11;b The controller is not specially designed to be part

of a "robot" embargoed by sub -item a 2 to 8, a 10or 11;

e The controller does not exceed the parameters foundin sub -item b 2 to 7;

d "End - effectors" shall not exceed the parameters ofsub -item c;

e The software provided shall be in "object code"only;

f Documentation shall be limited to that necessary toperform the intended operation or for the mainte-nance and repair of the "robot ";

g Vision systems shall be limited as follows:1 Capable of processing no more than 100,000

pixels using an industrial television camera, orno more than 65,536 pixels using a solid -statecamera;

2 Using a single -scene analysis processor limitedto no more than 16 -bit word size (excludingparity bit(s)), and no parallel processing for thesame task;

3 The software provided for the vision processorshall be in "object code" only and shall not becapable of three dimensional mathematicalmodelling or three- dimensional scene analysis;NB: This scene analysis limitation does not pre-clude approximation of the third dimension byviewing at a given angle, nor limited grey scaleinterpretation for the perception of depth or tex-ture for the approved tasks (21/2D).

4 Vision system not programmable by the userexcept:i To input reference images through' the sys-

tem's camera;ii To input values of fixed parameters, including

teach -in parameters; oriii To select pre-programmed sub- routines;

5 Not capable of continuous reaction or continuousupdating the "robot" position while the "robot"is moving.NB: This precludes the use of vision systems forweld seam tracking during the welding operationbut does not preclude straight-line or single -planeweld seam tracking using a single pass.

Customs Act 1901 15

6 Capable of no more than one scene analysis every0.1 second;

h It is considered that the "robot" is not intended foruse in the production of embargoed electronics,micro electronics products.

IL 1399"Software" and technology for "automatically controlledindustrial systems ", as follows, to produce assemblies ordiscrete parts:a "Software" with all the following characteristics:

1 Specially designed for "automatically controlled indus-trial systems" which include at least eight pieces ofthe equipment enumerated in Technical Note b 1 to 9below;Notes: 1. The "digital computers" of the "automati-

cally controlled industrial system" do notshare a common "main storage" but ex-change information by transmitting mes-sages through a "local area network ".

2. This sub -item does not release "software"in source code.

2 Integrating, in a hierarchical manner, while havingaccess to data which may be stored outside the super-visory "digital computer ", the manufacturing processeswith:

i Design functions; orii Planning and scheduling functions; and

3 i Automatically generating and verifying the manu-facturing data and instructions, including selectionof equipment and sequences of manufacturing op-erations, for the manufacturing processes, fromdesign and manufacturing data; or

ii Automatically reconfiguring the "automaticallycontrolled industrial system" through reselectingequipment and sequences of manufacturing oper-ation by "real -time processing" of data pertainingto anticipated but unscheduled events; and

Note: This sub -item does not embargo "software" whichonly provides rescheduling of functionally identicalequipment within "flexible manufacturing units" usingprestored "part" programmes and a prestored strategyfor the distribution of the "part" programmes.

b Technology for the design of "automatically controlledindustrial systems" which will be used with the "soft-ware" embargoed by a above, regardless of whether ornot the conditions of a 1 are met.Technical NoteFor the purposes of this Item:a An "automatically controlled industrial system" is a

combination of:1 One or more "flexible manufacturing units"; and2 A supervisory "digital computer" for coordination

of the independent sequences of computer instruc-tions to, from and within the "flexible manufactur-ing units ";

b A "flexible manufacturing unit" is an entity whichcomprises a combination of a "digital computer" in-cluding its own "main storage" and its own "relatedequipment ", and at least one of the following:1 A machine tool or a dimensional inspection machine

embargoed by Item 1091 or 1370;2 A "robot" embargoed by Item 1391;3 A digitally controlled spin - forming or flow - forming

machine embargoed by Item 1075;4 Digitally controlled equipment embargoed by Item

1080, 1081, 1086 or 1088;5 Digitally controlled electric arc devices embargoed

by Item 1206;6 Digitally controlled equipment embargoed by Item

1354 or 1355 b;

16 Customs Act 1901

7 Digitally controlled equipment embargoed by Item1357;

8 Digitally controlled electronic equipment embargoedby Item 1529; or

9 A digitally controlled measuring system embargoedby Item 1532;

N.B.: For the definitions of other terms in quotationmarks, see Item 1391, 1565 or 1566.

Note: Sub -item a above does not embargo "software"(in "machine executable form" only) for industrial sec-tors other than nuclear, aerospace, shipbuilding, heavyvehicles, machine building, microelectronics and electron-ics. It is also understood that this Note does not releasedesign technology specified in sub -item b above.

Group ETransportation equipmentNote: For computer related terms, see IL 1565 or 1566

IL 1416Vessels, surface - effect vehicles, waterscrew propellersand hub assemblies, water -screw propeller systems,moisture and particulate separator systems and speciallydesigned components, as follows:

a Hydrofoil vessels with automatically controlled foil sys-tems which are capable of speeds of above 40 knots inrough water (Sea State Five);

b Surface -effect vehicles, ie hovercraft, air cushion vehicles(both sidewall and skirted varieties) and all variations ofvehicles using the wing -in- ground effect for positive lift;

c Small waterplane area twin -hull (SWATH) vessels hav-ing underwater hulls whose cross - sectional area variesalong the longitudinal axis between points two majordiameters from the bow and two major diameters fromthe stern;Technical note: SWATH vessels are those which main-tain buoyancy by means of submerged hulls using slenderstruts to support the deck and superstructure of thevessel above the waterline.

d Vessels incorporating:i Equipment covered by any of the following Items IL

1485, 1501, 1502 and 1510;ii Degaussing facilities; oriii Closed ventilation systems designed into the vessel

which are designed to maintain air purity and positivepressure regardless of the conditions external to thevessel except where those closed ventilation systemsare specially designed for and incorporated in thevessel's medical facilities only;

Note: This sub -item does not apply to vessels containingequipment covered by Items 1485, 1501, 1502 or 1510whose export has been previously authorised.

e Water -screw propellers and hub assemblies, as follows:1 Supercavitating propellers rated at greater than 10,000

hp,2 Controllable -pitch propellers and hub assemblies rated

at greater than 20,000 hp;f Water -screw propeller systems, as follows:

1 Contrarotating propeller systems rated at greater than20,000 hp,

2 Ventilated, base - ventilated and superventilated propel-ler systems;

3 Systems employing pre -swirl and postswirl techniquesfor smoothing the flow into a propeller so as to im-prove propulsive efficiency of:

i SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels, and surface -effectvehicles; or

ií Other vessels whose propeller rotational speed is above200 rpm, or having propellers with a rating exceed-ing 50,000 hp per shaft;

g Moisture and particulate separator systems which arecapable of removing 99.9 per cent of particles largerthan 2 micro - metres in diameter with a maximum pres-sure loss of 1.6kPa (16 millibar) for gas turbine engineair inlets.


Note: Technology control for the moisture and particu-late separator systems covered by sub -item g above islimited to the following:1 Technology for preventing water leakage around the

filter stages; and2 Technology for integrating the components of such a

system.h Specially designed components for vessels covered by

sub -items a, b and c above, as follows:I Advanced hull forms which incorporate any of the

following:i Stepped hulls for hydrofoil vessels;ii Hulls for air cushion vehicles with trapezoidal

platforms;iii Hulls for surface -effect vehicles with catamaran -like

sidewalls;iv Hulls for wing -in- ground effect vehicles;v Underwater hulls and struts for SWATH vessels;

2 Fully submerged subcavitating or supercavitatinghydrofoils;

3 Lightweight structural components for SWATH ves-sels, hydrofoil vessels and surface effect vehicles, con-structed using anisotropic, orthotropic or sandwichconstruction methods.

Technical notes:1 Anisotropic construction methods relate to the use of

fibre reinforcing members aligned so that the load -carrying ability of the structure can be primarily or-ientated in the direction of expected stress.

2 Orthotropic construction 4'nethods relate to means ofstiffening plates, in which the structural members areat right angles to each other.

3 Sandwich construction methods relate to the use ofstructural members or plates which are fabricated andpermanently affixed in layers to enhance their strengthand reduce their weight.

4 Flexible skirts, seals and fingers for surface -effect vehicles;5 Systems for automatically controlling the stability ofSWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels or surface -effectvehicles;

6 Power transmission shaft systems which incorporatecomposite material components, for SWATH vessels,hydrofoil vessels or surface -effect vehicles;

7 Lightweight, high capacity (K factor greater than 150)gearing (planetary, cross - connect and multiple input/output gears and bearings) for SWATH vessels, hydro-foil vessels and surface -effect vehicles;Technical note:For the K factor, see AGMA tables of K factor values(based on tooth profile, pinion and gear materials andsurface endurance limits).

8 Water- cooled electrical propulsion machinery (motorand generator), including AC -AC synchronous and AC-DC systems, sectored -disc and concentric -drum rotorsfor DC homopolar machines, for SWATH vessels, hy-drofoil vessels and surface -effect vehicles;

9 Superconducting electrical propulsion machinery forSWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels and surface -effectvehicles;

10 Lift fans for surface -effect vehicles, rated at greater than400 hp;

11 Waterjet propulsor systems rated at 3,000 input hp orgreater for hydrofoil vessels and surface -effect vehicles;(For marine gas turbine engines, see also Item IL 1431.)

1L1417Submersible systems, as follows, even when incorporatedin a submersible vehicle:a Automatically- controlled atmosphere- regeneration sys-

tems specially designed for submersible vehicles which,in a single chemical- reaction cycle ensure carbon dioxideremoval and oxygen renewal;

b Systems specially designed for the automated control ofthe motion of a submersible vehicle using navigation dataand having closed -loop servo - control(s) so as to:


1 Enable the vehicle to move within ten metres of apredetermined point in the water column;

2 Maintain the position of the vehicle within ten metresof a predetermined point in the water column, or

3 Maintain the position of the vehicle within ten metreswhile following a cable on or under the sea bed;

Underwater vision systems, as follows:1 Television systems (comprising camera, lights, monitor

and signal transmission equipment) specially designedfor remote operation with a submersible vehicle, hav-ing a "limiting resolution ", when measured in the air,greater than 500 lines, using IEEE Standard 208/1960or any equivalent standard;

Technical Note: "Limiting resolution" in television is ameasure of resolution usually expressed in terms ofthe maximum number of lines per picture height dis-criminated on a test chart.

2 Systems specially designed for remote operation witha submersible vehicle employing techniques to mini-mize the effects of back - scatter, such as range -gatedilluminators;

d Remotely controlled articulated manipulators speciallydesigned for use with submersible vehicles and havingany of the following characteristics:1 Systems which control the manipulator using infor-

mation from sensors which measure force or torqueapplied to an external object, distance from an exter-nal object, or tactile sense between the manipulatorand an external object;

2 Controlled by proportional master -slave techniques orby using a dedicated stored - programme computer; or

3 Capable of exerting a force of 250 Newtons or moreor a torque of 250 Newton- metres or more and usingtitanium based alloys or fibrous and filamentary com-posite materials in their structural members;

(For underwater "robots ", see Item 1L1391)Notes: 1. It is understood that sub -item a above embargoesequipment using light metal peroxides such as KO, withoutcovering the shipment of KO, itself.2. It is understood that sub -item b above does not coverautomated control systems incorporated in underwater bull-dozers or trench- cutters not capable of operating at depthsgreater than 100 metres and possessing only negativebuoyancy.3. It is understood that sub -item c above does not covertelevision cameras used merely through a porthole.4. It is understood that sub -item d 1 above does not coversystems where force or torque are only measured and thendisplayed to the operator.

IL 1418

Deep submergence vehicles, manned or unmanned, tetheredor untethered, capable of operating at depths exceeding1000 metres, and specially designed associated systemsequipment, components and materials therefor, includingbut not limited to:a Pressure housings or pressure hulls;b Propulsion motors and thrusters;c Hull penetrators or connectors.Note: For syntactic foam, see Item IL 1759.IL 1425

Floating docks, software and technology therefor, as follows:a Floating docks specially designed for use at remote lo-

cations (i.e. without support from shore bases).Note: These docks incorporate the following three facil-ities at least:1 Welding and pipe fitting repair shop(s);2 Electrical and electronic repair shop(s);3 Mechanical repair or metal working (machine) shop(s);and normally contain more than 3,000 kW (4,000 hp)of electrical power generation equipment.

b Floating docks specially equipped to permit the opera-tion, maintenance or repair of nuclear reactors;

e Floating docks having all the following characteristics:1 A lifting capacity of more than 40,000 short tons

(36,364 metric tons).

c

Customs Act 1901 17

2 Larger than 120 metres in length and 30 metres inwidth, measured between the pontoons;

d Specially designed software for computer- controlledpumping and flooding systems for the above floatingdocks, to permit the docking of listing vessels;

e Technology covered by this Item is limited to thefollowing:1 That portion of the design of a floating dock covered

by sub -item a above which relates to the incorporationof the three types of facilities described in the Note tosub -item a; and

2 Design, production and use of onboard floating dockfacilities covered by sub -item b above which permitthe operation, maintenance and repair of nuclearreactors.

IL 1431Marine gas turbine engines (marine propulsion or ship-board power generation engines), whether originally de-signed as such or adapted for such use, and speciallydesigned components therefor.

Notes:1 Embargo of aero or industrial gas turbine engines and

their specially designed components which have beenadapted for marine propulsion or shipboard power gen-eration does not re- embargo (or embargo, for industrialgas turbine engines) the unmodified version of such en-gines and their specially designed components (see alsoItem IL 1460).

2 Engines and their specially designed components coveredby this Item for non - marine propulsion or non shipboardcivil end -use, provided that:a The numbers to be exported are considered appropri-

ate for the stated end -use;b Only the minimum necessary technology for mainte-

nance, repair and operation is transferred; andc None of the following technologies is transferred:

1 Technology which is common to aero-engine tech-nology embargoed by item IL 1460 and is notcovered by the italic notes under that Item;

2 Technology for liquid - cooled turbine blades or vanesand nozzles capable of operating in hot gas temper-ature environments greater than 1000 °C and theirassociated systems;Technical note: "Associated systems" are closelyconnected to the engine and consist of the speciallydesigned cooling fluid and fuel control systems,pumps condensers and fluid purification systems.

3 Technology for fuel nozzles, combustors and gasturbine engine- mounted fuel- handling systems (fuelpumping, metering and controls) which permit ma-rine gas turbines to burn heavy residual fuel oil(ASTM grades 5 and 6 or equivalent);Technical note: ASTM grade 5 residual fuel oil hasa maximum kinematic viscosity of 81 centistokes at50 °C (122° F), and ASTM grade 6 residual fuel oilhas a kinematic viscosity range of 92 -638 centi-stokes at 50 °C (122 °F). Kinematic viscosity ismeasured by the Saybolt-furol viscosimeter (the testmeasures the time in seconds for 60 cc of the oil topass through the furol orifice).

4 Technology for high- temperature (above 700°C gastemperature) heat exchangers for preheating com-pressor exit air;

5 Technology for lightweight, compact combined gasturbine and steam (COCAS) systems having heatrecovery rates of more than 40,000 BTU /hr. percubic foot of waste heat boiler volume, or morethan 1000 BTU /hr. per pound of waste heat boilerweight, designed for use with gas turbine enginesfor marine propulsion or shipboard power generation.

3 Core section modules and specially designed componentscovered by Item IL 1460 shall be treated under theprovisions of that Item even if the gas turbine aero-engine has been modified for use in marine propulsion orshipboard power generation.

18 Customs Act 1901

IL 1460Aircraft and helicopters, aero- engines and aircraft andhelicopter equipment, and technology therefor, as follows:Note: The provisions of this item, do not release technologyfor computer -aided design (CAD) or computer -aided de-sign /manufacturing (CAD /CAM); or technology relatingto manufacturing equipment or hardware, embargoed byItems IL 1080, 1081, 1086, 1088, 1091, 1312, 1357, 1361,1362, 1371, 1522, 1529 or any other Item, for the produc-tion or evaluation of aero- engines, APUs, "helicopter powertransfer systems" or their specially designed components, ortechnology specific to production or super - alloys as embar-goed by Item IL 1301.a Aircraft and helicopters, except those which do not con-

tain equipment covered by the Munitions List or ItemsIL 1485 or 1501 (unless the export of such equipmentis permitted under the italic Notes to Items IL 1485 and1501 and which are considered to be of types which arein bona fide normal civil use;

b Technology for aircraft and helicopter airframes, foraircraft propellors, and for aircraft and helicopter air-frame and aircraft- propellor components, as follows, andspecially designed software therefor:1 Design technology using computer -aided aerodynamic

analyses for intergration of the fuselage, propulsionsystem and lifting and control surfaces to optimizeaerodynamic performance throughout the flight regimeof an aircraft;

2 Technology for the design of active flight control sys-tems, as follows:i Technology for configuration design for intercon-

necting multiple microelectronic processing elements(on -board computers) to achieve high -speed datatransfer and high -speed data integration for controllaw implementation;

ìi Technology for control law compensation for sensorlocation and dynamic airframe loads, ie compensa-tion for sensor vibration environment and for vari-ation of sensor location from centre of gravity;

iii Technology for electronic management of systemsredundancy and data redundancy for fault detection,fault tolerance and fault isolation;Note: This sub -item does not embargo technologyfor the design of physical redundancy in hydraulicor mechanical systems or in electrical wiring.

iv Technology for design of flight controls which per-mit in -flight reconfiguration of force and momentcontrols;Technical Note: Active flight control systems func-tion to prevent undesirable aircraft motions or struc-tural loads by autonomously processing outputs frommultiple sensors and then providing necessary prev-entative commands to effect automatic control.

3 Design technology for protection of flight control, nav-igation and propulsion control data into a flight man-agement system for flight path optimization;

4 Design technology for protection of avionic and elec-trical sub - systems against electromagnetic puls (EMP)and electromagnetic interference (EMI) hazards forsources external to the aircraft, as follows:i Technology for design of shielding systems;ii Technology for the configuration design of hardened

electrical circuits and sub systems;iii Determination of hardening criteria for the above;

5 Technology for the design, production and recon-struction of adhesively bonded airframe structuralmembers designed to withstand operational tempera-tures in excess of 120 °C (248 °F);

Note: Airframe structural members mentioned inthis sub -item do not include engine nacelles and thrustreversers.

6 Technology for the design and production of propellerblades constructed wholly or partly of composite ma-terials, and specially designed hubs therefor;Note: This sub -item does not embargo technology forthe production of propeller blades:

Commonwealth of Australia Gazette r

No. P 1, 6 January 1987

a Constructed wholly of wood or glass -fibre- reinforcedplastics; or

b Which are constructed mainly of wood or glass -fibre- reinforced plastics and which use other mate-rials only in the leading edge or tip.

7 Technology for the design and production of digitalelectronic synchrophasers specially designed for pro-pellers; technology for the design of digital electroniccontrols for propellers; and technology for the produc-tion of digital electronic controls for the propellersdescribed in 6 above;

8 Technology for the design and production of activelaminar flow control lifting surfaces;Note: Design technology covered by this sub -item in-cludes the data used to substantiate the design approach.

c "Helicopter power transfer systems" and technologytherefor, except:i Those "helicopter power transfer systems" destined for

use in "civil helicopters" only, as follows:1 Those which have been in civil use in bona fide

"civil helicopters" for more than eight years;2 Those which it is considered do not contain, and

were not fabricated utilizing, any of the technologiesshown in Note 9;

3 Those for replacement in or servicing of specific,previously exported helicopters;

ii Data not in the public domain resulting from "heli-copter power transfer system" performance and instal-lation design studies; fabrication technology, or overhauland refurbishing technology for specific "helicopterpower transfer systems" in civil use in bona fide "civilhelicopters" for more than eight years, unless theyremain listed in Note 9;Note: "Helicopter power transfer system" performanceand installation design data do not include technologyfor: computer -aided design (CAD); computer -aideddesign /manufacturing (CAD /CAM); or parametricperformance analysis, engine analysis and selection, orcomponent design utilizing unpublished technical data.

d Gas turbine engines and auxiliary power units (APUs)for use in aircraft or helicopters and technology therefor,except:i Those destined for use in "civil aircraft" or `civil

helicopters" only, as follows:1 Jet, turboprop and turboshaft aircraft engines in

civil use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil heli-copters" for more than eight years, or which it is

considered do not contain, and were not fabricateduntilizing, any of the technologies shown in Note 8;

2 Gas turbine powered aircraft APUs in civil use inbona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" formore than eight years, or which it is considered donot contain, and were not fabricated utilizing, anyof the technologies shown in Note 8;

ii Data not in the public domain resulting from aircraftperformance and installation design studies; fabricationtechnology, or overhaul and refurbishing technologyfor specific gas turbine aero- engines or gas turbinepowered aircraft APUs in civil use in bona fide "civilaircraft" or "civil helicopters" for more than twelveyears, unless they remain listed in Note 8;Note: Aircraft performance and installation design datado not include technology for: computer -aided design(CAD); computer -aided design /manufacturing (CAD/CAM); or parametric engine performance analysis,engine cycle analysis and selection, or component aero-dynamic design utilizing unpublished technical data.

e Specially designed components for gas turbine engines,APUs and "helicopter power transfer systems ", embar-goed by c and d above, as follows:1 Embodying technologies listed under Notes 8 or 9;2 Hot - section components;3 Engine control system components;4 Gas turbine engine or APU rotor system components

(including bearings).

al

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo. P I, 6 January 1987

Note: (Aero- engines, APUs or "helicopter powertransfer systems" which have any special feature de-signed for a military application are embargoed by theMunitions List. See also Items IL 1485 and 1501. Fortechnology relating to industrial gas turbine engines,see Item IL 1372; for marine gas turbine engines andrelated technology, see Item IL 1431.)

Notes:1 "Civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters" are defined under

Note 10.2 The period of bona fide civil use referred to in sub -items

c and d above begins with the date that the particularengine or "helicopter power transfer system" (model andspecifications) or its most recent modification was certi-fied as airworthy for commercial service or commercialnavigability under the standards and requirements of thegovernment of the country in which it was manufactured.However, it is recognized that many modifications whichmay require recertification may pertain to minor safetyor operational changes which do not significantly enhancethe performance of a particular gas turbine aero- engineor improve its reliability. It is intended, for control pur-poses, that:a A gas turbine aero- engine which is recertified as the

result of incorporating any technology listed in Note 8will be treated as a newly certified engine. Recertifica-tion which does not result from incorporation of suchtechnology, or modifications which do not require re-certification by national authorities, will not affect thecurrent period of civil use of the current period of civiluse of the engine;

b Modification of a gas turbine APU by incorporation ofany technology listed in Note 8 will cause it to betreated as a new APU. Other modifications will notaffect the current period of civil use of the APU;

c Modification of a "helicopter power transfer system"by incorporation of any technology listed in Note 9will restart the control period for the "helicopter powertransfer system" as though it were newly certified in ahelicopter. Other modifications will not affect the cur-rent period of civil use of the "helicopter power trans-fer system ".

3 "Helicopter power transfer systems" referred to in sub -item c above are defined as all those components whichtransfer power from the engine to the main and tail rotorblade(s).

4 Exports of technology, including transfer of skills anddata, necessary for the design, fabrication, assembly andproduction testing of gas turbine engines embargoed bysub -item d above or of the specially designed componentsembargoed by sub -item e above shall be subject to theembargo except, for civil use only, as provided in a to gbelow and in Notes 7 and 8. It is intended that theexport of any of these technologies to a military end -useror for military end -use be subject to the embargo. ThisNote does not remove from embargo computer -aideddesign (CAD) or computer -aided design /manufacturing(CAD /CAM) technology. Only technology which is non -CAD, non - CAD /CAM may be shipped as provided forin the appropriate sub- paragraph(s). This Note also doesnot release technology relating to manufacturing equip-ment or hardware, covered by Items IL 1080, 1086,1088, 1091, 1312, 1357, 1361, 1522, 1529 or any otherItem, for the production or evaluation of gas turbineengines or their specially designed components, or tech-nology specific to production of superalloys as embargoedby Item IL 1301.a Technology, including transfer of skills and technical

data, necessary for aircraft performance analysis andinstallation design studies of specific gas turbine aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed bysub -item d above or of their specially designed com-ponents embargoed by sub -item e above shall be sub-ject to the embargo for a period of twelve years, asdefined in Note 2, after those engines have entered

Customs Act 1901 19

into bona fide civil use. From the end of the embargoperiod, the above technology may be shipped to civilend -users for civil end -uses.

b Fabrication technologies listed in Note 8 for gas tur-bine aero- engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs embar-goed by sub -item d above or for their specially designedcomponents embargoed by sub -item e above shall re-main embargoed until those engines or APUs havebeen in civil use for more than twelve years, as definedin Note 2, unless they remain listed in Note 8.Those fabrication technologies (other than CAD /CAM)to civil end -users for civil end -uses provided that suchengine technologies have been in engines or APUs incivil use for more than eight years, as defined in Note2.

c Fabrication technology for gas turbine aero- engines oraircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by sub -item dabove, or for specially designed components embargoesby sub -item e above, which do not embody any tech-nology listed in Note 8.Fabrication technologies (other than CAD /CAM) tocivil end -users for civil end -uses.

d Technology for assembly and production testing of gasturbine aero- engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs em-bargoed by sub -item d above, or of their speciallydesigned components embargoed by sub -item e above.Technology (other than CAD /CAM) to civil end -usersfor civil end -uses.

e Technology for on -site installation, operation, mainte-nance and repair of gas turbine engines or APUs em-bargoed by sub -item d above.Technology (other than CAD /CAM) to civil end -usersfor civil end -uses.

f Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for gas turbineengines or APUs embargoed by sub -item d above orfor specially designed components embargoed by sub -item e above, which embody any technology listed inNote 8, shall remain embargoed until those engines orAPUs have been in civil use for more than twelveyears, as defined in Note 2.Overhaul and refurbishing technologies (other thanCAD or CAD /CAM) to civil end -users for civil enduses provided that such engines or APUs have been incivil use for more than eight years, as defined in Note2.

g Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for gas turbineengines or APUs embargoed by sub -item d above orfor specially designed components embargoed by sub -item e above, which do not embody any technologylisted in Note 8, shall remain embargoed until thoseengines or APUs have been in civil use for more thaneight years, as defined in Note 2.Know -how (other than CAD or CAD /CAM) to civilend -users for civil end -uses.

NB: The provision of a to g above apply provided that:a Technology as described in this Note, including unpub-

lished data (all data other than those generally availableto the public), to be provided will be the minimumnecessary in content and quality for the purposes of thetransaction; and

b It is considered that the specially designed componentsto be assembled into gas turbine engines or APUs pro-duced by the recipient with technology supplied underthis Note, and all the gas turbine engines and APUsthereby assembled, will be for civil use as described inNote 10.

5 Exports of technology including transfer of skills anddata, necessary for the design, fabrication, assembly andproduction testing of "helicopter power transfer systems"embargoed by sub -item c above, or of the speciallydesigned components embargoed by sub -item e above,shall be subject to the embargo except, for civil use only,as provided in a to g below and in Note 9. It is intendedthat the export of any of these technologies to a militaryend -user or for military end -use be subject to embargo.This note does not remove from embargo computer -aided

20 Customs Act 1901

design (CAD) or computer -aided design /manufacturing(CAD /CAM) technology. Only technology which is non -CAD, non -CAD /CAM may be shipped as provided forin the appropriate sub - paragraph(s). This Note also doesnot release technology relating to manufacturing equip-ment or hardware, covered by Items IL 1088, 1091,1312, 1357, 1371, 1522, 1529 or any other item, for theproduction or evaluation of "helicopter power transfersystems" or their specially designed components.a Technology, including transfer of skills and technical

data, necessary for "helicopter power transfer systems"performance analysis and installation design studies ofspecific "helicopter power transfer systems" embar-goed by sub -item c above or of their specially designedcomponents embargoed by sub -item e above shall besubject to the embargo for a period of eight years, asdefined in Note 2, after those systems have enteredinto bona fide civil use. From the end of the embargoperiod, the above technology may be shipped to civilend -users for civil end -uses.

b Fabrication technologies listed in Note 9 for "helicop-ter power transfer systems" embargoed by sub -item eabove or for specially designed "helicopter powertransfer systems" components embargoed by sub -iteme above shall remain embargoed until those technolo-gies have been in bona fide "civil helicopters" in civiluse for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2,unless the technology remains listed in Note 9.Those fabrication technologies (other than CAD /CAM)to civil end -users for civil end -uses, provided thatsuch "helicopter power transfer system" technologieshave been in bona fide "civil helicopters in civil usefor more than six years, as defined in Note 2.

c Fabrication technology for "helicopter power transfersystems" embargoed by sub -item c above or for spe-cially designed "helicopter power transfer system"components embargoed by sub -item e above, which donot embody any technology listed in Note 9.Fabrication technology (other than CAD /CAM) tocivil end -users for civil end -uses.

d Technology for assembly and production testing of"helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by sub -item e above or of their specially designed componentsembargoed by sub -item e above.Technology (other than CAD /CAM) to civil end -users

for civil end -uses.e Technology for on -site installation operation, mainte-

nance and repair of "helicopter power transfer sys-tems" embargoed by sub -item e above.Technology (other than CAD /CAM) to civil end -users

for civil end -uses.f Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for "helicopter

power transfer systems" embargoed by sub -item c above,or for specially designed components embargoed bysub -item e above, which embody any technology listedin Note 9, shall remain embargoed until those "heli-copter power transfer systems" have been in civil usefor more than eight years, as defined in Note 2.Overhaul and refurbishing technologies (other thanCAD or CAD /CAM) to civil end -users for civil end -uses, provided that such "helicopter power transfersystem" technologies have been in bona fide "civilhelicopters" in civil use for more than six years, asdefined in Note 2.

g Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for "helicopterpower transfer systems" embargoed by sub -item c above,which do not embody any technology listed in Note 9,shall remain embargoed until those "helicopter powertransfer systems" have been in civil use for more thaneight years, as defined in Note 2.Overhaul and refurbishing technologies (other thanCAD or CAD /CAM) to civil end -users for civil enduses.


NB: The provisions of a to g above apply provided that:a Technology as described in this Note, including unpub-

lished technical data (all data other than that generallyavailable to the public), to be provided will be theminimum necessary in content and quality for thepurpose of the transaction; and

b it is considered that the specially designed componentsto be assembled into "helicopter power transfer sys-tems" produced by the recipient with technology sup-plied under this Note, and the "helicopter powertransfer systems" thereby assembled will be for civiluse as described in Note 10.

6 The shipment for civil end -uses by civil users, of:a "Helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by

sub -item c above when incorporated in bona fide "civilhelicopters" as defined in Note 10;

b Gas turbine engines or APUs embargoed by sub -itemd above for incorporation into or incorporated in bonafide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" as definedin Note 10;

e Specially designed components embargoed by sub -item e above, for use in engines, APUs or "helicopterpower transfer systems" authorised for production inproscribed destinations or previously exported undera or b above, provided that:1 The specially designed components will only be

incorporated in engines, APUs or "helicopter powertransfer systems" produced for use in bona fide"civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" as defined inNote 10; and

2 It is considered that exports of specially designedcomponents for "helicopter power transfer systems"embodying technologies listed in Note 9, or for gasturbine aero- engines or aircraft gas turbine APUsembodying technologies listed in Note 8, are inquantities appropriate:i To support the assembly of that number of "hel-

icopter power transfer systems ", engines or APUsrequired for installation in, and as standard sparesfor, bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicop-ters" in current production; or

ii To support current civil fleet operations.7 This item does not embargo for civil use gas turbine

engines, APUs and "helicopter power transfer systems"and modifications (and technology therefore) certified orrecertified for civil use, as described in Note 2 prior tothe 1st January 1979, and not embargoed by the follow-ing definitions:Helicopters over 4,530 kg (10,000 lb) empty weight, andpower transmission systems therefore;Note: Empty weight is understood to include normalinstallation and normal minimum crew, but does notinclude fuel or pay -load.Aero- engines, as follows:i Piston engines;ii Jet engines of less than 2,265 kg (5,000 lb) thrust;iii Turboprop or turboshaft engines of less than 2,500

horsepower or with a residual thrust of less than 453kg (1,000 lb).

8 Sub -item d above does not embargo for use in bona fide"civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" those engines whichit is considered contain none of the technologies listed.Gas turbine engines embodying any of these technologiesshall remain under embargo until the technology hasbeen in civil use for eight years, as defined in Note 2,after the initial certification date (shown in table 1). Thetechnologies shown in table 1 shall remain under controlfor twelve years after the initial certification date ofengine, unless the expiration date of the embargo periodis extended:


Table 1 (See IL 1460 Note S)

Customs Act 1901 21

I. Materials and manufacturing proceduresCeramic, ceramic - composite or composite hot - section compo-nents (cambuster, turbine blades and vanes, seals, discs, flowpath)Turbine blades on basis of directional solidification or mono -crystal technology

directional solidificationmonocrystal technology

Turbine blades consisting of several parts connected by diffu-sion bondingFibre technology in frames or in highly stressed discs, casings,blades and vanesProtective coating technology for air - cooled turbine blades andvanes with internal and external cooling passages and theirrelated flow paths capable of operating in high gas temperatureenvironments (in excess of 1400 °C), irrespective of the actualgas temperature environment in which they will be used, in-volving applications of metallic or ceramic materials by vapour,pack, plasma, electron beam, sputtering or sintering processesMetallic coatings

Initial certifi- Type certifi-cation date Engine cate number

None

30/09/74 JT9D -7F E20EA25/11/80 JT9D -7R4 E3NE

None

None

plasma sprayed 30/09/74 JT9D -7F E20EAother None

Ceramic coatings NoneApplication of powder metallurgy for fan compressor and tur-bine blades or vanes: discs, wheels, reduction gears, engine mainshafts and frames

discs 01/78 JT8D -17 E2EAfan, compressor and turbine blades or vanes, wheels, reduc-tion gears, engine main shafts and frames None

Cooled components on basis of electrostream or laser drillingmethods:

electrostream drilling 30/09/74 JT9D -7F E20EAlaser drilling 16/09/70( *) CF6 -6 E23EA

Electron beam drilling for small holes in turbine blades andvanes (Item IL 1080 I c sets out the parameters for smallholes) NoneTitanium or superalloy- casting on basis of centrifugaltechniques 13/01/78 TFE -731 E6WECeramic core casting technology for casting holes in turbineblades and vanes 07/04/71 JT8D -15 E2EAII. Construction methodsAdjustable flow path geometry and associated control systemsfor:

fans Nonegas generator turbine(s) Nonefan /power turbine(s) Nonepropelling nozzles None

(Adjustable flow path geometry and associated control systems do not include: inlet guide vanes, variable pitch fans,variable stators or bleed valves for compressors.)Full authority or hybrid digital electronic control and respectivesensor equipment 25/11/80 JT9D -7R4 E3NEHigh temperature (capable of utilizing gases heated above1100 °C) heat exchangers for preheating compressor exit air NoneCombustors with combustion in several stages 08/11/79 CFM -56 E2GLMaintenance of compressor or turbine tip clearance throughmethods employing active compensating casing technology:

compressor aloneNoneturbine alone

01/04/81 JT9D -7R4E1 E3NEcompressor and turbine

Ceramic bearings NoneNoneNozzles with thrust vectoring (not including reverse thrust) NoneNB: Technology for computer -aided design /manufacturing (CAD /CAM) is not released by the deletion of any technologyfrom the above list.

() Embargo period extended to 16 September 1988.

22 Customs Act 1901

9 Sub -item c above does not embargo for use in bona fide"civil helicopters" those "helicopter power transfer sys-tems" which it is considered contain none of the tech-nologies listed below. "Helicopter power transfer systems"

Table 2 (See IL 1460 b9)


embodying any of these technologies, and these technol-ogies themselves, shall remain under control for eightyears after the initial certification date (shown in table2), unless the expiration date is extended:

Initial certifi- Type certi-I. Materials and manufacturing procedures cation date Helicopter ficate numberA. Rotor heads, containing:

Elastomeric bearings (oscillating bearings using flexible syn-thetic material to allow the relative movement of the sup-ported parts) 27/01/76 Bell 214B H6SWLoad carrying structures applying fibre technology . . 02/09/77 AS350C 84Hot - isostatically pressed materials None

B. Gear boxes, containing:Novikoff -type gears NoneGears or gear support structures based on materials applyingdirectional solidification or monocrystal technology. . . . None

High contact -ratio double - helical (arrow- shaped) gears . NoneFibre technology NoneHot - isostatically pressed components NoneCasings without shims and the interchangeable bevel gearsassociated with them 21/11/78 Sikorsky S76 HINEGear tooth surfaced hardened by vacuum carburizing or ionnitriding None

C. Drive shaft systems containing super- critical drive shafts NoneII. Construction methodsA. Components fabricated by diffusion bonding NoneB. High- survivability loss -of- lubrication technology for high -speed

bearings (DN equal to or greater than 2.4 million where Dis expressed in millimetres and N in rpm) None

NB: Technology for computer -aided design /manufacturing (CAD /CAM) is not released by the deletion of any technologyfrom the above list.

10 The terms "civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters" areunderstood to include only those types of civil aircraftand helicopters which are listed by designation in pub-lished airworthiness certification lists by the civil aviationauthorities to fly commercial civil internal and externalroutes or for legitimate civil, private or business use. Thetotal number of aircraft or helicopters (and aero- enginesor "helicopter power transfer systems ") by type whichmay be included within the terms "civil aircraft" and"civil helicopters" shall not exceed that number whichappears to constitute a reasonable requirement for oper-ation of published scheduled services or for legitimatecivil, private or business use.

IL 1465

"Spacecraft" and launch vehicles, as follows:

a "Spacecraft ", manned or unmanned (not including theirpayloads);Note: For controls applicable to products contained in"spacecraft" payloads, see the appropriate List Items.

b Launch vehicles;c Propulsion systems, guidance equipment, attitude control

equipment; and on -board communications equipment forremote control of the equipment embargoed by sub -itemsa or b above;

d Specially designed components for the above.Technical Note: "Spacecraft" are defined as active andpassive satellites and space probes.Note: Scientific - mission space probes which do not containequipment either embargoed by sub -item c above or embar-goed by any other Item in these Lists are not embargoedby this Item.

IL 1485

Compasses, gyroscopes (gyros), accelerometer and inertialequipment, and specially designed software therefor, asfollows; and specially designed components therefor:

(See also Items IL 1385 and 1465.)a Gyro compasses with provision for determining and

transmitting ship's level reference data (roll, pitch) inaddition to own ship's course data;

b Integrated flight instrument systems which include gyro-stabilisers or automatic pilots for aircraft and speciallydesigned integration software therefor, except those sys-tems integrated solely for VOR /ILS navigation andapproaches;Explanatory note: An integrated flight instrument systemis a primary instrument display system of attitude andazimuth with facilities for giving manoeuvre guidanceinformation to the pilot and often integrated with anauto -pilot to the extent of embodying a common unit forsetting up the required demands.

c Gyro -astro compasses and other devices which deriveposition or orientation by means of automatically track-ing celestial bodies:

d Gyro - stabilisers used for other purposes than aircraftcontrol except those for stabilising an entire surfacevessel;

e Automatic pilots used for purposes other than aircraftcontrol and specially designed integration software there-for, except marine types for surface vessels;

f Accelerometers with a threshold of 0.005 g or less or alinearity error within 0.25 per cent of full scale outputor both, which are designed for use in inertial navigationsystems or in guidance systems of all types;Gyros with a rated free directional drift rate (rate freeprecession) of less than 0.5 degree (1 Sigma or rms) perhour in a 1 g environment;

h Continuous output accelerometers which utilize "servo"or "force balance" techniques and gyros, both specifiedto function at acceleration levels greater than 100g;

i Inertial or other equipment using accelerometers embar-goed by sub -items f or h above or gyros embargoed bysub -item g or h above, and systems incorporating suchequipment, and specially designed integration softwaretherefor;Specially designed test, calibration and alignment equip-ment for the above.

Equipment and software embargoed by this Item, as follows:a Types and series including their specially designed in-

tegration software embargoed by sub -item b, providedthe equipment and software have been in normal civil

g

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo. P 1. 6 January 1987

use for more than two years, are standard equipmentand software or aircraft excluded from control underItem IL 1460, and are, or are to be, installed in civilaircraft;

b Types and series covered by sub -item d, provided theequipment has been in normal civil use for more thantwo years and it is considered that it is intended for aclearly civil application in the importing country;

e Specially designed components covered by this Item andequipment covered by sub -item j, provided they are notembargoed by sub -items f, g or h and are intended foruse with exports meeting the conditions of sub -para-graphs a and b of this Note.

Group FElectronic equipment including communications and radar

IL 1501

Navigation, direction finding, radar and airborne commu-nication equipment: (See also sub -items IL 1485 b and i,1573 and 1574.)

a Airborne communication equipment having any of thefollowing characteristics, and specially designed compo-nents and software therefor:1 Designed to operate at frequencies greater than 156

MHz;2 incorporating facilities for:

i The rapid selection of more than 200 channels perequipment; or

ii Equipment using frequency synthesis techniques (seealso Item IL 1531) except equipment operating inthe frequency range of 108 to 136 MHz with 720channels or fewer at not less than 25 kHz spacing,and which has been in normal civil use for at leastone year;

3 Rated for continuous operation over a range of am-bient temperatures extending from below 55 °C toabove +55 °C;

4 Designed for modulating methods employing any formof digital modulation using time and frequency redun-dancy such as `Quantised Frequency Modulation'(QFM);Standard commercial airborne equipment needed toequip civil aircraft or as normal standard equipmentincorporated in civil aircraft being exported for civilcommercial use provided that it contains none of thecharacteristics in sub -item 4 above.

b Navigation and direction finding equipment, as follows,specially designed components and software therefor, andspecialised testing, calibrating and training /simulatingequipment therefor:1 Airborne navigation equipment and direction finding

equipment as follows:i Designed to make use of `Doppler' frequency

phenomena;Navigation equipment described in sub -item b 1 iprovided that it is to be installed in civil aircraftor helicopters, and is normal standard equipmentof a type installed in civil aircraft or helicopters.

ii Utilising the constant velocity or the rectilinearpropagation characteristics of electromagnetic waveshaving frequency less than 4 X 10' °Hz (0.75microns);

iii Radio altimeters, the following:a Pulse modulated;b Frequency modulated having a displayed electri-

cal output accuracy better than ±0.914 m ( ±3ft) over the range between ± 3 per cent above30.4 m (100 ft);

e Frequency modulated which have been in normalcivil use for less than one year;

Technical note: The accuracy is related to thatprovided by the electrical output circuits of thealtimeter at any altitude. The word accuracy alsorefers to the equipment's accuracy over time. Thisaccuracy over time is defined for the instrument

Customs Act 1901 23

itself without reference either to a calibrated valueor to a designated electrical value.

iv Direction finding equipment operating at frequen-cies greater than 5MHz;

v Rated for continuous operation over a range ofambient temperature extending from below 55 °Cto above +55 °C.

Notes:1 Standard commercial airborne equipment listed in

sub -items b 1 ii and iii above needed to equip civilaircraft (see Note 10 under Item IL 1460) or asnormal standard equipment incorporated in civil air-craft being exported for civil commercial use, pro-vided that such equipment is equivalent in allcharacteristics and performance to standard equip-ment of aircraft not subject to embargo; anda (For Loran -C equipment covered by sub -item b 1

ii) is in conformity with ICAO standards, assuresno function exceeding those resulting from suchstandards, and is not designed to make use ofhyperbolic grids at frequencies greater than 3MHz.(Standard commercial airborne equipment designedto make use of hyperbolic grids at frequencies ofless than 3 MHz may be exported if "coordinateconversion equipment" which has been in normalcivil use for less than one year or which could notbe shipped under the provisions of Item IL 1565,is not included and is not separately supplied); or

b (For equipment covered by sub -item b 1 iii) arefrequency modulated radio altimeters which havebeen in normal civil use for a period of more thanone year.

2 Direction finding equipment specially designed forsearch and rescue purposes and operating at a fre-quency of 121.5 MHz or 243 MHz is not covered bythis sub -item. This exclusion also applies to personallocator beacons operating in this form and which mayalso have an additional channel selectable for voicemode only. Technical note: By "coordinate conversionequipment" is meant electronic equipment designed tocompute the position of the aircraft in one coordinatesystem when furnished position information in anothercoordinate system.

2 Ground and marine equipment for use with airbornenavigation equipment utilising the constant velocity orthe rectilinear propagation characteristics of electromag-netic waves having frequency less than 4 x 10' °Hz (0.75micron);

3 Ground and marine direction finding equipment operat-ing at frequencies greater than 30 MHz;Equipment described in b 3 when:i The equipment is to be installed at civil airports or

for use on civil air routes;ii The equipment is designed to operate at frequencies

between 30 MHz and 157 MHz, excluding single sideband equipment;

iii The equipment employs a loop system or a systememploying a number of spaced vertical aerials uni-formly disposed around the circumference of a circleexcluding electronically commutated types.

4 Timing receivers whose only function is automaticallyproviding time derived from satellite signals to within 1milli- second of Universal Coordinate Time (UCT) orbetter;

5 Ground or marine navigation and geodetic positioningsystems designed for use with satellite - provided timingpositioning or navigation information;

e Radar equipment as follows, and specially designed com-ponents specialised testing, calibrating and training /sim-ulating equipment, and specially designed softwaretherefor:(For lidar equipment see Item IL 1522)I Airborne radar equipment:Equipment embargoed by this sub -item when it is to be

installed in civil aircraft (see Note 10 under Item IL1460), and which:

24 Customs Act 1901

a Has been in normal commercial service for at leastone year;

b Is specially designed for use as as commercial weatherradar;

c Is a normal and reasonable equipment for such civilaircraft.

2 Ground, and marine radar equipment having one ormore of the following features:i Operating at a frequency not in normal civil use or

at a frequency of more than 10.5 GHz;ii Operating at a freqency of less than 1.5 GHz and

having a peak output power from the transmittergreater than 2.5 MW; or operating at a frequencywithin the range of 1.5 to 3.5 GHz and having apeak output power from the transmitter greaterthan 1.5 MW; or operating at a frequency withinthe range of 3.5 to 6 GHz and having a peak outputpower from the transmitter greater than 1MW; oroperating at a frequency within the range of 6 to10.5 GHz and having a peak output power fromthe transmitter greater than 500 kW;

iii Operating at a frequency of less than 3.5 GHz andhaving an 80 per cent or better probability of detec-tion for a 10 sq m target at a free space range of250 nautical miles; or operating at a frequency withinthe range of 3.5 to 10.5 GHz and having an 80 percent or better probability of detection for 10 sq mtarget at a free space range of 100 nautical miles;

iv Utilising other than pulse modulation with a con-stant or staggered pulse repetition frequency, in whichthe carrier frequency of the transmitted signal is notchanged deliberately between groups of pulses, frompulse to pulse, or within a single pulse; except civilcommercial airport radars using a carrier frequencythat may change from pulse to pulse between twofixed frequencies separated in time and in frequencyby constant magnitudes;Utilising a Doppler technique for any purpose otherthan MTI systems using a conventional double ortriple pulse delay line cancellation technique: exceptthose utilised for surveillance and control radars foraerial navigation in civil airports;

vi Including any digital signal processing techniquesused for automatic target tracking, or having a fa-cility for electronic tracking;

vii Including signal processing techniques other thanthose covered by sub -item c 2 vi above, which havebeen in normal civil use for a period of less thantwo years;

viii In the case of ground radar, having been in com-mercial use for a period of less than one year.

a Radar equipment embargoed only by sub -items c 2 i,ii or iii above, provided that both of the followingconditions are met:i It is specially designed for the surveillance and

coordination of airfield surface traffic; andii It is to be installed at airports operating scheduled

commercial flights;b Radar equipment embargoed only by sub -items c 2 ii

or iii above, or by both, provided that all the follow-ing conditions are met:i Operating at a frequency of not more than 1.5 GHz

and having a peak output power from the trans-mitter not greater than 5 MW; or operating at afrequency within the range of 1.5 to 3.5 GHz andhaving a peak output power not greater than 2.5MW;

ii Having an 80 per cent or better probability ofdetection for a 10 sq m target at a free space rangeof 270 nautical miles;

iii Having a pulse repetition frequency exceeding 300pulses per second;

iv It is to be installed for air traffic control of sched-uled international commercial flights;

c Radar equipment covered only by sub -items c 2 iv orabove, provided it is to be installed for air traffic

control purposes in international airports and has


been in normal civil use for a period of not less thanthree years;

d Radar equipment covered by sub -item c 2 vi above,provided it is specially designed for marine, harbouror meteorological use, or has been in normal civil usefor not less than three years;

e Radar equipment covered by sub -item c 2 vii above,provided it is specially designed for marine (or har-bour) use, or radar equipment embargoed only bysub -items c 2 vii or viii above, or both, provided it isspecially designed for meteorological observation.

Note: Nothing in the following shall be construed as per-mitting the export of specially designed software or tech-nology for navigation, direction finding, radar and airbornecommunication equipment, or technology for specially de-signed components therefor, except for the minimum soft-ware and technology for use (i.e. the installation, operationand maintenance) of the following equipment. This Itemdoes not embargo the following:a Standard commercial airborne equipment listed in sub -

item b 1 ii above needed to equip civil aircraft or asnormal standard equipment incorporated in civil aircraftbeing exported for civil commercial use provided suchequipment is in conformity with ICAO standards andassures no function exceeding those resulting from suchstandards, is not designed to use satellite - broadcastednavigation signals and is not designed to make use ofhyperbolic grids at frequencies greater than 3 MHz.(Standard commercial airborne equipment designed tomake use of hyperbolic grids at frequencies of less than3 MHz may be exported if coordinate conversion equip-ment, which has been in normal civil use for less thanone year, or which could not be shipped under theprovisions of Item IL 1565, is not included and is notseparately supplied.) Normal civil equipment released bythis paragraph consists of Marker beacons, ILS, VOR( "OMNI "), Omega, Loran A and B;

b Ground and marine equipment listed in sub -item b 2above, for use with airborne navigation equipment usingthe constant velocity or rectilinear propagation charac-teristics of electromagnetic waves having a frequency lessthan 4 x l0" (wavelength 0.75 micrometre), providedthe ground equipment is for use at civil airports or forcivil use in association with civil airborne equipment,andI Is in conformity with ICAO standards and assures no

function exceeding those resulting from such standards;2 Is not designed to make use of hyperbolic grids at

frequencies greater than 3 MHz;c Equipment listed in sub -item b 5 above which is re-

stricted to use with TRANSIT satellite systems or otherunembargoed systems and which is not also embargoedby sub -item b 4 above;

d Secondary radar equipment embargoed by sub -item cabove specially designed for civil air traffic identificationand control purposes;

e Equipment assemblies for civil marine automatic radarplotting aids or electronic relative motion analyzers de-signed to achieve the requirements published by theInternational Maritime Organization in accordance withthe Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) conventions, providedthe designed tracking speeds do not exceed relative val-ues of greater than 150 knots (77.1 metres /second);

f Ground radar of the hand -held and automobile mountedtype used for vehicle speed monitoring by police author-ities and operating in the frequency band from 10.5 to10.55 GHz.

IL 1502Communication, detection or tracking equipment of a kindusing ultra - violet radiation, infrared radiation or ultrasonicwaves; and specially designed software and componentstherefor.

Notes:1 This Item is not intended to cover infrared or ultra - violet

sensing devices not otherwise embargoed by Munitions


List Item ML 15 and which contain image intensifiersembargoed by Item IL 1555.

2 The Item is not intended to embargo ultrasonic deviceswhich operate in contact with a controlled material tobe inspected, or which are used for industrial cleaning,sorting or materials handling, industrial and civilian in-trusion alarms, traffic and industrial movement controland counting systems, medical applications, emulsufica-tion, homogenisation, or simple educational or entertain-ment devices.

3 This Item is not intended to embargo underwater ultra-sonic communications equipment designed for operationwith amplitude modulation and having a communicationsrange of 500 m or less (Sea State I), a carrier frequencyof 40 to 60 kHz and a carrier power supplied to thetransducer of 1W or less.

4 This Item is not intended to embargo the following:a Industrial equipment employing cells not embargoed

by Item IL 1548;b Industrial and civilian intrusion alarm, traffic and in-

dustrial movement control and counting systems;c Medical equipment;d Industrial equipments used for inspection, sorting or

analysis of the properties of materials;e Simple educational or entertainment devices which

employ photo cells;f Flame detectors for industrial furnaces;g Equipment for non - contact temperature measurement

for laboratory or industrial purposes utilizing a singledetector cell with no scanning of the detector;

h Instruments capable of measuring radiated power orenergy having a response time constant exceeding 10milliseconds;

i Equipment designed for measuring radiated power orenergy for laboratory, agricultural or industrial pur-poses using a single detector cell with no scanning ofthe detector and single detector cell assemblies orprobes specially designed therefor, having a responsetime constant exceeding I microsecond;

j Infrared geodetic equipment, provided that equipmentuses a lighting source other than a laser and is man-ually operated or uses a lighting source (other than alaser or a light- emitting diode) remote from the meas-uring equipment;

Note: Simple educational devices are defined as de-vices designed for use in teaching basic scientificprinciples and demonstrating the operation of thoseprinciples in educational institutions.

(For communications equipment employing fibre optics seeItem IL 1519.)

IL 1510

Marine or terrestrial acoustic or ultasonic systems orequipment specially designed for positioning surface vesselsor underwater vehicles, or for detecting or locating under-water or subterranean objects or features, and speciallydesigned components of such systems or equipment, includ-ing but not limited to hydrophones, transducers, beacons,towed hydrophone arrays, beamformers and geophones (ex-cept moving coil or moving magnet electromagnetic geo-phones and "specially designed software" therefor, except:i Marine systems or equipment, as follows:

A Active (transmitting, or transmitting and receiving)systems or equipment, including but not limited todepth sounders and fish- finders and their associatedbeamformers, as follows:1 Depth sounders used solely for measuring the depth

of water or the distance of submerged or buriedobjects vertically below the apparatus;

2 Horizontally- operated object detection or locationsystems, having all of the following characteristics:a Transmitting frequency of 15 kHz or greater;b Sound pressure level less than 250 dB (reference

I micropascal at I metre) for equipment withoperating frequency between 15 and 30 kHz, with

Customs Act 1901 25

no decibel limitation for equipment operating atfrequencies of 30 kHz or higher;

c Transmission capability limited to ± 10 per centof the design centre frequency;

d Not designed to withstand pressure during normaloperation at depths greater than 1000 metres;

e Displaying a range of 5000 metres or less;3 Electronic noise sources for vertically directional use

only, or mechanical (eg air gun or vapour -shockgun) or chemical (eg explosive) noise sources;

4 Acoustic systems or equipment for positioning sur-face vessels or underwater vehicles, provided:a Their control capability is limited to release and

basic transponder capabilities;b they are not capable of processing responses from

more than four beacons in the calculation of asingle point, and have neither devices nor softwarefor correcting automatically velocity-of- propaga-tion errors for point calculation, nor any coherentsignal processing means;

c They are capable only of operating within a rangeof less than 1,000 metres or, if capable of oper-ating beyond a range of more than 1,000 metres,are not capable of achieving positional accuracyof better (less) than 20 metres when measured ata range of 1,000 metres;

d Transducers, acoustic modules or hydrophonestherefore are not designed to withstand pressureduring normal operation at depths greater than1,000 metres; and

e Beacons therefore are not designed to withstandpressure during normal operation at depths greaterthan 1,000 metres, do not have oscillators with astability greater than 10 -5 over periods of 24hours, and do not use complex codes or beam -forms which have shaded or formed beams;

B Passive (receiving, whether or not related in normalapplication to separate active equipment) acoustic hy-drophones or transducers having all of the followingcharacteristics:1 Incorporating sensitive elements made of piezoelec-

tric ceramics or crystal, and with a sensitivity nogreater than 192 dB (reference 1 volt permicropascal);

2 Not designed for operation at depths greater than100 metres; and

3 Independently mounted or configured and not rea-sonably capable of assembly by the user into atowed hydrophone array;

ii Terrestrial systems or equipment having all the followingcharacteristics:a Not reasonably capable of conversion by the user to

underwater or marine applications embargoed by thisItem;

b Not employing geophones or other transducers embar-goed by this Item.

Notes:1 Signal and data processing parameters for related

equipment are defined in Items IL 1529 and 1565,and parameters for related cable in Item IL 1526.

2 Magnetic detection and locating apparatus are coveredby Item IL 1571.

3 Nothing in this Item shall permit the export of tech-nology or technical data associated with the design,manufacture or upgrading of an item excepted fromembargo by this definition, when such technology ortechnical data are also relevant to equipment em-bargoed by this definition.

4 With respect to repairs and alterations to ships ownedand controlled by organisations in prescribed destina-tions, then those systems or equipment embargoed byItem IL 1510 shall not be installed pursuant to suchrepair or alterations, unless previously approved.(See also Item IL 1416.)

5 Acoustic systems or equipment embargoed by this Itemfor use in positioning surface vessels or underwater

26 Customs Act 1901

vehicles are systems or equipment using acoustic traveltime differences between beacons operating as re-sponders, transponders or independent transmitters andone or more hydrophones carried by a surface vesselor underwater vehicle.

6 Passive hydrophone sensitivities cited in this item arebased on sensitivity being defined as 20 times thelogarithm to the base 10 of the ratio of rms outputvoltage to a 1 volt reference, when the hydrophonesensor is placed in a plane wave acoustic field havingan rms pressure of 1 micropascal. For example, ahydrophone of 160 dB (reference I volt per micro -pascal) would yield an output voltage of 10 -8 volts insuch a field, while one of 180 dB sensitivity wouldyield only 10 -9 volts output.

7 Acoustic hydrophones and transducers which have allof the other characteristics of sub -item 1 b above, butwhich either:a Have a sensitivity no greater than 204 dB (ref-

erence 1 volt per micropascal), and are designedfor operation at greater than 100 metres depth butnot greater than 1000 metres depth; or

b Are not acceleration compensated, have a sensitiv-ity no greater than 180 dB (reference 1 volt permicropascal) and are not designed for operation atdepths greater than 100 metres.

8 Towed acoustic hydrophone arrays having all of thefollowing characteristics:a Not specially designed for operation at greater than

100 metres depth or at tow speeds in excess of 8knots;

b Not incorporating temperature or heading sensors;e Having hydrophone groups uniformly spaced at not

less than 25 metres and not more than 60 metres;d Having an assembled diameter of 40 mm or greater

and using metallic strength members only;e Not having multiplexed hydrophone group signals;f Not having a configuration for multiple or overlap-

ping acoustic aperture operation;g Not having characteristics better than those speci-

fied in sub -items i B 1 and 2 above;h Not having associated processing equipment which

provides any of the following features:1 Electronically - steerable beam forming capabilities;2 Side -lobe suppression techniques such as shading

coefficients;3 On -line real -time processing or off -line batch pre-

processing capabilities exceeding the limits spec-ified in Items IL 1529 and IL 1565

IL 1514

Pulse modulators capable of providing electric impulses ofpeak power exceeding 20 MW or of a duration of less than0.1 microsecond, or with a duty cycle in excess of 0.005;and pulse transformer, pulse- forming equipment or delaylines being specialised components of such modulators.

IL 1516

Receivers, as follows, and specially designed components,accessories and software therefor:(For instruments using time compression of the input signalor FFT techniques associated with receivers, see Item IL1529 b 4.)a Panoramic radio receivers (which search or scan auto-

matically a part of the electromagnetic spectrum andindicate or identify the received signals); except ancillaryequipment for commercial receivers with which the fre-quency searched does not exceed a bandwidth of 20MHz or does not incorporate a raster or storage displaycapability;

b "Digitally- controlled" radio receivers, whether or notcomputer controlled, which search or scan automaticallya part of the electromagnetic spectrum, in which the


switching operation takes less than 10 milliseconds, andwhich indicate or identify the received signals, exceptnon - ruggedised, "digitally- controlled ", pre -set radio re-ceivers designed for use in civil communications whichhave 200 selective channels or fewer (for digitally -con-trolled radio receivers using frequency synthesizers seealso Item IL 1531);

c Receivers for spread spectrum and frequency agile sys-tems having a total transmitted bandwidth which is:i 100 or more times greater than the band -width or any

one information channel; andii In excess of 50 kHz;

d Receivers which incorporate digital signal processing, ex-cept receivers specially designed for internationally allo-cated civil frequency bands only and which do not permituser - accessible reprogrammability of the digital signalprocessing circuits.Note:This Item is not intended to cover radio frequency ana-lysers (see Item IL 1533) or field strength meters (seeItem IL 1529).

Technical notes:1 Spread spectrum is defined as the technique whereby

energy in a relatively narrow band communication chan-nel is spread over a much wider energy spectrum underthe control of a random or pseudo- random bit stream.On receipt, the signal is correlated with the same bitstream to achieve the reverse process of reducing thebandwidth to its original form. By allocating different bitstreams to different subscribers transmitting simultane-ously, significantly greater use can be made of availablebandwidth.

2 "Frequency agility" (or frequency hopping) is anotherform of spread spectrum in which the transmission fre-quency of a single communication channel is made tochange by discrete steps under the control of a similarbit stream.

(See also Item IL 1517 c.)

IL 1517Radio transmitters, except radio relay communicationsequipment (for which see Item IL 1520), as follows, andspecially designed components therefor:

a Transmitters or transmitter - amplifiers designed to oper-ate at output frequencies greater than 960 MHz;

b Transmitters or transmitter amplifiers designed to pro-vide any of the following features:1 Any system of pulse modulation (this does not include

amplitude frequency of phase modulated televisions ortelegraphic transmitters or pulsewidth, modulated soundbroadcasting transmitters);

2 Rated for operation over a range of ambient temper-atures extending from below -40 °C to above +60 °C;

c Transmitters for spread spectrum and frequency agilesystems having a total transmitted bandwidth which is:1 100 or more times greater than the brandwidth of any

one information channel; and2 In excess of 50 kHz.

(For the definition of "spread spectrum" and "fre-quency agility ", see Technical notes to Item IL 1516.)(For quartz crystals, see Item IL 1587; and for radiotransmitters incorporating transmitter drive units, ex-citers and master oscillators using frequency synthesis,see also item IL 1531.)

Note: This item is not intended to cover the followingtransmitters or transmitter amplifiers, or systems containingsuch equipment, accessories and sub - assemblies therefor:a Specially designed for medical applications and operating

at ISM frequencies;b Having an output power of not more than 10 W which

are specially designed for:1 Industrial or civil intrusion detection and alarm;2 Industrial and traffic detection, counting, speed meas-

urement, identification and movement control;


3 Carrying the information from the equipment above,or the information of environmental, air or water,pollution detection or measurement systems;

c Transmitters using wideband amplifiers designed for non -frequency agile civil applications, such as television andmobile service.

IL 1518Telemetering and telecontrol equipment suitable for usewith aircraft (piloted or pilotless), space vehicles or weap-ons (guided or unguided), and test equipment speciallydesigned for such equipment.Note: This Item is not intended to cover equipment andparts therefor specially designed to be used for remotecontrol of toys such as model planes and boats and havingelectric field strength of no more than 200 microvolts permetre at a distance of 500 metres.

IL 1519

Single- and multi - channel communication transmissionequipment, including terminal, intermediate amplifier orrepeater equipment and multiplex busses and multiplexequipment used for communications within or betweencommunication or other equipment and systems by line,cable, optical fibre or radio means, and associated modemsand multiplex equipment as follows, and specially designedsoftware therefor:

a Employing analogue transmission techniques with ana-logue input and output, designed to deliver, carry orreceive baseband frequencies higher than 19 MHz into,or in, a communications system, but only higher than300 kHz for equipment suitable for use with underwatercable;

Note: Analogue transmission techniques include, interalla, frequency division multiplex (FDM),

b Employing digital transmission techniques designed foroperation at a total bit rate at the highest level multiplexpoint exceeding 8.5 Megabits per second, with analogueinput and output, designed for use on communicationscircuits;Notes:

1 Nothing in the above shall be construed as sanctioningthe export of technology for equipment employingdigital transmission techniques designed for operationat a total bit rate at the highest level multiplex pointexceeding 2.1 Megabits per second, except technologyfor installation, operation or maintenance.

2 Digital transmission techniques include, inter alia, pulsecode modulation (PCM).

e Data communication equipment employing digital trans-mission with digital input and output, including tele-graphic and data transmission, having any of the followingcharacteristics:

1 Designed for operation at a data signalling rate in bitsper second, excluding servicing and administrativechannels, numerically exceeding either:i When using FDM voice channel:

a 9,600; orb 320 per cent of the channel (or sub - channel)

bandwidth in hertz; orii When using baseband: 19,200;

2 Employing an automatic error detection and correc-tion system having both of the following characteristics:i Retransmission is not required for correction; andii A data signalling rate exceeding 300 bits per second;

3 Statistical multiplexers designed for operation at adata signalling rate" in bits per second, excluding

servicing and administrative channels, numerically ex-ceeding either:i 4,800; orii 160 per cent of the channel (or sub - channel) band-

width in hertz.

Customs Act 1901 27

Notes:1 This sub -item is not intended to cover frequency

division multiplexers used to subdivide a voice chan-nel or data channels not exceeding the limits of 1above.

2 For statistical multiplexers which satisfy the defini-tions of either "data (message) switching" or "stored -programme controlled circuit switching ", as well asfor the definitions of these terms, see Item IL 1567.

d Components and accessories specially designed for theabove equipment, and test equipment specially designedfor the equipment covered by b above. (See Item IL1526 for connectors including wavelength multiplexers.)

Technical notes:1 "Data signalling rate" is as defined in ITU Recom-

mendation 53 -36, taking into account that for non -binary modulation, "bauds" and "bits per second" arenot equal. Bits for coding, checking and synchronisa-tion functions are to be included.

2 In the case of data communication equipment designedto operate in one voice channel, "bandwidth" willnormally be as defined in CCITT Recommendation,G.l5l, namely 3,100 Hz. In the case of CCITT orCCIR voice frequency telegraph systems, "bandwidth"may be considered as the number of channels timesthe channel spacing.

e Electronic measuring equipment, suitable for use withPCM transmission equipment defined in CCITT Rec-ommendations series G.700 to 746 (ITU Geneva) forPCM up to 8.5 Megabits per second.

Notes:1 Equipment embargoed by sub -item a above and spe-

cially designed components and accessories therefor, asfollows:a Equipment specially designed for the transmission of

television signals by cable between camera and studioor between studio and television transmitter not ex-ceeding 80 km (50 miles) for a link with respect toany one installation; (For radio relay links see ItemIL 1520.)

b Equipment to be used for close circuit television andtelevision distribution (community aerial systems orcable television systems) with an upper frequencylimit of 960 MHz;

c Equipment designed to deliver, carry or receive base -band frequencies up to and including 62 MHz.

2 This item is not intended to cover:a Telemetering, telecommand and telesignalling equip-

ment designed for industrial purposes, together withdata transmission equipment not intended for thetransmission of written or printed text and speciallydesigned components, accessories and test equipmenttherefor. By telemetering, telecommand and telesig-nailing equipment is meant sensing heads for theconversion of information into electrical information,the systems used for its long distance transmission,the processes used to translate electrical informationin coded data ( telemetering), into control signals(telecommand) and into display signals ( telesignalling);

b Facsimile equipment other than that embargoedunder the note to Item IL 1527;

e Equipment employing exclusively the direct currenttransmission technique;

3 Equipment covered by sub -item b above, and compo-nents, accessories, sub - assemblies and cable therefor,provided that it is for other than underwater use, is tobe permanently installed in a non -fibre optic circuitoperated by the civilian authorities of the importingcountry, and is to be used for general commercial traffic,as follows:1 A total digital bit rate at the highest level multiplex

point of 45 megabits per second or less; and2 i A total number of voice channels per each physical

bearer (wire or radio) of 672 or less; or

28 Customs Act 1901

ii A monochrome or colour television channel with amaximum nominal bandwidth of 6 MHz, andassociated sound channels.

4 Electronic measuring and test equipment suitable foruse with PCM transmission equipment defined in CCITTRecommendation series G.700 to 746 (ITU Geneva) forPCM over 8.5 Megabits per second and up to 45Megabits per second.

IL 1520Radio relay communication equipment, specially designedtest equipment and software as follows, and specially de-signed components and accessories therefor:a Radio relay communication equipment designed for use

at frequencies exceeding 960 MHz, except:í Microwave radio links for fixed civil installations op-

erating at fixed frequencies not exceeding 15 GHz,with a capacity of up to 1,1920 voice channels of 4kHz each or of a television channel of 6 MHz maxi-mum nominal bandwidth and associated sound channels;

ii Ground communication radio equipment for use withtemporarily fixed services operated by the civilian au-thorities of the importing country and designed to beused at fixed frequencies not exceeding 15 GHz witha power output of not more than 5W;

b Stand -alone radio transmission media simulators /channelestimators and specially designed software therefor, spe-cially designed for testing equipment covered by a above,except those in which adjustments are only mademanually.I Equipment, and specially designed components and

accesories therefor, covered by sub -item a above, spe-cially designed for the transmission of television sig-nals between camera and studio or between studioand television transmitter, and not exceeding a line -of -sight distance with respect to any one installation.

2 Equipment, and specially designed components andaccessories therefor, covered by sub -item a above, tobe permanently installed in a circuit operated by thecivilian authorities of the importing country for civiltelevision transmission or for general commercialtraffic, provided that:a Associated multiplex equipment is considered sep-

arately under the provisions of Item IL 1519; andb No equipment with a base bandwidth exceeding the

limits set forth in Note 1 c to Item IL 1519 isincluded.

3 Equipment, and specially designed components andaccessories therefor, covered by sub -item a above forcommunications satellite earth stations, provided thatit is to be installed for operation in the framework ofan INTELSAT, MARISAT, EUTELSAT or IN-MARSAT satellite communication system.

4 Equipment, and specially designed components andaccessories therefor, covered by sub -item a above witha maximum capacity of 1,920 voice channels of 4kHz each, for industrial use, e.g. remote supervision,control and metering of oil and gas pipelines, publicutility services (e.g. electricity networks) includingtelephone channels for the operation of such networksand the engineering service circuits required for themaintenance of telecommunications links.

5 Tropospheric scatter communication equipment, andspecially designed components and accessories there-for, covered by sub -item a above, provided that it willbe permanently installed at specified sites for civilcommunication purposes and has all of the followingcharacteristics:a Fixed frequency of 2.7 GHz or less;b Frequency modulation;c Power amplifier output of 10 kW or less.

IL 1521Solid -state broadband amplifiers and related equipmenthaving an untuned bandwidth which exceeds 100 MHz oran output power which exceeds 50W, and specially de-signed components and accessories therefor.


Technical note: The bandwidth is defined as the band offrequencies over which the power amplification does notdrop to less than one -half of its maximum value.Notes:1 This Item does not embargo the following amplifiers and

specially designed components and accessories therefor:a Those specially designed for civil television receivers

(aerial amplifiers);b Those specially designed for community television dis-

tribution systems;c Those operating in the range of 380 to 512 MHz and

designed for civil communication equipment providedthe power output does not exceed 20W;

d Those with an output power exceeding 50W when:i Designed for use in radio communication equipment

for frequencies not exceeding 32 MHz; orii Having bandwidth of 10 MHz or less.

2 For amplifiers designed to operate at frequencies aboveI GHz, see Item IL 1537.

3 For parametric amplifiers, see Item IL 1537.4 For amplifiers specially designed for and intended to

work with oscilloscopes, see Item IL 1584.

IL 1522Lasers and laser systems and equipment containing them,as follows:

a Lasers and specially designed components therefor, in-cluding amplification stages, except the following whennot specially designed for equipment covered by b below:i Argon, krypton and non - tunable dye lasers with both

of the following characteristics:1 an output wavelength in the range from 0.2 to 0.8

micrometre;2 A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse

and an average or continuous wave maximum ratedsingle -or multi -mode output power not exceeding20W;

ii Helium- cadmium, nitrogen and multigas lasers nototherwise specified in this item with both of the fol-lowing characteristics:1 An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre;2 A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse

and an average or continuous wave maximum ratedsingle- or multi -mode output power not exceeding120 W;

iii Helium -neon lasers with an output wavelength shorterthan 0.8 micro - metre;

iv Ruby- lasers with both of the following characteristics:1 An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre;2 An energy output not exceeding 20 joules per pulse;

v CO2, CO or CO /CO, lasers having either of the follow-ing characteristics:1 An output wavelength in the range of 9 to 11

micrometres and a pulsed output not exceeding 2joules per pulse and a maximum rated average sin-gle- or multi -mode output power not exceeding 1.2kW or a continuous wave maximum rated single- ormulti -mode output power not exceeding 2.5 kW;

2 An output wavelength in the range of 5 to 7 micro -metres and having a continuous wave maximumrated single- or multi -mode output power not ex-ceeding 50 W;

vi Nd:YAG lasers having an output wavelength of 1.06micrometres with either of the following characteristics:1 A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse

and maximum rated average single- or multi -modeoutput power not exceeding 10 W or a continuouswave maximum rated single- or multi -mode outputpower not exceeding 50 W;

2 A pulsed output not exceeding 10 joules per pulsewith a pulse width not less than 50 microsecondsand a maximum rated average single- or multi -modeoutput power not exceeding 50 W;

vii Nd: Glass lasers with both of the followingcharacteristics:1 An output wavelength of 1.06 micrometres;2 A pulsed output not exceeding 2 joules per pulse;


viii Tunable CW dye lasers, with both of the followingcharacteristics:1 An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre;2 An output not exceeding an average or continuous

wave maximum rated single- or multi -mode outputpower of 1 W;

ix Tunable pulsed lasers (for argon and krypton lasers,see i above), including dye and N with all of thefollowing characteristics:1 An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre;2 A pulse duration not exceeding 100 nanoseconds;3 A peak power output not exceeding 1 MW;

x Single - element semi - conductor lasers with a wave-length shorter than 1 micrometre designed for, andused in, equipment as defined under b xiii and xivbelow;

b Laser systems or equipment incorporating lasers, andspecially designed components therefor, except the sys-tems and equipment listed below which incorporatelasers excluded from embargo under a above:

i Specially designed for industrial and civilian intru-sion detection and alarm systems;

ii Specially designed for medical applications;iii Equipment for educational and laboratory

purposes;Note: The educational equipment referred to aboveis defined as devices designed for use in teachingbasic scientific principles and demonstrating theoperation of those principles in educationalinstitutions.

iv Specially designed for traffic and industrial move-ment control and counting systems;

v Specially designed for detection of environmentalpollution;

vi Optical spectrometers and densitometers;vii Equipment containing continuous wave helium -

neon gas lasers (but see sub -item c below);viii Textile- cutting and textile - bonding equipment;ix Paper cutting equipment;x Equipment containing lasers for drilling diamond

dies for the wire drawing industry;xi Electronic scanning equipment with auxiliary elec-

tronic screening unit specially designed for printingprocesses, including such equipment when used forthe production of colour separations;

xii Laser -radar (lidar) equipment specially designedfor surveying or meteorological observation;

xiii Consumer -type reproducers for video and audiodiscs, employing nonerasable media;

xiv Price scanners (point of sale);xv Systems designed for surveying purposes, provided

there is no capability of measuring range;xvi Equipment specially designed for the marking of

components;xvii Specially designed gravure (printing plate) manu-

facturing equipment;c Laser measuring systems that maintain over the full

scale a resolution equal to or less (finer) than 0.1micrometer and an accuracy equal to or less (finer)than I ppm for a 48 -hour period over a temperaturerange of ± 10 °C around a standard temperature andat a standard pressure. (Standard temperature andpressure as indicated in IEC Publication No. 160.)

"Tunable" refers to the ability of a laser to producean output at any wavelength within its tuning range.A line selectable laser which can operate only on dis-crete wavelengths is not considered tunable.

Notes1 The term 'specially designed components' is intended,

among other things, to include active and passive com-ponents in semi- fabricated forms as well as fabricatedforms.

2 Not used.3 This Item is intended to cover semiconductor lasers but

not non- coherent light- emitting diodes and assembliesor integrated circuits containing such light emittingdiodes (see Items IL 1544 and 1564).

Customs Act 190/ 29

4 Equipment listed in sub-item b containing lasers de-scribed in a vi 1 and a vii provided the lasers have amaximum pulsed output not exceeding 2 joules perpulse. Spare laser rods for equipment exported underthis note will be restricted to rods having no greateroutput power or energy capability than those origi-nally exported with the equipment.

5 For laser feedback systems and laser interferometers, seealso Item IL 1093 c.

6 Semi conductor lasers, designed and destined for usewith civilian fibre -optic communication systems eitherunembargoed or eligible for approval for export bythe italic notes in IL 1519 having an output wave-length not longer than 1000 nanometres and not ex-ceeding 100mW CW.

7 Nothing in the following shall be construed as permittingthe export of technology for the following speciallydesigned components for lasers, except for the mini-mum technology for their use (i.e. installation, opera-tion and maintenance):

Sub -item a does not embargo uncooled, unseg-mented mirrors with glass or dielectric substratesfor use as end reflectors for laser resonators. (Forsegmented mirrors, see Item IL 1556.)

IL 1526Cable and optical fibres, and components and accessories,as follows:

a Underwater communication cable, as follows:1 Reversed- twist, double- armoured cable used for towing

or suspending and communicating with submergeddevices;

2 Unarmoured or single- armoured ocean cable havingan attenuation of 3.0 dB per nautical mile (1.62 dB/km) or less measured at a frequency of 600 kHz;

b Coaxial cable with an inner diameter of the outer con-ductor of the core greater than 14 mm (0.551 inch),having:1 An air dielectric in which the spacing is accomplished

by discs, beads, spiral, screw or any other means;2 A foam dielectric and a solid copper or aluminium

outer conductor;Note: Technology for the manufacture of foam dielec-trics used in cables remains free from embargo.

e Optical -fibre communication cable or optical fibres there-for, having any of the following characteristics:1 An attenuation at any operating wavelength of 3 dB/

km or less;2 Optical fibres capable of withstanding a "proof test"

tensile stress of 1.1 x 10 9N /m2;Technical note: "Proof test" consists of on -line or off -line production screen testing that dynamically appliesa prescribed tensile stress over a 0.5 to 3 m length offibre at a running rate of 2 to 5 m /sec while passingbetween capstans approximately 15 cm in diameter.The ambient temperature is a nominal 20 °C and rela-tive humidity a nominal 40 per cent.

3 Specially designed for underwater use;4 Specially designed to be insensitive to nuclear radiation;

d Optical fibres for sensing purposes, having any of thefollowing characteristics:1 Specially fabricated either compositionally or structur-

ally, or modified by coating to be acoustically, ther-mally, inertially, electromagnetically or nuclear radiationsensitive;

2 Modified structurally or by coating to have either verylow ( "beat length" greater than 50 cm) or very high( "beat length" less than 5 cm) birefringence;Technical note: "Beat length" is defined as the dis-tance over which two orthogonally polarized signals,initially in phase, must pass in order to achieve 2radian(s) phase difference.

e Secure communication cable, being either coaxial or multi -conductor communication cable protected by mechanicalor electrical means from physical damage or intrusion in

30 Customs Act 1901

such a manner that communications security is main-tained between terminals without the necessity forencryption;

f Components and accessories specially designed for theabove optical fibres or cable, including fibre -optic bulk-head or hull penetration connectors impervious to leak-age at any depth for use in ships or vessels, and multiportfibre -optic couplers (including but not limited to T, star,bi- directional and wavelength division multiplexing anddemultiplexing couplers), except connectors for use withoptical fibres or cable with a repeatable coupling loss of0.5 dB or more.

Notes:1 Sub -item e above does not embargo cable that is

'armoured' by only either a tough outer sheath or byan electromagnetic screen.

2 Associated equipment for sub -items a, b, c and d, andspecially designed components therefor, are consideredunder Item IL 1519.

3 Not used.4 Cable covered by sub -item a 1 above when used for

civil applications in oceanographic research or innautical resources exploration.

5 Cable, optical fibres, connectors and couplers coveredby sub -items a 2, b, e 1, 2 and 3 and f above, providedthat:a The cable, optical fibres, connectors or couplers are

for a specific civil end -use;b The quantities of cable, optical fibres, connectors

or couplers are normal for the purpose;e The optical fibres are specially designed for under-

water use or performance characteristics inferior tothose described in sub -item c 1 or 2; and

d Connectors covered by sub -item f are not speciallydesigned fibre -optic bulkhead or hull penetrationconnectors for use in ships or vessels.

IL 1529Electronic measuring, calibrating, counting, testing or timeinterval measuring, whether or not incorporating frequencystandards, having any of the following characteristics:

a Equipment, as follows:1 Designed as reference frequency standards for

laboratory use and having either of the followingcharacteristics:

i A long -term drift (ageing) over 24 hours or moreof 1 part in 101° or better; or

ii A short -term drift (stability) over a period fromI to 100 seconds of I part in 10'' or better;

2 Designed for fixed ground or mobile use and contain-ing frequency standard(s) having either of the follow-ing characteristics:

i A long -term drift (ageing) over 24 hours ormore of 1 part in 10° or better; or

ìi A short -term drift (stability) over a periodfrom 1 to 100 seconds of 1 part in 1012 orbetter;

b Instruments, as follows:1 Designed for use at frequencies exceeding 18 GHz;2 Comb frequency generators designed and rated

for use at frequencies exceeding 12.5 GHz;3 Designed for use at frequencies exceeding 1 GHz,

as follows:i "Swept- frequency network analysers" for the

automatic measurement of complex equivalentcircuit parameters over a range of frequencies;

ii Specially calibrated microwave instrumentationreceivers capable of measuring amplitude andphase simultaneously;

iii Automatic "frequency (heterodyne) coverters"and "transfer oscillators ";

iv Programmable instruments;4 Spectrum analysers employing time compression

of the input signal or FFT (Fast Fourier Trans-form) Techniques;


5 Incorporating computing facilities with user- acces-sible reprogramming capability and an alterableprogramme and data memory of more than 32,768bits; Note: Alterable (read /write) memory is thatpart of the internal memory of the instrumentwhich can be accessed or modified by the userduring normal operations of the instrument fordata and operating parameters or programmestorage and data manipulation respectively.

6 Digital instruments incorporating computing facil-ities, as follows:i Digital test instruments with user accessible re-

programming capability (including digital cir-cuit testers, logic (state or timing) analysers,bus analysers, serial data analysers, digital wordgenerators) specially designed for examining orcomparing the absolute or relative informationcontent (eg logic states, mnemonics etc), or thetiming of one or more digital bit streams, except:a Logic probes, logic pulsers, digital current

tracers (or current 'sniffers'), signature ana-lysers and other digital circuit testers capableof observing single events or providing stim-ulus at single test points;

b Logic clips and logic comparators;c Logic (state or timing) analysers with not

more than 16 (riot including qualifier chan-nels) input channels and a maximum sam-pling rate of 20 MHz or less;

d Digital word generators capable of operatingat a maximum clock rate of 2 MHz or lesswith word lengths of 8 bits or less;

ii Microprocessor and microcomputer develop-ment instruments and systems, specially de-signed for use in debugging, diagnosing,emulating, simulating, designing, evaluating,programming or reprogramming software orequipment of signal processor -, computer- ormemory -based devices, systems or microsystems(eg emulators, simulators, memory program-mers, etc) except those which are used onlywith micro processors and microcomputers notcovered by Item IL 1564;

c Digital counters, as follows:1 Capable of counting successive input signals with

less than 5 nanoseconds time difference withoutprescaling (digital division) of the input signal(for counter /timers having a time interval meas-urement mode, see also d below);

2 Employing prescaling of the input signal, in whichthe prescaler is capable of resolving successiveinput signals with less than I nanosecond timedifference;

3 Capable of measuring burst frequencies exceeding100 MHz for a burst duration of less than 5milliseconds;

d Time interval measuring equipment employing digi-tal techniques, capable of measuring time intervalsof less than 5 nanoseconds on a single shot basis;

e Testing equipment rated to maintain specified oper-ating data when operating over a range of ambienttemperatures from below 25 °C to above +55 °C;

f Digital voltage measuring apparatus, with or withoutelectrical outputs, irrespective of the physical unitsin which calibrated, with a reading speed (from zeroto the measured value) faster than 25 accesses persecond and having any of the followingcharacteristics:1 A digital resolution at all points on the scale

greater than one part in 200,000;2 An accuracy, measured without reference to an

external standard, better than I part in 50,000(0.002 %) of reading over an ambient temperaturerange of ± 5°C or more, or a stability better than10 ° of reading over a period of 24 hours ormore;


3 Capable of more than 500 independent measure-ments per second.

Notes:Reading speed is assumed not to include changes inrange or polarity.

2 This sub -item does not embargo:a Visual quantisation apparatus capable of provid-

ing an average value, displayed or not, of theresults of the measurement;

b Multichannel analysers of all types used in nu-clear experimentation;

c Industrial telemeasuring devices in which a pre-set storage value is used as a basis for measuring.

g Transient recorders, utilizing analogue -to- digital conver-sion techniques, capable of storing transients by sequen-tially sampling single input signals at successive intervalsof less than 50 nanoseconds.

Technical notes:1 "Comb frequency generators" (sub -item b 2) are gener-

ally understood to be devices which generate a spectrumof harmonics.

2 "Swept- frequency network analysers" as understood insub -item b 3 i above involve the automatic measurementof equivalent circuit parameters over a range of frequen-cies. This involves swept- frequency measurement tech-niques but not CW point -to -point measurements.

3 "Amplitude and phase receivers" (sub -item b 3 ii) areinstruments capable of measuring the amplitude of amicrowave signal or the amplitude of two microwavesignals and the relative phase between them. The prin-cipal application of these instruments is the measurementof near and far zone phase and amplitude antenna pat-terns. They can also be used for measurements of micro-wave device and components characteristics. In general,they are more sophisticated and sensitive (better than

100 dBm) than phase and impedance measuring in-struments such as RF vector impedance meters andvector voltmeters. They also feature wide dynamic range(80 dB) and very good linearity (approximately ± 0.25dB).

4 "Frequency (heterodyne) converters" (sub -item b 3 iii)down convert an unknown frequency by mixing with anaccurately known frequency. The accurately know fre-quency is developed by multiplication of a crystal -de-rived reference which is passed through a harmonicgenerator. By mixing the appropriate harmonic and theunknown frequencies, an accurate third frequency results.

5 "Transfer oscillators" (sub -item b 3 iii) are based alsoon the property of harmonic mixing. Differences exist inthat a local oscillator is utilized whereas a crystal- derivedreference frequency is utilized in the case described inNote 4 above. The unknown frequency is mixed withthe local oscillator (LO) and the two are phase - lockedby tuning the LO. The LO can then be measured by acounter.

6 By 'user accessible reprogramming capability' which ap-pears in sub -items b 5 and b 6 i above is meant:a The instrument contains a computing facility, eg a

microprocessor; andb The user has the ability to alter the computing pro-

gramme through external controls, eg switches, key-boards, digital busses, etc.

7 One example of FFT techniques is described in "Analgorithm for the machine computation of complex Four-ier series" by Cooley and Tukey in 'Mathematics ofComputation', April 1965, page 297.

8 "Burst frequency measurement" counters (sub -item a 3)contain special gating circuits which start only when theinput signal is present and stop counting at the comple-tion of the burst.

Notes:I a For frequency spectrum analysers, see Item IL 1533;b For microwave equipment, see also Item IL 1537;

c For analogue to digital converters, other than digitalvoltage measuring instruments, see Item IL 1568;d For frequency synthesizers, see Item IL 1531.

Customs Act 1901 31

2 Equipment designed for fixed ground use covered onlyby sub -item a 2 i above, provided:a The long -term drift (ageing) over 24 hours or more

is not better than 5 parts in l010; andb It is considered that the equipment is a reasonable

requirement for the stated legitimate end -use.3 Items covered by sub -item b 4 above having any of the

following characteristics:a Capable of computing 512 complex spectral lines in

200 milliseconds or more;b Capable of computing 512 real spectral lines in 100

milliseconds or more;e Having no zoom capability and capable of computing

512 complex spectral lines in 100 milliseconds ormore, or capable of computing 512 real spectral linesin 50 milliseconds or more.Technical note:Zoom capability (range translation) permits a spec-

trum analysis starting from an arbitrary frequency ratherthan at zero frequency, leading to an improved resolution.

4 Instruments covered by sub -item b 5 above, providedthat:a The instruments have been designed for non - strategic

use and by nature of design, software, micropro-gramme control (firmware), specialized logic control(hardware) or performance are substantially re-stricted to the particular application for which theyhave been designed;

b The instruments are not covered by any other part ofthis Item and do not exceed the limits of Note 6 toItem IL 1565.

(See also Item IL 1355 and sub -item IL 1485 j).

IL 1531

Frequency synthesizers (and equipment containing suchfrequency synthesizers) as follows (for the definition offrequency synthesizers, see technical note):

a Frequency synthesizers containing frequency standardscovered by Item IL 1529 a or temperature- compensatedcrystal oscillators covered by Item IL 1587 c;

b Instrument frequency synthesizers and synthesized signalgenerators, and specially designed components and acces-sories therefor, designed for ground use, producing out-put frequencies whose accuracy and short - and -long termstability are controlled by, derived from, or disciplinedby the input frequency or internal master standard fre-quency, and having any of the following characteristics:1 A maximum output frequency in excess of 550 MHz;2 Having a phase noise to signal ratio better than 60

dB or a signal to AM noise ratio better than 70 dBreferred to the 30 kHz band centred on the carrier,excluding the 1 Hz band centred on the carrier;

3 Electrically programmable in frequency (in that theoutput frequency can be controlled or selected by theinjection of digitally coded electrical signals from anexternal control source) with a switching speed fromone selected output frequency to another selected out-put frequency of less than 10 milliseconds;

4 Electrically programmable in phase (in that the phaseof the output frequency can be varied relative to theinternal or external reference standard, or selected inaccordance with an externally supplied code or signalwith a switching speed from one selected phase valueto another of less than 10 milliseconds) except thoseequipments incorporating pre- emphasis networks forfrequency modulation;

5 Having a level of spurious components in the outputbetter than 80 dB non - harmonic or -60 dB har-monic component measured relative to the selectedoutput frequency;

6 Having more than 3 different selected synthesized out-put frequencies available simultaneously from one ormore outputs;

7 With facilities for pulse modulation of the outputfrequency;

32 Customs Act 1901

c Airborne communications equipment using frequencysynthesizers, as follows, and specially designed corn -ponents and accessories therefor:

I Designed to receive or transmit frequencies greaterthan 156 MHz;

2 Incorporating facilities for the rapid selection of morethan 200 channels per equipment, except those equip-ments operating in the frequency range of 108 to 136MHz incorporating facilities for the rapid selection of720 channels or fewer at not less than 25 kHz channelspacing which have been in normal civil use for atleast one year;

3 With a switching speed from one selected output fre-quency to another of less than IO milliseconds;

4 Frequency synthesizers, designed for the above equip-ment, whether supplied separately or with the saidequipment, exceeding the parameters specified in babove;(Note: See also Item IL 1501 a.)

d Digitally - controlled radio receivers, whether or not com-puter- controlled, which search or scan automatically apart of the electromagnetic spectrum, using frequencysynthesizers, as follows, and specially designed compo-nents and accessories therefor:1 Digitally- controlled receivers in which the switching

operation takes less than 10 milliseconds, except non -ruggedised digitally - controlled preset type radio receiv-ers designed for use in civil communications, whichhave 200 selective channels or fewer;

2 Frequency synthesizers designed for the above equip-ment, whether supplied separately or with the saidequipment, exceeding the parameters specified in babove, except those specially designed for receiversfreed from embargo under 1;(Note: See also Item IL 1516.)

e Radio transmitters incorporating transmitter drive units,exciters and master oscillators using frequency synthesis,as follows, and specially designed components and acces-sories therefor:1 Having an output frequency of up to 32 MHz with a

frequency resolution of better than 10 Hz and with aswitching speed from one selected output frequency toanother of less than 10 milliseconds;

2 Having an output frequency from 32 MHz to 235MHz with a frequency resolution of better than 250Hz and with a switching speed from one selectedoutput frequency to another of less than 10 milliseconds;

3 Having an output frequency greater than 235 MHz,except:i Television broadcasting transmitters having an out-

put frequency from 470 MHz to 960 MHz with afrequency resolution of not better than 1 kHz andwhere the manually - operated frequency synthesizerincorporated in or driving the transmitter has anoutput frequency not greater than 120 MHz;

ii FM and AM ground communication equipment foruse in the land mobile service and operating in the420 to 470 MHz band, with a power output of 50W for mobile units and 300 W for fixed units, witha frequency resolution of not better than 6.25 kHzand with a switching speed from one selected outputfrequency to another of greater than 50 milliseconds;

4 Having more than three different selected synthesizedoutput frequencies available simultaneously from oneor more outputs;

5 With facilities for pulse modulation of the outputfrequency of the transmitter or of the incorporatedfrequency synthesizer;

6 Frequency synthesizers designed for the above equip-ment, whether supplied separately or with the saidequipment, exceeding the parameters specified in babove.(Note: See also Item IL 1517.)Technical note:"Frequency synthesizer" means any kind of frequencysource or signal generator, regardless of the actual


technique used, providing a multiplicity of simultane-ous or alternative output frequencies, from one ormore outputs, controlled by, derived from or disci-plined by a lesser number of standard (or master)frequencies.Note: Equipment covered by sub -item b 3 above, witha switching speed not less than 5 milliseconds.

IL 1532

Precision linear angular measuring systems, and speciallydesigned components and software as follows, therefor:a Contact -type systems and linear voltage differential

transformers (LVDT) therefor, as follows:1 Systems having all of the following characteristics:

i Range equal to or less than 5 mm;ii Linearity equal to or less than 0.1 per cent;

iii Drift equal to or less than 0.1 per cent per day atstandard ambient test room temperatures ± 1°C;

2 Linear voltage differential transformers with no com-pensation networks and having either of the followingcharacteristics:i Range equal to or less than 5 mm;ii Linearity equal to or less than 0.2 per cent;Technical note:Linearity measurements are made in the static mode.

b Linear measuring machines with two or more axes havingboth of the following characteristics:

i Range in any axis greater than 200 mm;ii Accuracy (including any compensation) less (finer)

than 0.0008 mm per any 300 mm segment of travel;Note: This sub -item does not embargo opticalcomparators.

c Angular measuring systems having an accuracy equal toor less than one second of arc;Note: This sub -item does not embargo optical instru-ments, such as autocollimators, using collimated light todetect angular displacements of a mirror.

d Non - contact type systems having either of the followingcharacteristics:1 Effective probe measurement diameter less than 0.5mm and drift less than 0.5 per cent per day at standardambient test room temperatures ± 1°C;2 Linearity less than 0.3 per cent and drift less than 0.5per cent per day at standard ambient test room temper-atures ± 1°C.Equipment covered by sub -items a and d above to civilend -users not engaged in aerospace activities.

IL 1533Radio spectrum analyzers, as follows, and specially de-signed components, accessories and software therefor:a Non - programmable and capable of operating at frequen-

cies over 12.5 GHz;b Programmable and capable of operating at frequencies

over 1 GHz;c Having a display bandwidth in excess of 125 MHz;

Note: This item does not embargo instruments coveredonly by sub -item c, provided that the instrument is notcapable of operating at frequencies over 2 GHz.

d Incorporating computing facilities with user accessiblereprogramming capability and an alterable memory ofmore than 8,192 bits;

e Having either of the following characteristics for analys-ing frequencies greater than 1 GHz:1 Including a scanning preselector;2 Incorporating a tracking signal generator;

f Having an overall display dynamic range of better than80 dB;

Notes:I This Item is not intended to cover optical spectrum

analyzers.2 Radio spectrum analyzers are apparatus capable of

indicating the single- frequency components of multi -frequency signals.


3 For spectrum analyzers employing time compressionof the input signal FFT techniques, see Item IL 1529b 4.

4 If the radio spectrum analyzer is an oscilloscope plugin, the associated mainframe is covered by Item IL1584.

The shipment to bona fide civil end -users for civil enduse of equipment covered by sub -item d above.

IL 1534Flatbed microdensitometers (except cathode -ray types),having any of the following characteristics, and speciallydesigned components therefor:

a A recording or scanning rate exceeding 5,000 data pointsper second;

b A figure of merit better (less) than 0.1 defined as theproduct of the density resolution (expressed in densityunits) and the spatial resolution (expressed inmicrometres);

e An optical density range greater than 0 to 4;Technical note: Density resolution (expressed in densityunits) is measured over the optical density of theinstrument.Shipment to civil end -users for civil end -uses of equip-ment covered only by sub -item b above, provided thespatial resolution is not better (less) than 2 micrometresand the density resolution is not better (less) than 0.01in density units,

IL 1537

Microwave equipment, including parametric amplifiers, ca-pable of operating at frequencies over I GHz (other thanmicrowave equipment covered by Items II, 1501, 1517,1520 and 1529), as follows:a Rigid and flexible waveguides designed for use at fre-

quencies in excess of 18 GHz;b Waveguides having a bandwidth ratio greater than 1.7:1;c Waveguide components, as follows:

i Directional couplers having a bandwidth ratio greaterthan 1.7:1 and directivity over the band of 20 dB ormore;

ii Rotary joints capable of transmitting more than oneisolated channel or having a bandwidth greater than 5percent of the centre mean frequency, except thoseused in air traffic control equipment carrying combi-nations of frequencies suitable for secondary surveil-lance radar antennae co- mounted on a primary radarantenna and which do not have a bandwidth exceeding5 per cent of the centre mean frequency;

iii Magnetic, including gyro- magnetic, waveguidecomponents;

d TEM mode devices using magnetic, including gyro -mag-netic, properties:

e TR and anti -TR tubes and specially designed compo-nents therefor, except those designed for use in waveguides and having any of the following characteristics,which are in normal civil use for ground or marineradar:

i Operating at a peak power not exceeding 3 MW andat a frequency of 1.5 GHz or less;

ii Operating at a peak power not exceeding 1.2 MWand at a frequency over the range of 1.5 to 6 GHZ;

iii Operating at a peak power not exceeding 300 kW andat a frequency over the range of 6 GHZ to 10.5 GHz;

Assemblies and sub assemblies in which the isolating basematerial functions as a dielectric (as used in striplinemicrostrip or slotline) except for those items specificallydesigned for use in civil television systems to meet ITUstandards and using as an isolating material paper hasephenolics, glass cloth, melamine, glass cloth epoxy resin,polyethylene terphthalate or other isolating material withan operating temperature

not exceeding 150 °C (302 °F);

f

Customs Act 1901 33

g Phased array antennae and sub - assemblies, designed topermit electronic control of beam shaping and pointing,and specially designed components therefor (includingbut not limited to duplexers, phase shifters and associ-ated high speed diode switches);Note: Sub -item g above is not intented to cover duplexers and phase shifters specially designed for use in civiltelevision systems or in other civil radar or communica-tion systems not covered elsewhere in these Lists.

h Microwave assemblies or sub - assemblies having circuitsfabricated by the same processes used in integrated cir-cuit technology, which include active circuit elements(for acoustic wave devices, see Item IL 1568) (see alsoItem iL 1564).

i Microwave assemblies or sub - assemblies which containband pass or band stop filters and are capable of oper-ating at 3 GHz or greater;Amplifiers (see also Item IL 1521);

modulators (see also Item iL 1544).k PiNNotes:

1 Items covered by sub items e 3 and d above required asreplacement parts in specific civil equipment not exceed-ing the capability of that which could be exported underItems IL 1501 or 1520, provided such parts do notupgrade the initial performance of that equipment,

2 Items covered by sub -item e above required as replace-ment parts in specific civilian equipment not exceedingthe capability of that which could be exported underItem IL 1501, provided such parts do not upgrade theinitial performance of that equipment.

3 Items covered by sub -item f above designed for andintended for use in civil telecommunication .systems atfrequencies allocated by the iTC for that purpose.

4 Items covered by sub -item h above for use at frequenciesbetween 1 GHZ and 3 GHz.

5 Sub -item g above is not intended to cover duplexera andphase shifters specifically designed for use in civil tele-vision systems or in other civil radar or communicationsystems not covered elsewhere in the Lists.

6 Equipment containing parametric amplifiers or para-magnetic amplifiers covered by sub -item j above:í Specially designed for medical applications or foruse in simple educational devices and operating at ISMfrequencies; or

ii Having an output power of not more than 10 W,which is specially designed for industrial and civilianintrusion detection and alarm .systems, traffic and in-dustrial movement control and counting systems, envi-ronmental pollution of air or water detection systems.or for simple educational devices.

Explanatory note: Simple educational devices referred toabove are defined as devices designed for use in teachingbasic scientific principles and demonstrating the opera-tion of those principles in educational institutions.

IL 1541Cathode ray tube having any of the following characteristics:

a A resolving power of 32 lines per millimetre (800 linesper inch) using the shrinking raster method ofmeasurement;

b With travelling wave or distributed deflection structureusing delay lines or incorporating other techniques tominimise mismatch of fast phenomena signals to the de-flection structure;

e Incorporating microchannel plate electron multipliers.Note: Cathode ray tubes covered by sub -item b abovewhich utilise segmented plate (sectioned Y-plate)structures.

34 Customs Act 1901

IL 1542Cold cathode tubes and switches, as follows:

a Triggered spark -gaps, having an anode delay time of 15microseconds or less and rated for a peak current of 3,000amperes or more; specially designed parts therefor andequipment incorporating such devices;

b Cold cathode tubes, whether gas -filled or not, operatingin a manner similar to a spark -gap, containing three ormore electrodes and having all the following characteristics:1 Rated for an anode peak voltage of 2,500 volts or more;2 Rated for peak current of 100 amperes or more;3 An anode delay time of 10 microseconds or less; and4 An envelope diameter of less than 25.4 mm (1 in).

Technical notes:Triggered spark -gaps are tubes with a structure consistingof two opposed anodes with shapes resembling flattenedhemispheres and with one or more triggering probes placedapproximately in the centre of one anode. The structure issealed and contains a mixture of gases, principally nitrogen,under less than atmospheric pressure.Sub -item b includes gas krytron tubes, vacuum krytrontubes and similar tubes.

IL 1544Semi - conductor diodes and dice and wafers therefor (ex-cept those made from germanium, selenium or copper ox-ide) designed or rated for use at input or output frequenciesabove 12.5 GHz or having any of the followingcharacteristics:

a Mixer and detector diodes designed or rated for use atinput or output frequencies greater that 3 GHz, except:i Point contact diodes designed or rated for use at input

or output frequencies of 12.5 GHz or less;ii Schottky diodes designed or rated for mixer use at

input or output frequencies of less than 12.5 GHz andhaving a noise figure of more than 6.5 dB;

iii Schottky diodes designed or rated for detector use atinput or ouput frequencies of less than 12.5 GHz andhaving a minimum rated tangential sensitivity of eitherworse than 45 dBm under unbiased conditions orworse than 50 dBm under biased conditions;

b Oscillator and amplifier devices such as Gunn, Impatt,Trapatt, TED, and LSA (including those used for thedirect conversion of DC to RF power) designed or ratedfor use at:1 Output frequencies above I GHz but not exceeding 4

GHz with a peak power greater than 2 W or amaximum CW power greater than 200 mW; or

2 Output frequencies above 4 GHz but not exceeding12.5 GHz with a peak power greater than 1 W or amaximum CW power greater than 100 mW;

c Voltage variable capacitance diodes designed or rated foruse at input or output frequencies greater than 1.7 GHz;

d Fast recovery diodes, as follows:1 Having a rated maximum reverse recovery time of less

than 1 nano - second; or2 Having both a rated forward rectified current over 5

amperes and a rated maximum reverse recovery timeof less than 20 nanoseconds;

Explanatory notes:1 When average reverse recovery time is quoted instead

of maximum reverse recovery time, the maximum maybe regarded as two times the average.

2 When reverse recovery time is not quoted, diodes ratedfor a stored charge of less than 25 pico- coulombs shallbe regarded as embargoed by this sub -item d above.

e PIN diodes designed or rated for use at input or outputfrequencies above 1.7 GHz, with a peak power greaterthan 5 W or a maximum CW power greater than 500mW;

f Non coherent light- emitting diodes with a peak radiantintensity at a wavelength of greater than 1,000 nano -metres (for coherent light- emitting diodes, see Item IL1522).


Notes:1 Diodes constructed with a rectifying deposited metal

semiconductor junction or barrier, such as hot - carrier orSchottky - barrier diodes, will normally be considered un-der sub -items a and d above.

2 Non - coherent light- emitting diodes embargoed by sub -item f above for use in identifiable civilian communica-tion systems.

3 (For photodiodes see Item IL 1548.)

IL 1545Transistors and dice wafers therefor (for phototransistors,see Item IL 1548), as follows,

a

b

Of any type using a bulk semi - conductor material otherthan germanium or silicon;Using silicon as the bulk semiconductor material andhaving any of the following characteristics:I An operating frequency greater than I GHz;2 An operating frequency of 1.5 MHz or below and a

maximum collector dissipation exceeding 300 W, or anoperating frequency greater than 1.5 MHz and a max-imum collector dissipation exceeding 250 W;

3 An operating frequency greater than 200 MHz and aproduct of the operating frequency (in GHz) and themaximum collector dissipation (in watts) exceeding 5;

4 Majority carrier devices, including but not limited tojunction field -effect transistors and metal -oxide semi-conductor transistors, except field -effect transistorshaving a maximum power dissipation of 500 mW orless and a maximum operating frequency of I GHz orless.

Notes:1 The maximum collector dissipation is defined as the

continuous dissipation measured under the optimumcooling conditions specified by the manufacturer.

2 Operating (specification) frequency is defined as thefrequency used in measuring output power or powergain (G ,.,F, G B or G C). When these parameters arenot spectiified, The operaatmg frequency is defined as thefrequency used in measuring gain bandwidth product(fT) or noise figure.

3 The maximum operating frequency (in Hertz) men-tioned in sub -item b 4, above is defined as follows:

fmax = gm2xCi

where g is the maximum transconductance in Sie-mens (m9 o) and C. is the input capacitance in farads.

4 Transistors coverer by sub -items b 2 and b 3 above,specially designed for TV transposers or for civilmobile communication equipment and having a pro-duct of the operating frequency (in Giga Hertz) andthe maximum collector dissipation (in watts) not ex-ceeding 20.

5 Transistors covered by sub -item b 4 above which willbe used in civil TV, AM or FM receivers or audiofrequency equipment.

IL 1547Thyristors, and dice and wafers therefor, as follows:

a Designed for use in pulse modulators having a ratedturn -on time of less than 1 microsecond where the ratedpeak current exceeds 150 amperes;

b Having a rated turn -off time of less than I microsecond;e Having a rated turn -off time of from 1 microsecond to

less than 2.3 microseconds, except those having a ratedpeak current of 50 amperes or less and encapsulated innon - hermetically sealed packages;

d Having a rated turn -off time of from 2.3 to 10 microse-conds and a figure of merit greater than 25.

Technical notes:1 The figure of merit is here defined as the product of the

repetitive peak off -state voltage (V DRM) in kilovoltsand the repetitive peak on -state current (I TRM) inamperes as shown on the thyristor data sheets.

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo. P 1, 6 January 19872 Thyristors required as replacement parts in specific civil

equipment previously exported, provided they do notupgrade the initial performance of that equipment.

3 Thyristors covered by this Item when not for use inradar or laser modulators.

IL 1548Photosensitive components, including linear and focal planearrays, as follows; and dice and wafers therefor:

a Photosensitive components (including photodiodes, pho-totransistors, photothyristors , photoconductive cells andsimilar photosensitive components):1 Having a peak sensitivity at a wavelength longer than

1,200 nanometres or shorter than 190 nanometres; or2 Having a peak sensitivity at a wavelength shorter than

300 nanometres and having an efficiency of less than0.1 per cent relative to peak response at wavelengthslonger than 400 nanometres;Note: Vacuum photodiodes specially designed for usein spectrophotometry having a peak response at awavelength shorter than 300 nanometres are not cov-ered by this sub -item.(For photomultiplier tubes which contain microchannel plates, see Item IL 1549.)

b Semi conductor photodiodes and phototransistors with aresponse time constant of 95 nanoseconds or less meas-ured at the operating temperature of the cell for whichthe time constant reaches a minimum;

c Specially designed or rated as electromagnetic (includinglaser) and ionized particle radition resistant;

d Linear and focal plane arrays (hybrid or monolithic)having the characteristics in a or b above, and speciallydesigned components therefor

Notes:1 The time constant is defined as the time taken from the

application of a light stimulus for the current incrementto reach a value of I -1 /e times the final value (i.e. 63per cent of the final value).

2 This Item is not intended to include the following:a Germanium photo devices with a peak sensitivity at a

wavelength shorter than 1,750 nanometres; orb Infrared single element encapsulated photoconductive

cells or pyroelectric detectors intended for civil applica-tions and using any of the following:1 Evaporated lead sulphide:2 Triglycine sulphate with a surface area of 20 mm2 or

less;3 Lead - lanthanum- zirconium titanate ceramic.

3 Semi - conductor photodiodes for civil applications cov-ered by sub -item b above, with a response time constantof 0.5 nanosecond or more and with a peak sensitivity'at a wavelength neither longer than 920 nanometres norshorter than 300 nanometres.

IL 1549

Photomultiplier tubes as follows:a For which the maximum sensitivity occurs at wave-

lengths shorter than 300 nanometres;Note: Photomultiplier tubes specially designed for use inspectrophotometry having a peak sensitivity at a wave-length shorter than 300 nanometres are not covered bythis sub -item.(For photosensitive components, see Item IL 1548.)

b Having an anode pulse rise time of less than I nanosecond;e Those which contain microchannel plate electronmultipliers.Notes:1 Non ruggedised tubes covered by sub -item a above re-

quired as replacement parts for specific civil equipmentnot exceeding the capability of that which could heexported under these Lists, provided that these parts donot upgrade the initial performance of such equipment.2 For microchannel

plate electron multipliers see ItemIL 1556.

Customs Act 1901 35

IL 1553

Flash- discharge type X -ray systems, including tubes, hav-ing all of the following characteristics:

a Peak power greater than 500 MW;b Output voltage greater than 500 kV; andc Pulse width less than 0.2 microsecond.

IL 1555Electron tubes, as follows, and specially designed compo-nents therefor:a Electron tubes for image conversion or intensification,

incorporating:1 Fibre -optic faceplates covered by Item IL 1556 a;2 Microchannel -plate electron multipliers; or3 Gallium arsenide or other epitaxially grown semi -con-

ductor photocathodes covered by Item IL 1556 c.Notes:

Nothing in this sub -item shall be construed as sanc-tioning the export of technology for image intensi-fiers or converters incorporating fibre -optic faceplates or microchannel -plate electron multipliers, orelectron tubes for cameras incorporating such inten-sifiers or converters.

2 The phrase "Electron tubes for image conversion orintensification" in Item IL 1555 a is understood toinclude tubes employed in streaking or framing cam-eras covered by Item IL 1585 c.

b Electron tubes for television /video cameras:1 Incorporating fibre -optic faceplates covered by Item

II. 1556 a;2 Incorporating microchannel -plate electron multipliers;

or3 Coupled with electron tubes covered by a above.

e Ruggedised electron tubes for television /video camerashaving a maximum length to bulb diameter ratio of 5:1or less.Notes:1 This Item does not cover:

a Commercial standard television /video camera tubesnot incorporating fibre -optic face plates covered byItem IL 1556 a; or

b Commercial standard X -ray amplifier tubes.2 .'Von ruggedised tubes covered by this Item provided

the tubes will be used for bona fide medicalapplications.

3 Electron tubes embargoed only by .sub -item a 1 abovewhich are specially designed for electron streak orframing cameras embargoed by Item IL 1585 e, pro-vided it is considered that the quantities requestedare reasonable for specifically identified civilapplications.

4 Television /video camera tubes covered by sub items bor c above which incorporate fibre -optic face platesbut not microchannel -plate electron multipliers, pro-vided that the tubes will be used for bona fide civilapplications.

IL 1556Optical elements and elements for optical tubes, as follows:

a Non- flexible fused fibre -optic plates or bundles, havingall of the following characteristics:1 A fibre pitch (centre -to- centre spacing) of less than

10 micrometres;2 A light- absorbing medium surrounding each fibre, or

interstitially placed between fibres;3 A diameter greater than 13 mm (f in);

b Microchannel - plates for electron image amplificationhaving both of the following characteristics:1 15,000 or more hollow tubes per plate; and2 Hole pitch (centre -to- centre spacing) of less than 25

micrometres;c Semi transparent photocathodes incorporating epitaxially

grown layers of compound semiconductors, such as gal-lium arsenide;(For associated starting materials see Item IL 1757.)

36 Customs Act 1901

d Diffractive type optical elements specially designed fordisplay screens with any of the following characteristics:I A transmission of more than 90 per cent outside the

reflection band and a reflection of more than 75 percent inside the reflection band, which has less than 15nanometres bandwidth and is matched to the fre-quency of the display light source;

2 A rear projection screen brightness gain of more than10 times the gain of a Lambertian scatterer with anequivalent area, and less than 10 per cent variation inbrightness across the exit aperture;

3 Specially designed for use in helmet- mounted displays.

IL 1558

Electronic vacuum tubes (valves), as follows, and speciallydesigned components therefor:

a Tubes in which space charge control is utilised as theprimary functional parameter, including but not limitedto triodes and tetrodes, as follows:1 Tubes rated for continuous wave operation having

either of the following characteristics:i Above 4 GHz at maximum rated anode dissipation;

orii Within the frequency range 0.3 GHz to 4 GHz and

for which, under any condition of cooling, the prod-uct of the maximum rated anode dissipation (ex-pressed in watts) and the square of the maximumfrequency (expressed in GHz) at the maximum ratedanode dissipation is greater than 10' except for tubesspecially designed for television transmitters operat-ing in the frequency range of 0.47 GHz to 0.96 GHzand rated for operation without a grid current, forwhich the product of the rated anode dissipation(expressed in watts) and the square of the maxi-mum frequency (expressed in GHz) may reach 2 x10';

2 Tubes rated only for pulse operation having either ofthe following characteristics:i Above I GHz, with maximum peak pulse output

power greater than 45 kW; orii Between 0.3 GHz and I GHz and for which, under

any condition of cooling, the product of the peakpulse output power (expressed in watts) and thesquare of the maximum frequency (expressed inGHz) is greater than 4.5 x 10';

3 Tubes specially designed for use as pulse modulatorsfor radar or similar applications, having a peak anodevoltage rating of 100 kV or more, or rated for a peakpulse power of 20 MW or more (see also ItemIL 1514);

b Tubes which utilise interaction between a beam of elec-trons and microwave elements and in which the electronstravel in a direction perpendicular to the applied mag-netic field, including but not limited to magnetrons,crossed -field amplifier tubes and crossed -field oscillatortubes, except:1 Fixed frequency and tunable pulsed magnetrons and

crossed -field amplifier tubes which are in normal civiluse in equipment which may be exported under theterms of these Lists, as follows:i Magnetrons designed to operate at frequencies be-

low 3 GHz with a maximum rated peak outputpower of 1.5 MW or less, or between 3 GHz and12 GHz with the product of the maximum ratedpeak output power (expressed in kilowatts) and thefrequency (expressed in GHz) less than 4,200;

ii Crossed -field amplifier tubes designed to operate atfrequencies below 4 GHz with a maximum ratedpeak output power of 1.2 MW or less and with lessthan 15 dB gain;

2 Fixed frequency continuous wave magnetrons designedfor medical use or for industrial heating or cookingpurposes operating at a frequency of 2.375 GHz ± 0.05GHz or 2.45 GHz ± 0.05 GHz with a maximum ratedpower not exceeding 6 kW or at a frequency lowerthan I GHz with a maximum rated power not exceed-ing 25 kW;


c Tubes which utilise interaction between a beam of elee -`::trons and microwave elements or cavities and in whichthe electrons travel in a direction parallel to the appliedmagnetic field, including but not limited to klystrons andtravelling wave tubes, except:1 Continuous wave tubes for use in civil communications

designed for octave or lesser bandwidth (where thehighest operating frequency is equal to or less than'two times the lowest operating frequency) having thefollowing characteristics:

i Designed to operate below 20 GHz;ii The product of the rated output power (expressed in

watts) and the frequency (expressed in GHz) is lessthan 800;

2 Pulsed tubes for civil applications designed for octaveor less bandwidth and having either of the followingcharacteristics:i Peak saturated output power not exceeding 1 kW

and average power not exceeding 40 W at or below10 GHz;

ii Peak saturated output not exceeding 100 W andaverage power not exceeding 20 W between 10 and20 GI-1z;

3 Pulsed tubes for civil applications designed for fre-quency operation at frequences below 3.5 GHz, peakoutput power of 1.6 MW or less, and operating band-width less than I per cent;

4 Tubes used as fixed- frequency or voltage - tunable oscil-lator tubes designed to operate at frequencies below20 GHz with maximum output power of less than3 W;

d Tubes which utilise interaction between an electron beamand microwave elements or cavities but do not require amagnetic field to control or focus the electron beam,except low power reflex oscillator klystrons designed tooperate at frequencies below 20 GHz and at a maximumoutput power of less than 3 W;

e Tubes which utilise interaction between a beam of elec-trons and microwave elements or cavities in which theelectrons drift in a direction parallel to the appliedmagnetic field but also require for their operation a largecomponent of velocity transverse to the direction of theapplied magnetic field, including but not limited to gy-rotrons, ubitrons and peniotrons;

f Tubes designed to withstand on any axis an accelerationof short duration (shock) greater than 1,000 g;

g Tubes designed for operation in ambient temperaturesexceeding 200 °C;

h Tubes of the types described in c, d or e above, whichare designed to operate with no filament or cathodheating element (as indicated by the absence of heatingsupply connections);

i Tubes which utilise a modulated beam of electrons strik-ing one or more semi - conductor diodes to provide powergain. (See also Item IL 1544);

Notes:1 Nothing in the following shall be construed as sanction-

ing the export of technology for electronic vacuum tubesor specially designed components therefor (for manufac-turing equipment, see Item IL 1355 a). This item doesnot cover the following electronic vacuum tubes andspecially designed components therefor:Tubes covered by sub -items a and c above, speciallydesigned for civil telecasting according to CCIR or OIRstandards.

a Tubes covered by sub -items a and b and a above, re-quired as replacement parts for specific civilian equip-ment not exceeding the capability of that which couldbe exported in the context of other List items, providedthat these parts do not upgrade the initial performanceof that equipment;

b Pulsed amplifier klystrons and fixed frequency and me-chanically tunable pulsed magnetrons covered by subitems b and e above intended for civil radar equipmentpreviously exported by participating countries, providedthat they do not upgrade the initial performance of thatequipment.

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo. p 1, 6 January 1987

IL 1559Hydrogen /hydrogen isotope thyratrons of ceramic -metalconstruction and having any of the following characteris-tics, and accessories therefor:a A peak pulse power output exceeding 20 MW;b A peak anode voltage greater than 25 kV;c A peak current rating greater than 1.5 kA.

Note: For thyratrons rated for both single -shot (crow-bar) and modulator service, the figure for modulatorservice should be used.

Ceramic -metal structured hydrogen thyratrons to replacesuch thyratrons in specific civil radar equipment previouslyexported, provided they do not upgrade the initial per-formance of that equipment.

IL 1560Capacitors designed for or capable of maintaining theirrated electrical and mechanical characteristics during theirspecified operating lifetime, and technology therefor, asfollows:

a Monolithic ceramic capacitors (other than boundary lay-ered capacitors) using non - ferro- electric strontium titanate (SrTiO1) rated for operation over the whole rangeof ambient temperatures from below 55 °C to above+85 °C;

b Technology for the design and production of tantalumcapacitors rated for operation at ambient temperaturesexceeding 125 °C, except sintered electrolytic types hav-ing a casing made of epoxy resin or which are sealed orcoated with epoxy resin.

IL 1561

Materials specially designed and manufactured for use asabsorbers of electromagnetic waves having frequenciesgreater than 2 x 10' Hz and less than 3 x 10" Hz, exceptmaterials as follows:i "Hair" type absorbers, whether constructed of natural or

synthetic fibres, with non - magnetic loading to provideabsorption;

ii Absorbers whose incident surface is non- planar in shape,including pyramids, cones, wedges and convoluted sur-faces, and which have no magnetic loss; and

iii Absorbers whose incident surface is planar and whichare either plastic foam materials (flexible or non- flexible)with carbon loading to provide absorption, or organicbinders with magnetic material loading which provideresonant absorption performance. (Resonant absorptionperformance is defined as less than 5 per cent echocompared with metal over a bandwidth of no greaterthan ±15 per cent of the centre frequency of the inci-dent energy.) Such planar absorbers are further limitedto those having both of the following characteristics:a A tensile strength of less than 7 x 106 N /m' (1,016

psi) and a compressive strength of less than 14 x 106N /m' (2,032 psi);

b Not capable of withstanding temperatures in excess ofI76 °C (350 °F).Note: Nothing in the above releases magnetic materialsto provide absorption when contained in paint.

IL 1564Electronic

component assemblies, sub- assemblies, printedcircuit boards, substrates and microcircuits, includingpackages therefor:I Defined as follows:

a Assembly A number of components (i.e. circuit ele-ments, discrete components, microcircuits) connectedtogether to perform a specific function or functions,replaceable as an entity (and normally capable ofbeing disassembled).

Customs Act 1901 37

b Microcircuit--A device in which a number of passiveand active circuit elements are considered as indivisi-bly associated on or within a continuous structure toperform the function of a circuit.

e Monolithic integrated circuit A microcircuit fabri-cated as a single component consisting of elementsformed in or on a single semi - conducting substrate bydiffusion, implantation or deposition.

d Prediffused microcircuit (e.g. gate array or uncommit-ted logic array) An arrangement of monolithic inte-grated circuits, formed within a single semi conductingsubstrate, which can be .subsequently interconnectedor otherwise modified to perform one of a variety offunctions.

e Film type microcircuit -An array of circuit elementsand metallic interconnections formed by deposition ofa thick or thin film on an insulating substrate.

f Multichip microcircuit A microcircuit containing twoor more monolithic integrated circuit chips bonded toa common substrate.Hybrid microcircuit A microcircuit consisting of acombination of film type microcircuits and monolithicintegrated circuit elements or combinations of eitherwith discrete components or circuit elements.

h Circuit element A single active or passive functionalitem in an electronic circuit, such as one diode, onetransistor, one resistor, one capacitor.

i Discrete component A separately packaged circuitelement with its own external connections.Integrated optical microcircuit -A microcircuit con-taining one or more elements designed to function asa photosensor or photo- emitter, or to perform opticalor electro- optical functions.

k Module -An assembly replaceable as an entity, notnormally capable of being disassembled.

1 Microprocessor microcircuit-- A single package (nor-mally single -chip) electronic logic unit capable of ex-ecuting from external memory a series of generalpurpose instructions contained in the external memory.Explanatory note: The unit normally does not containintegral user memory, although internal memory onthe chip may be present for internal utilisation by thechip in performing its logic function. User memory iscustomarily provided via external memory chips, al-though some products have some limited on -boardmemory that is normally used for purposes other thanprogramme storage.

m Microcomputer microcircuit An electronic logic unitcapable of executing instructions from internal mem-ory, on data contained in the internal memory.Explanatory note: In certain cases the internal mem-ory may be augmented by an external memory.

n Substrate A sheet of base material with or withoutan interconnection pattern and on which, or withinwhich, discrete components or integrated circuits maythen be located.

g

II Listed as follows:a Substrates for printed circuits including ceramic sub-

strates and coated metal substrates (single- sided,double -sided or multi - layer), and thin copper foilstherefor, except:i Printed circuit boards manufactured from any of

the following materials:I Paper base phenolics;2 Glass cloth melamine;3 Glass epoxy resin uncoated or coated with copper

foil of a thickness of 18 micrometres (0.00071inch) or greater;

4 Polyethylene terephthalate;5 Any other insulating material having all of the

following characteristics:a A maximum continuous rated operating tem-

perature not exceeding 423K (150 °C);b A dissipation factor equal to or greater than

0.009 at 1 MHz;

38 Customs Act 190/

c A relative dielectric constant equal to or lessthan 8 at I MHz;

d A coefficient of expansion equal to or greaterthan 10 -5 per °C over a temperature range of273 to 393K (0 to I20 °C);

ii Ceramic substrates having not more than two lay-ers of interconnection, including the ground plane;

iii Copper foil having a thickness of 18 micrometres(0.00071 inch) or greater;

b Ceramic microcircuit packages which are designed forhermetically sealed pin or pad grid array, leadlesscarrier, or surface mounted configurations, except whenhaving all of the following characteristics:

i Single -in -line, dual -in -line or fiat -pack configuration;ii Pin, pad or lead spacings of 2.50 mm or greater,

or 100 mils or greater;iii 40 leads or less;

c Assemblies, modules and printed circuit boards withmounted components, as follows:1 Those including substrates for printed circuits cov-

ered by II a above;2 Those which contain embargoed microprocessor,

microcomputer or memory microcircuits or otherembargoed components, except:i Those of which the only embargoed components

are capacitors; orii Power supply assemblies.

Notes:1 For the embargo status of assemblies, modules and

printed circuit boards with mounted components whichare designed for, or which have the same functionalcharacteristics as, electronic computers or relatedequipment, see IL 1565.

2 Assemblies, modules and printed circuit boards withmounted components which are designed for, or whichhave the same functional characteristics as embargoedequipment shall be rated against the parameters ofthe appropriate equipment item, except that, in suchcases, the temperature parameter will be below 55 °Cand above + 85 °C.

3 Sub -item II e 2 above does not cover assemblies,modules and printed circuit boards with mountedcomponents designed for equipment not otherwise em-bargoed and which, by nature of their design, per-formance, lack of "user- accessible programmability ",lack of "user- accessible microprogrammability ", soft-ware, microprogramme control or specialised logiccontrol, are substantially restricted to the particularapplication for which they have been designed.

4 "User- accessible programmability" is the facility al-lowing a user to insert, modify or replace programmesby means other than:a A physical change in wiring or interconnections; orb The setting of function controls, including entry of

parameters.5 "User- accessible microprogrammability" is the facility

allowing a user to insert, modify or replacemicroprogrammes.NB: A facility limited to one or both of the followingis not considered to be within this definition:a Loading, reloading or inserting of microprogrammes

provided by the supplier; orb Simple loading of microprogrammes which may or

may not be provided by the supplier, but which areneither designed to be accessible to the user noraccompanied with training or software for useraccessibility.

Civil applications of assemblies, modules and printedcircuit boards with mounted components embargoedby sub -item II e 2 above, which by nature of theirdesign or performance are substantially restricted tothe particular application for which they have beendesigned, if the embargoed components are coveredby the italic notes.

d Microcircuits (monolithic integrated circuits, micro-processor, microcomputer, multichip, hybrid, film typeor integrated optical microcircuits), except:

i Encapsulated passive networks;


Note: Technology for the manufacture of thin -filmpassive networks is not released by this sub -item.orii Encapsulated microcircuits which are not designed

or rated as radiation hardened, which are not ratedfor operation below 40 °C or above +85 °C, whichare packaged in TO -5 outline cases (0.305 to 0.370inch diameter) or in non - hermetically sealed casesand which are:1 Bipolar types designed for operation as digital

logic circuit elements but limited to gates, invert-ers, buffers, bilateral switches, drivers, counters,latches, adders, comparators, parity generators,multiplexers, expanders, flip -flops, multivibrators,code converters, registers, encoders, decoders, de-multiplexers, diode matrices, multipliers andSchmitt triggers, and having all of the followingcharacteristics:a Encapsulated in a package having 24 terminals

or less;b A basic propagation delay time not less than 3 ,

nanoseconds;c A power dissipation per basic gate of not less

than 2 milliwatts and, for types having a basicgate propagation delay of 3 nanoseconds ormore and less than 5 nanoseconds, a productof the basic gate propagation delay time (innanoseconds) and the power dissipation per ,Ibasic gate (in milliwatts) not less than 30pJ (iea speed /power product per gate not less than30pJ).

2. CMOS types designed for operation as digitallogic circuit elements but limited to gates, invert-ers, buffers, flip -flops, latches, multivibrators, bi-lateral switches, display drivers, fixed counters,fixed frequency dividers, storage registers, decod-ers, voltage translators, encoders and Schmitttriggers and having both of the followingcharacteristics:a Encapsulated in a package having 24 terminals

or less;b Minimum value of the basic gate propagation

delay time under any rated conditions of notless than 10 nanoseconds;

Technical notes:i The basic gate power dissipation and the basic

gate propagation delay are those values corre-sponding to the basic gate utilised within afamily of microcircuits. They may be specifiedeither as the power dissipation /propagation de-lay per typical gate, or as the typical powerdissipation /propagation delay per gate, for agiven family.

ii Basic gate propagation delay is not to be con-fused with input /output delays of complexdevices.

3 Silicon single -chip microcomputer microcircuits thatare mask programmed by the "manufacturer" for acivil application prior to export and having all ofthe following characteristics:a A word size to "speed" ratio of less than or equal

to 1.1 bit per microsecond;b A "speed -power dissipation product" of greater

than or equal to 1.2 microjoule;e An on -chip read -only memory (ROM), not in-

cluding the microcode, of less than or equal to4,096 Byte;

d An on -chip random access memory (RAM) ofless than or equal to 128 Byte;

e Containing no programmable read -only memory(PROM);

f An operand (data) word length of less than orequal to 8 bit;

g Not capable of using off -chip memory for pro-gramme storage;

h Not containing multiplication instructions, generalpurpose operating systems (e.g. CP /M) or highorder languages (e.g. Tiny Basic);

C.monweuI1 h Out raliaGazette

haomP1. Januarysi Not rated for operation below 253K (- 20 °C) or

above 348K (+75°C).Explanatory notes:1 For "speed" or "speed -power dissipation product"

computation see Note 2 b to this Rem.

2 Bit -slice microcomputer microcircuits are not re-leased by this sub -item.

4 Silcon microprocessor microcircuits having all of the

following characteristics:a A word size to "speed" ratio of less than or equal

to 1.25 bit per microsecond;b A "speed -Power dissipation product" of greater

than or equal to 2 microjoule;c Containing no on -chip ROM or PROM:d Containing on -chip RAM of less than or equal to

1024 bit;e Capable of addressing off -chip memory not greater

than 65,536 Byte:f An operand (data) word length of less than or

equal to 8 bit and not having an arithmetic logicunit (ALU) wider than 8 bit;

g Not containing multiplication instructions;h Not rated for operation below 253K ( --20°C) or

above 348K ( +75 °C).Explanatory notes:I For "speed" or "speed -power dissipation product"

computation see Note 2 b of this Item.2 Bit-slice microprocessor microcircuits are not re-

leased he this sub -item.5 Mentor), microcircuits, as follows:

a Ni1OS dynamic random access memories (DRAM)having all of the following characteristics:i A maximum number of hits per package of

4,096 bit Lind a maximum access time of no lessthan 250 nanoseconds;

ii Not rated for operation below 253K (-- 20 °C)or above 348K ( +75 °C);

h Mask- programmed ROMs not rated for operationbelow 253E ( 20 °C) or above 348 K ( +75 °C),as follows:i With a maximum number of hits per package

of 2.048 hit and a maximum access time of noless than 450 nanoseconds;

ii PMOS or NMOS types with a maximum num-her of bits per package of 8,192 bit and amaximum access time of no less than 450nanoseconds;

iii PMOS or NMOS types specifically pro-grammed or designed as character generators,having a standard character font, and having amaximum access time of no less than 250nanoseconds;

e MOS static random access memories (SRAM)having both of the following characteristics:i A maximum number of hits per package of

1,024 hit;ii A maximum access time of no less than 450

nanoseconds;d Bipolar RA Ms, as follows:

i With a maximum number of bits per packageof 64 hit and a maximum access time of no lessthan 30 nanoseconds;

ii With a maximum number of bits per packageof 256 hit and a maximum access time of noless than 40 nanoseconds:

iii With a maximum number of bits per packageof 1,024 bit and a maximum access tine of noless than 45 nanoseconds.

6 a Non - programmable microcircuits, not capable ofaddressing external memory, specially designed for,and which by virtue of circuit design are normallylimited to use only for simple calculators whichperform a single function in response to a keystroke,capable of performing a floating point addition of13 decimal digits (mantissa only) or less in no lessthan 0.02 second;

Customs /Id 1901 39

b Programmable microcircuits specially designed for,and which by virtue of circuit design are normallylimited to use only for simple key programmablecalculators having both of the followingcharacteristics:i Capable of executing a sequence of no more than

256 programme steps introduced into a pro-gramme memory on the chip by a sequence ofkeystrokes;

ii Capable of performing a floating point additionof 13 decimal digits (mantissa only) or less in noless than 0.02 second;

c P- channel or N- channel MOS microcircuits spe-cially designed as, and which by virtue of circuitdesigned are normally limited to use only as, serialdigital shift registers with a maximum clock rate of2.5 MHz, and a maximum number of bits perpackage of 1,024.

7 a Untuned AC amplifier microcircuits having a band-width of less than 3 MHz and a maximum ratedpower dissipation of 5 W or less at a case temper-ature of 25 °C;

b Audio amplifier microcircuits having a maximumrated continuous power output of 25 watts or lessat a case temperature of 25 °C.Note: For audio amplifiers, the 358K (85 °C) upperlimit specified in the heading of d ii is not applica-ble. The lower limit of 233K ( -40 °C) is applicable.

8 Operational amplifier microcircuits having all of thefollowing characteristics:a A typical unity -gain open -loop bandwidth of not

more than 5 MHz;b A typical open -loop voltage gain of not more than

l0 °, i.e. 120dB;c Either a maximum intrinsic rated input offset volt-

age of no less 1.0 mV or a maximum input offsetvoltage drift of no less than 5 microvolt per K( °C);

d A typical slew rate, at unity gain, not exceeding 6volts per microsecond provided that, for microcir-cuits having a typical slew rate, at unity gain, greaterthan 2.5 microvolt /second, the typical power dissi-pation is greater than 10 milliwatt per amplifier.

9 Analogue multiplier or divider microcircuits havingboth of the following characteristics:a A best case rated non - linearity of not better than

0.5 per cent of full scale;b A 3 dB small - signal bandwidth of not more than

I MHz.10 Isolation amplifier microcircuits.11 Instrumentation amplifier microcircuits having all of

the following characteristics:a A best case rated non - linearity of not better than

0.01 per cent at a gain of 100;b A maximum gain bandwidth product not greater

than 7.5 MHz (e.g. a maximum bandwidth of 7.5kHz at 3 dB and at a gain of 100):

c A typical slew rate at unity gain not exceeding 3volt /microsecond.

12 Voltage regulator microcircuits, as follows:a Linear types, having both of the following

characteristics:i A rated nominal output voltage of 40 volts or

less;ii A maximum output current of 2 amperes or less;

b Switching types, having both of the followingcharacteristics:i A rated nominal output voltage of 40 volts or

less;ii A maximum output current of 150 milliamperes

or less.Explanatory note: For voltage regulators, the +85 °Cupper temperature limit specified in d ii is not appli-cable. The lower limit of 40 °C is applicable.

13 Voltage reference microcircuits having both of thefollowing characteristics:a A rated accuracy of no better than 0.1 per cent;

40 Customs Act 1901

b A temperature coefficient of voltage not less than15 x 10-6 per K( °C).

14 Voltage comparator microcircuits having both of thefollowing characteristics:a A maximum input offset voltage of not less than 2

millivolts;b A typical switching speed or typical response time

of not less than 30 nanoseconds.15 Bipolar microcircuits designed for operation in civil

applications as externally controlled (by inductive,magnetic or optical means) electronic switches, or asthreshold value switches with switching times of 0.5microsecond or greater.

16 Non- coherent light- emitting alpha- numeric displays notincorporating an integrated circuit.

17 Non - coherent light- emitting alpha- numeric displaysincorporating an integrated circuit used for decoding,controlling or driving that display, provided that theintegrated circuit is not integral with the actual dis-play device.

1SSimple encapsulated photo coupler (transoptor) as-semblies with electrical input and output and whichincorporate non - coherent light- emitting diodes.

19 Interface microcircuits, as follows:a Line drivers and line receivers having a typical

propagation delay time from data input to outputof not less than 15 nanoseconds;

b Sense amplifiers, having both of the followingcharacteristics:i A typical propagation delay time from data input

to output of not less than 15 nanoseconds;ii A typical input threshold voltage of not less than

10 millivolts;e Memory and clock drivers, having all of the follow-

ing characteristics:i A maximum rated output current of 500 milliam-

peres or less;ii A maximum rated output voltage of 30 volts or

less;iii A typical propagation delay time from data in-

put to output of not less than 20 nanoseconds;d Peripheral and display drivers, having all of the

following characteristics;i A maximum rated output current of 500 milliam-

peres or less;ii A typical propagation delay time from data input

to output of not less than 20 nanoseconds;iii A maximum rated output voltage of 80 volts or

less.

Explanatory note: When propagation delay time isnot specified, typical turn -on or turn -off time, which-ever is less, should be used.

20 Voltage -to- frequency converter microcircuits not em-ploying delta or delta /sigma modulation techniques,having both of the following characteristics:a A rated non- linearity of not better than 0.01 per

cent of full scale;b A gain drift not less than 50 part per million (ppm)

per degree C at rated frequency.Note: Gain drift specifies the maximum change in

gain over a specified temperature range.21 RMS -to -DC voltage converter microcircuits.22 Analogue -to- digital and digital -to- analogue converter

microcircuits as follows:a Analogue -to- digital converter microcircuits having

both of the following characteristics:i A maximum conversion rate to rated accuracy

not greater than 50,000 complete conversions persecond; or a maximum conversion time to maxi-mum resolution of not less than 20 microseconds;

ìi A rated non - linearity of not better than 0.025per cent of full scale over the specified operatingtemperature range;

b Digital -to- analogue converter microcircuits havingboth of the following characteristics:

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo. P 1, 6 January 1987 'I

i A maximum settling time to rated linearity ofnot less than 5 microseconds for `voltage output',and not less than 250 nanoseconds for currentoutput converters

ii A rated non - linearity of not better than 0.025per cent of full scale over the specified operatingtemperature range;

Note: This sub -item does not release coder, decoderor coder /decoder (codee) microcircuits specially de-signed for voice. (See Item IL 1527.)

23 "Non- reprogrammable" silicon microcircuits which arespecially designed or programmed by the "manufac-turer" for functional purposes in the followingapplications:a Automotive, electronics (e.g. entertainment, instru-

mentation, safety, comfort, operations and pollution);b Home electronics, including radio and television,

appliances, clocks, watches, audio and video taperecorders, safety, comfort and amusement;

e Personal communications up to 150 MHz, includingamateur radio communications and intercom;

d Unembargoed cameras (including cine cameras) butexcluding imaging microcircuits;

e Medical electronic prostheses (e.g. cardiac pace-makers, hearing aids).

Technical notes:1 A microcircuit whose function cannot be altered by

accepting or executing instructions from any exter-nal source is "non- programmable ".

2 The temperature limits specified in the heading ofd ii above do not apply to sub - sections d ii 23 a ord.

24Timing microcircuits having both of the followingcharacteristics:a A typical timing error of not less than 0.5 per cent;b A typical rise time of not less than 100 nanoseconds.

25Sample and hold microcircuits having both of thefollowing characteristics:a An acquisition time of not less than 10 microseconds;b A maximum non - linearity error of not better than

0.01 per cent of full scale for a hold time of 1

microsecond.26 Analogue -to- digital converter microcircuits specially

designed for digital voltmeter applications and permit-ting characteristics corresponding to those of instru-ments free from embargo under item IL 1529 1.

iii Unencapsulated monolithic intergrated circuits whichare not designed or rated as radiation hardened, andwhich are:

1 Bipolar types designed for operation as digital logiccircuit elements but limited to gates, inverters, buff-ers, bilateral switches, drivers, counters, latches, ad-ders, comparators, parity generators, multiplexers,expanders, flip - flops, multivibrators, code convert-ers, registers, encoders, decoders, demultiplexers,diode matrices, multipliers and Schmitt triggers, andhaving both of the following characteristics:a A product of the typical basic gate propagation

delay time (in nanoseconds) and the power dis-sipation per basic gate (in milliwatts) not lessthan 70 pJ (ie speed -power product /gate not lessthan 70pJ);

b A typical propagation delay time not less than 5nanoseconds.Note: This sub -item does not permit export ofcomplex custom bipolar digital devices.

2 Operational amplifiers, having all of the followingcharacteristics:a A typical unity -gain open loop bandwidth of not

more than 5 MHz;b A typical open -loop voltage gain of not more

than 100,000 or 100 dB;c A maximum intrinic rated input offset voltage of

not less than 5 millivolts;d A typical slew rate at unity gain not exceeding 1

volt /microsecond.

CommonwealthJanuaryAustraliaGazette

No p 1.

3 Audio amplifiers having a maximum rated power out-put of IOW or less at a case temperature of 25 °C.

4 Non reprogrammable types specially designed for andwhich by virtue of circuit design are normally lim-ited to civil uses in television and radio receivershaving all of the following characteristics:a Rated for operation at I I MHz or less:b Not specially designed for station scanning

applications;e Not utilising charge- coupled device technology;d Not intended for beam lead bonding;e Not intended for video or luminance amplifiers

with maximum rated supply voltages exceeding30 volts or with typical bandwidths greater than7.5 MHz.

5 Non reprogrammable types which are specifically de-signed for time - keeping applications (e.g. watchesand clocks).

Notes:I Nothing in the above shall be construed as sanctioning

the export of wafer or chip design or processing infor-mation inherent in the manufacture of any embargoedclass of assembly, sub- assembly, microcircuit or circuitelement. irrespective of any release of devices in thatclass. This restriction also applies to technology em-bodied both in the equipment covered by Item IL1355 and in its use.

2 Definition of Terms:a "Speed" is defined as the time to fetch an operand

C and another operand D, both from an externalstorage outside any work register, add these oper-ands and put the result hack in storage. The address-ing mode which yields the shortest execution timeshall be used. The result of the add operand shallbe stored in either the same location of one of theaddends or in some other location. This choice shallbe made to give the shortest execution time at thehighest specified clock frequency.

b "Speed -power dissipation product ", The power dis-sipation shall be the typical value at the clock fre-quency used in the "Speed" computation. The typicalvalue may be otained by any of the following means:i The specified typical internal power dissipation;ii One half the maximum internal power dissipation;iii The product of the nominal supply voltage and

typical total supply current; oriv One half the product of the nominal supply volt-

age and maximum total supply current;whichever is the lowest value specified.

e For the purposes of this Item the "manufacturer" isthe individual or organisation designing the microcir-cuit or programme for the intended application (incontrast to an individual or organisation merely pro-gramming a microcircuit at, or in accordance with auser's request).

3 Microcircuits are only eligible for release from em-bargo if the design or programme is originated eitherby the "manufacturer" alone or in concert with themicrocircuit user and is unalterably fixed at the timeof manufacture, and if the "manufacturer" establishesthe design and performance of this microcircuit forthe intended end -use. (Microcircuits, including gatearrays, and progammable logic arrays, based only orprimarily on customer - supplied circuit design or pro-grammes and not meeting the criteria of this Note arenot released under this Item.)

4 Devices covered by sub -items II e and not releasedby sub - items II d i and ii above when they consist of,or are incorporated in, plug -in printed boards or plug -in modules for use in specifically identified equipmentpreviously exported, and which do not upgrade theinitial performance of that equipment, provided thatthe plug -in printed circuit boards or plug -in modulescannot operate independently from the equipment towhich they are to be connected or in which they areto be inserted.

Customs Act 1901 41

5 Integrated circuits embargoed by sub -item II d iiabove only by virtue of being encased in hermeticallysealed dual -in -line packages provided that it is con-sidered that the stated legitimate civil end -use re-quires such a package.

6 Devices (encapsulated or unencapsulated) describedin sub -items II e and d, provided that the deviceshave been designed specifically for identifiable civilapplications and, by nature of design or performance,are substantially restricted to the particular applica-tion for which they have been designed.

Group G

Electronic equipment including computer hardware, soft-ware and SPC communication switching equipment.

IL 1565

Electronic computers, "related equipment ", equipment orsystems containing electronic computers, and technologytherefor, as follows; and specially designed components andaccessories for these electronic computers and "relatedequipment ":(For the embargo status of "Software ", see Item IL 1566.)

Technical notes:1 Electronic computers, and "related equipment" are cate-

gorized as follows:"analogue computer"-

Equipment which can, in the form of one or more contin-uous variables:a Accept data;b Process data; andc Provide output of data.

"digital computer"-Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete

variables:

a Accept data;b Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable)

storage devices;c Process data by means of a stored sequence of instruc-

tions which is modifiable; and

d Provide output of data.Note: Modifications of a stored sequence of instructionsinclude replacement of fixed storage devices, but not aphysical change in wiring interconnections.

"hybrid computer"Equipment which can:a Accept data;b Process data, in both analogue and digital representa-

tions; andc Provide output of data.

"related equipment"Equipment "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associ-

ated" with electronic computers as follows:a Equipment for interconnecting "analogue computers"

with "digital computers ";b Equipment for interconnecting "digital computers ";e Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to "local

area networks" or to "wide area networks ";d Communication control units;e Other input /output (I /O) control units;f Recording or reproducing equipment referred to Item IL

1565 by Item IL 1572;g Displays; orh Other peripheral equipment.Note: "Related equipment" which contains an "embedded"or "incorporated electronic computer ", but which lacks"user- accessible programmability ", does not thereby fallwithin the definition of an electronic computer.

42 Customs Act 1901

2 This Item includes:a Assemblies, modules, or printed circuit boards with

mounted components referred to Item IL 1565 by ItemIL 1564;

b Assemblies of materials or thin film devices containingthem referred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL 1588;

c Central processing unit "main storage" combinations;d Digital differential analyzers (incremental computers);

ande Processors for stored- programme control.

(This ends the Technical notes. For a complete list ofdefinitions of terms used in this Item, see Note 16 below.)

Listed as follows;a "Analogue computers" and "related equipment" there-

for, which are designed or modified for use in airbornevehicles, missiles, or space vehicles and rated for contin-uous operation at temperatures from below 228K (-45°C) to above 328K ( +55 °C);

b Equipment or systems containing "analogue computers"embargoed by sub -item a;

c "Analogue computers" and "related equipment" there-for, other than those embargoed by sub -item a, exceptthose which neither:1 Are capable of containing more than 20 summers,

integrators, multipliers or function generators; nor2 Have facilities for readily varying the interconnections

of such components;d "Hybrid computers" and "related equipment" therefor,

with all the following characteristics:I The analogue section is embargoed by sub -item c;2 The digital section has an internal fixed or alterable

storage of more than 2,048 bit; and3 Facilities are included for processing numerical data

from the analogue section in the digital section or viceversa;

e "Digital computers" or embargoed "analogue computers"containing equipment for interconnecting "analoguecomputers" with "digital computers";

f "Digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor,with any of the following characteristics:

I Designed or modified for use in airborne vehicles,missiles or space vehicles and rated for continuousoperation at temperatures from below 228K ( -45 °C)to above 328K ( +55 °C);

2 Designed or modified to limit electromagnetic radia-tion to levels much less than those required by govern-ment civil interference specifications;

3 Designed as ruggedized or radiation- hardened equip-ment and capable of meeting military specifications forruggedized or radiation- hardened equipment; or

4 Modified for military use;g Equipment or systems containing "digital computers"

embargoed by sub -item f;h "Digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor,

other than those embargoed by sub -items e or f, evenwhen "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associ-ated" with equipment or systems:

Note: The embargo status of these "digital computers"and "related equipment" therefor is governed by theappropriate Item provided that:a They are "embedded" in other equipment or systems;b The other equipment or systems are described in

other Items in these Lists; ande The technology for these "digital computers" and

"related equipment" is governed by sub -item j below.1 including "digital computers" and "related equip-

ment", as follows:i Designed or modified for:

Note: "Digital computers" and "related equipment"containing equipment, devices or logic control for thefollowing functions are also included.a "Signal processing ";b "Image enhancement";e "Local area networks ";

Note: For the purpose of this sub -item, data com-munication systems when located within a single

Conunonssealth of Australia GazetteNo. P 1, 6 January /987

piece of equipment (eg television set, car), are notconsidered to be designed or modified for "localarea networks ".

d "Multi- data- stream processing";Note: For the purpose of this sub -item, "digitalcomputers" and "related equipment" are not consid-ered to be designed or modified for 'multi -data-stream processing ", if they:a Utilize stage (pipelined) instruction interpretation

for conventional single instruction single data se-quence processing; or

b Have an arithmetic unit implemented with bit -slice microprocessor microcircuits.

e Combined recognition, understanding and interpre-tation of image, continuous (connected) speech orconnected word text other than "signal processing"or "image enhancement" described in sub -item h 1i a or b;

f "Real time processing" of sensor data:l Concerning events occurring outside the "corn -

puter using facility "; and2 Provided by equipment embargoed by Items IL

1501, 1502, 1510 or 1518;Note: This does not include digital radar signalprocessing by equipment which is:a Embargoed by Item IL 1501 e 2 vi only, for

which the conditions of Item IL 1501 apply: orb Freed from embargo by the two year limit in

Item IL 1501 e 2 vii.g Microprocessor or microcomputer development

systems;Note: For microprocessor or microcomputer devel-opment systems, see IL 1529 b 6 ii.

h "Fault tolerance";Note: For the purpose of this sub -item, "digitalcomputers" and "related equipment" are not consid-ered to be designed or modified for "fault toler-ance", if they utilize:a Error detection or correction algorithms in "main

storage ";b The interconnection of two "digital computers"

so that, if the active central processing unit fails,an idling but mirroring central processing unit cancontinue the system's functioning;

c The interconnection of two central processing unitsby data channels or by use of shared storage topermit one central processing unit to performother work until the second central processingunit fails, at which time the first central process-ing unit takes over in order the continue thesystem's functioning; or

d The synchronization of two central processing unitsby "software" so that one central processing unitrecognizes when the other central processing unitfails and recovers tasks from the failing unit.

i Not used.j "User- accessible microprogrammability ":

Note: For the purpose of this sub -item, "digitalcomputers" and "related equipment" are not consid-ered to be designed or modified for "user- accessiblemicroprogrammability ", if this facility is limited to:a Loading, reloading or inserting of "micropro-

grammes", provided by the supplier; orb Simple loading of "microprogrammes ", which may

or may not be provided by the supplier, but whichare neither designed to be accessible to the usernor accompanied by training or "software" foruser accessibility.

k "Data (message) switching ";I "Stored- programme- controlled circuit switching "; orm "Wide area networks";

ii Having the following characteristics:a Size, weight, power consumption and reliability or

other characteristics (eg bubble memory, which al-low easy application in mobile tactical military sys-tems; and

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo. pi, 6 January 1987

b Ruggedized above the level required for a normalcommercial (office) environment, but not necessarilyup to levels specified in sub -item f;

2 excepti "Digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor,

provided that:a They are "embedded" in other equipment or systems;b They are not the "principal element" of the other

equipment or systems in which they are "embedded ";c The other equipment or systems are not described

by other Items in these Lists;d The "total processing data rate" of any one "embed-

ded" "digital computer" does not exceed 28 millionbit per second;

e The sum of the "total processing data rate" of each"embedded" "digital computer" does not exceed 50million bit per second; and

f The "embedded" "digital computers" or "relatedequipment" therefor do not include:1 Equipment or systems embargoed by Item IL1519 e or by Item IL 1567; or2 Equipment described in sub -item h l i a to m,other than for:

i "Signal processing" or "image enhancement"when lacking "user- accessible programmability"and when "embedded" in medical imagingequipment; or

ii "Local area networks" implemented by usingintegral interfaces designed to meet ANSI /IEEEStd 488 -1978 or IEC Publication 625 -1;

ii "Digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor,provided that:a They are "incorporated" in other equipment or

systems;b They are not the "principal element" of the other

equipment or systems in which they are"incorporated ";

c The other equipment or systems are not embargoedby other Items in these Lists;

d The "total processing data rate" of any one "incor-porated" "digital computer" does not exceed 5 mil-lion bit per second;

e The "total internal storage available to the user"does not exceed 4.9 million bit; and

f The "incorporated" "digital computers" or "relatedequipment" therefor do not include:1 Embargoed "related equipment ";2 Equipment or systems embargoed by Item IL

1519 e or by Item IL 1567;3 Equipment described in sub -item h 1 ii; or4 Equipment described in sub -item h 1 i s to m,

other than for:i "Signal processing" or "image enhancement"

when lacking "user- accessible programmability"and when "embedded" in medical imagingequipment; or

ii "Local area networks" implemented by usingintegral interfaces designed to meet ANSI /IEEEStd 488 -1978 or IEC publication 625 -I;

Note: "Digital computers" or "related equipment""incorporated" in equipment exportable under theprovisions of Items IL 1501, 1502, 1510 or 1518,which are for internal functions which inciden-tally might be considered to be described by sub -item h 1 i f, are exportable as part of thatequipment. "Digital computers" or "relatedequipment" for the "real -time processing" of theoutputs of the equipment embargoed by Items IL1501, 1502, 1510 or 1518 and for Air TrafficControl systems are covered by this Item.iii "Digital computers" other than those described in sub -

item h 1 above, shipped as complete systems andhaving all the following characteristics:a Designed and announced by the manufacturer for

identifiable civil use;b Not specially designed for any equipment embar-

goed by any other Item in these Lists;

Customs Act 1901 43

c "Total processing data rate" not exceeding 2 millionbit per second;

d "Total internal storage available to the user" notexceeding 1.1 million bit; and

e They do not include any of the following:1 A central processing unit implemented with more

than one microprocessor or microcomputermicrocircuit;Note: This limit does not include any dedicatedmicroprocessor or microcomputer microcircuit usedsolely for display, keyboard or input /output con-trol, or any bit -slice microprocessor microcircuit.

2 A microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuitwith:i A principal operand (data) word length of more

than 8 bit; orii A typical 'speed' -power dissipation product of

less than:a 2 microjoule for microprocessor microcir-

cuits; orb 1.2 microjoule for microcomputer

microcircuits;Technical note: 'Speed' is defined here as the timeneeded to fetch an operand C and another oper-and D, both from an external storage outside anywork register, add these operands and put theresult back in storage.

3 Analogue -to- digital or digital -to- analogue con-verter microcircuits:i Exceeding the limits of Item IL 1568 k; andii Not for direct driven video monitors for normal

commercial television;4 Embargoed "related equipment "; or5 Equipment embargoed by Item IL 1519 c or by

Item IL 1567;is Peripheral equipment, as follows, which may contain

"embedded" microprocessor microcircuits but whichlacks "user- accessible programmability ":a Card punches and readers;b Paper tape punches and readers;c Manually operated keyboards including teletype

devices;d Manually operated graphic tablets not having more

than 1,024 resolvable points along any axis;e Impact printers;f Non - impact printers, not embargoed by Item IL

1572 b or c, which do not exceed:1 2,000 lines per minute; or2 300 characters per second;

g Plotting equipment, not embargoed by Item IL 1572b or c, producing a physical record by ink, photo-graphic, thermal, or electrostatic techniques, whichhas:1 A linear accuracy worse than or equal to ± 0.004

per cent; and2 An active plotting area less than or equal to 1,700

mm (66.9 inch) by 1,300 mm (51.2 inch);h Digitizing equipment, generating rectilinear coordi-

nate data by manual or semi - automatic tracing ofphysical records, which has:1 A linear accuracy worse than or equal to ± 0.004

per cent; and2 An active digitizing area less than or equal to

1,700 mm (66.9 inch) by 1,300 mm (51.2 inch);i Not used;j Optical mark recognition (OMR) equipment;k Optical character recognition (OCR) equipment

which:1 Does not contain "signal processing" or "image

enhancement" equipment; and2 Is only for:

i Stylized OCR characters:ii Other internationally standardized stylized

character fonts; oriii Other characters limited to non - stylized or hand

printed numerics and up to 10 hand printedalphabetic or other characters;

44 Customs Act 1901

1 Cathode -ray tube displays for which circuitry andcharacter- generation devices, external to the tube,limit the capabilities to:1 Alpha- numeric characters in fixed formats;2 Graphs composed only of the same basic elements

as used for alpha- numeric character composition;or

3 Graphic displays for which the sequence of sym-bols and basic elements of symbols are fixed;

m Cathode -ray tube graphic displays, not containingcathode -ray tubes embargoed by Item IL 1541, whichare limited as follows:1 The "maximum bit transfer rate" from the elec-

tronic computer to the display does not exceed9,600 bit per second;Note: Direct driven video monitors are excludedfrom this limitation.

2 Not more than 1,024 resolvable elements alongany axis; and

3 Not more than 16 shades of grey or colour;n Cathode -ray tube graphic displays, not containing

cathode -ray tubes embargoed by Item IL 1541, pro-vided that they are:1 Part of industrial or medical equipment; and2 Not specially designed for use with electronic

computers;o Graphic displays specially designed for signature or

security checking having an active display area notexceeding 150 sq cm (23.25 sq inch);

p Other displays, provided that:1 Circuitry and character- generation devices exter-

nal to the display device (eg panel, tube) and theconstruction of the display device limit the capa-bilities to:i Alpha - numeric characters in fixed formats;ii Graphs composed only of the same basic ele-

ments as used for alpha- numeric charactercomposition;

iii Graphic displays for which the sequence ofsymbols and basic elements of symbols are fixed;and

2 They are limited to:i A capability for displaying no more than 3

levels (off, intermediate and full on); andii A minimum character height of not less than:

a 5.5 mm (0.22 inch) if the area is 1,200 sqcm (186 sq inch) or less; or

b 20 mm (0.79 inch) if the area is more than1,200 sq cm (186 sq inch); and

3 They do not have as an integral part of thedisplay device:i Circuitry; orii Non - mechanical character- generation devices;

q Light gun devices or other manual graphic inputdevices which are:1 Part of unembargoed displays; and2 Limited to 1,024 resolvable elements along any

axis;Disk drives for non -rigid magnetic media (floppydisks) which do not exceed:1 A "gross capacity" of 17 million bit;2 A "maximum bit transfer rate" of 0.52 million bit

per second; or3 An "access rate" of 6 accesses per second;

s Cassette /cartridge tape drives or magnetic tape driveswhich do not exceed:1 A "maximum bit packing density" of 63 bit per

mm (1,600 bit per inch) per track;2 A "maximum bit transfer rate" of 1.28 million bit

per second: or3 A maximum tape read /write speed of 254 cm

(100 inch) per second; ort Cassette /cartridge tape drives which do not exceed;

1 A "maximum bit packing density" of 107 bit permm (2,700 bit per inch) per track; or

2 A "maximum bit transfer rate" of 0.128 millionbit per second;


Input /output interface or control units, as follows,which may contain "embedded" microprocessormicrocircuits but which lack "user- accessibleprogrammability";a Designed for use with peripheral equipment free

from embargo under sub -item h 2 is above; orb Designed for use with digital recording or repro-

ducing equipment specially designed to use mag-netic card, tag, label or bank cheque recordingmedia, free from embargo according to ItemIL 1572 a ii;

i Not used;j Technology, as follows;

1 Technology applicable to the:i Development, production or use (ie installation, op-

eration and maintenance) of electronic computersor "related equipment ", even if these electroniccomputers or "related equipment" are not embar-goed by this Item; excepta Technology which is unique to "related equip-

ment" free from embargo under sub -item h 2 iv ato c, e, f, I, n, p or q and which is not otherwiseembargoed by any other Item in these Lists;

b The minimum technical information necessary forthe use of electronic computers or "related equip-ment" free from embargo; or

ii Development, production or use of equipment orsystems embargoed by sub -item b or g; or

2 Technology for the integration of:i Embargoed electronic computers or embargoed "re-

lated equipment" into other equipment or systemswhether or not the other equipment or systems areembargoed; orNote: Nothing in the above should be construed toembargo technology for the integration which isunique to the other equipment or systems if theyare free from embargo.

ii Unembargoed electronic computers or unembargoed"related equipment" into embargoed equipment orsystems.Note: This does not, however, release from embargothe technology for the integration of electronic com-puters or "related equipment" which are freed fromembargo only by sub -item h 2 i or only by sub -itemh 2 ii.

Notes:1 "Digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor

embargoed by sub-item h when contained in other equip-ment or systems covered by another Item in these Lists,may be exported subject to the provisions of that Item,provided that:a They are "incorporated" in other equipment or

.systems;b They are not the "principal element" of the equip-

ment or systems in which they are 'incorporated"c The other equipment or systems are embargoed by

other Items in these Lists and they are permitted forexport according to the provisions of the appropriateItem;

d The "total processing data rate" of any "incorpo-rated" "digital computer" does not exceed 15 millionbit per second;

e All other parameters do not exceed the relevant limitsof Note 9 b 1 ii to iv and b 2 to 9 to this Item; and

f The "incorporated" "digital computers or "relatedequipment" therefor do not include:1 Equipment embargoed by Item IL 1519 e or by

Item IL 1567;2 Equipment described in sub -item h 1 ii; or3 Equipment described in sub -item h 1 i a to m,

other than for:i "Signal processing" or "image enhancement" when

lacking user - accessible programmability andbeing "embedded" in medical imaging equip-ment; or

1


ii "Local area networks" implemented by usingintegral interfaces designed to meet ANSI /IEEEStd 488 -1978 or iEC Publication 625 -I.NB: "Digital computers" or "related equipment""incorporated" in equipment exportable underthe provisions of Items IL 1501, 1502, 1510 or1518, which are for internal functions which in-cidentally might be considered to be described bysub -item h I i f are exportable as part of thatequipment. "Digital computers" or "relatedequipment" for the "real -time processing" of theoutputs of the equipment embargoed by Items IL1501, 1502, 1510 or 1518 and for Air TrafficControl systems are covered by this Item.

2 The minimum technical information for the use (ieinstallation, operation and maintenance) of electroniccomputers or "related equipment" authorized for ex-port, when shipped together with or solely for use withthese electronic computers or "related equipment ".

3 "Analogue computers" and "related equipment" there-for embargoed by sub -item e, provided that:a The equipment is primarily used in non strategic

applications;b 1 The equipment will be used primarily for the spe-

cific non strategic application for which the exportwould be approved;

2 The number, type and characteristics of suchequipment are reasonable for this application; and

3 The equipment will not be used for the design,development or production of embargoed items, es-pecially for micro electronics production;

c The "analogue computers" use neither:1 Optical computation devices; nor2 Acoustic wave devices embargoed by Item IL 1586

other than those covered by the italic Note to ItemIL 1586;

d The "analogue computers" are limited as follows:1 The rated errors for summers, inverters and inte-

grators are not less than:i Static : 0.01 per cent;ii Total at 1 kHz : 0.15 per cent;

2 The rated error for multipliers are not less than:i Static : 0.025 per cent;ii Total at / kHz : 0.25 per cent;

3 The rated errors for fixed function generators (logx and sine /cosine) are not less than:

Static : 0.1 per cent;4 No more than 350 operational amplifiers; and5 No more than four integrator time scales switch

able during one programme.

Technical notes:I The percentage for Note 3 d 1 i above applies to the

actual output voltage; all the other percentages applyto full scale, that is from maximum negative tomaximum positive reference voltages.

2 Total errors at 1 kHz for Note 3 d 1 ii and 3 d 2 iiabove are to be measured with those resistors incor-porated in the inverter, summer or integrator whichprovide the least error.

3 Total error measurements include all errors of theunit resulting from, for example, tolerances of resis-tors and capacitors, tolerances of input and outputimpedances of amplifiers, the effect of loading, theeffect of phase shift and the generating of functions.

4 Not used.5 "Digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor,

embargoed by sub -item b provided that:a The "digital computers" and the "related equipment ":

1 Have been designed and announced by a manufac-turer for identifiable and dedicated medicalapplications;

2 Are substantially restricted to the area of medicalapplications by nature of design and performance;

3 Are the equipment necessary for the medicalapplications;

4 Are exported as complete systems;

Customs Act 1901 45

5 Will be located within one "computer using facil-ity "; and

6 Do not include communication control units or"communication channels";

b Equipment for "signal processing ", "image enhance-ment", or "multidata- stream processing is:1 Integrally "embedded ";2 Designed specially for reconstructive tomography;

and3 Does not have "user- accessible micro -

programmability";e The "total processing data rate" of any one "incor-

porated" "digital computer" does not exceed 15 mil-lion hit per second;

d The "digital computers" or "related equipment"therefor do not include:1 Equipment embargoed by Item IL 1519 c or ItemIL 1567; or2 Equipment described in sub -item h l i c and h 1 ie to m.

6 "Digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor,embargoed by sub -item h, provided that:a Reserved;b They are described in sub -item h 1 only by an acci-

dent of definition; ande They fulfil any one of the following conditions:

1. They are shipped as complete systems and do notexceed:i A "total processing data rate" of 15 million bit

per second; andii Any of the limits for parameters in Note 9 b 1

ii to iv and b 2 to 9 to this Item;2 They fail to meet the conditions of sub items h 2

iii, iv or y only by an accident of definition; or3 They:

i Are designed for identifiable commercial (office)or personal use and substantially restricted tothe particular application for which they havebeen designed;

ii Are of a type 'generally available to the public'in non - proscribed areas; and

iii Fulfil the conditions of c 1 above.NB: For the purpose of this Note 'generally avail-able to the public' means:a Also available at retail selling points, other than

those specialized in selling electronic computersto the general public in model series exceedingthe limits in c 1 above; and

b Selling by means of over -the- counter transactionsfrom stock.

7 Spare parts for exported electronic computers or "re-lated equipment ", provided that:a The parts are:

1 "Related equipment" or specially designed compo-nents embargoed by this Item; or

2 Equipment or components embargoed by other Itemsin these Lists;

b The parts:1 Are destined for embargoed equipment previously

authorized for export or for equipment free fromembargo;

2 Are shipped in the minimum quantities necessaryfor the types and quantities of exported equipmentbeing serviced; and

3 Do not upgrade the performance of the exportedequipment beyond the level:i Specified in the relevant italic Note or Note 12

to this Item; orii Specified as free from embargo;

c If the parts are 'advanced technology parts', the west-ern supplier's service organization must:1 Guarantee that parts will be replaced on a one-for-

one exchange basis;2 Take measures to obtain custody of the defective

parts; and

46 Customs Act 1901

3 If custody is not obtained, certify that the defectiveparts are destroyed.Technical note: For the purpose of this paragraph,'advanced technology parts' are either:a Parts embargoed by Item IL 1564 Ii c 2;b Microprocessor, microcomputer, memory, pro-

grammed logic array or arithmetic logic unitmicrocircuits embargoed by Item IL 1564 II d;

c Magnetic tape heads, magnetic disk heads, mag-netic drum heads, or non- exchangable magneticdisk or drum recording media, embargoed byItem IL 1572; or

d Acoustic wave devices embargoed by Item IL1586, other than those exportable under the italicNote pursuant to the Note to Item IL 1586.

8 Not used.9 "Digital computers" or "related equipment'' therefor

embargoed by sub -item h, provided that:a The "digital computers" or "related equipment"

therefor:1 Are not described in sub items h l i d to m;2 Are not used with "digital computers" produced in

proscribed areas;NB: This does not preclude the exchange of datamedia.

3 Are exported as:i Complete .systems; orii Enhancements to a previously exported system

provided that the enhanced system does not ex-ceed the limits of subparagraph b of this :Note;

4 Have not been designed for any equipment:i Embargoed by any other item in these Lists; andii Not covered by the italic Note to such an item;

5 Have been primarily designed and used for non-strategic applications; and

6 Do not have any of the following characteristics:i They fall within the scope of both sub -items h 1

iia and b;orii They fall within the scope of sub -item h 1 ii a

and are microprocessor based systems having aword length of more than 8 bit; or

iii They are ruggedized above the level required fora normal commercial /civil environment, hut notnecessarily tip to the levels specified in sub -itemf and are microprocessor based systems havinga word length of more than 8 hit;

NB: 8 -bit word length systems with a 16 -hitarchitecture are regarded as 8 -hit systems forthe purpose of this sub paragraph.

b The "digital computers" and "related equipment"therefor do not exceed any of the following limits:1 Central processing unit ''main storage"

combinations:i "Total processing data rate" 28 million bit

per second;ii "Total connected capacity" of "main storage-

9.8 million bit;iii ''Non- volatile storage" with "user- accessible

programmability" including bubble memorynone;NB: Magnetic core "main storage" may how-ever be included.

iv Number of microprocessor or microcomputer mi-crocircuits implementing the central processingunit three;NB: This limit does not include any dedicatedmicroprocessor or microcomputer microcircuitused solely for display, keyboard or input /out-put control, or any bit -slice microprocessormicrocircuit.

2 Input /output control unit drum, disk or car-tridge type streamer tape drive combinations:i "Total transfer rate" 11 million hit per

second;ii "Total access rate'' 160 accesses per .second;iii Total connected "net capacity" 2,600 mil-

lion hit;


iv "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any drum ordisk drive 10.3 million bit per second;

v ;Number of streamer tape drives one, whichhas a "maximum bit transfer rate'" of 5.5 mil-lion bit per second;

vi Number of independent drum or disk drivesincluding the streamer tape drive four;

vii Exchangeable disk packs which contain mag-netic heads;a "Access rate" of an independent seek mecha-

nism 20 accesses per second;b "Net capacity" 240 million bit;

3 Input /Output control unit bubble memorycombinations:i For point of sale devices used by cashiers:

Total connected "net capacity" 5.3 millionhit;

ii For "digital computers" and "related equip-ment" other than those in i above:Total connected "net capacity" 2.1 millionbit;

4 Input /output control unit magnetic tape drivecombinations:i "total transfer rate 3.2 million bit per

second;ii .'Vuntber of magnetic tape drives twelve;iii "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any magnetic

tape drive 1.6 million bit per second;iv Maximum bit packing density" 63 bit per

cat (1,600 bit per inch) per track;v Maximum tape read /write speed 317.5 cm

(125 inch) per second;5 Communication control unit "communication

channel" combinations:i "Total data signalling rate" of all "communi-

cation channels" terminating remote from the"computer using facility" 9,600 bit persecond;

ii Maximum "data signalling rate" of any "com-munication channel" 4,800 bit per second;

iii Number of "communication channels" not ded-icated full time to the given application two,provided that they:a Have telex interfaces for services conforming

to CCITT recommendations F60 to 79;b Are connected to the public switched network;

ande Have a "data signalling rate" not exceeding

300 bit per second at the interface betweenthe "digital computer and the telex com-munication control unit;

iv "Communication channels" terminating withinthe "computer using facility ", which utilize orare connected to a common carrier communica-tion facility or to an internal PABX other thanthat indentified in iii above none;

6 input /output or communication control unit di-rectly connected data channel combinations:i "Total transfer rate" 1.6 million bit per

second;ii "Transfer rate of any data channel 1.6

million hit per second;iii Terminations of such combinations or any ex-

tensions thereto outside the "computer usingfacility" none;

7 Communication control unit 'local area net-work" combinations:i "Total data signalling rate" on the common

transmission medium 10 million bit persecond;

ii Maximum "data signalling rate" of any "co-mmunication channel 1.6 million bit persecond;

iii Packet switching protocol levels those limitsspecified in:a ISO/D1S7498, Data Processing Open Sys-

tem interconnection, Basic Reference Model,February 4, 1982, Láyer2;


b CCITT X.25. Volume VIII Fascicle VIlI.2,Vilth Plenary Assembly, 10 -21 November1980, Level 2, (pages 104 to 120); or

c Draft IEEE 802.2, Logical Link Control, DraftD, November 1982;

iv Inter- network gateways none;v maximum number of "data devices" 24vi Terminations of such combinations or any ex-

tensions thereto outside the computer usingfacility" none;

vii All "digital computers" connected to a "localarea network" will be considered to be a singlesystem sharing "main storage" (for purposes ofcomputing the parameters of this Note);NB: if the "total data signalling rate" on thecommon transmission medium does not exceed1.6 million bit per second, this sub paragraphwill not apply.

8 "Other peripheral devices ":i Maximum bit transfer rate of any "terminal

device" located remote from the "computer us-ing facility" -9,600 bit per second;

ii Displays or graphic input devices:Resolvable elements along any axis 1,024, andshades of grey or colour -32;

9 Other limits on equipment:i "Signal processing" or "image enhancement"

equipment:"Equivalent multiply rate 100,000 operationsper second;

ii Analogue -to- digital or digital -to- analogue con-verter micro - circuits exceeding the limits of ItemIL 1568 k (not including those converter micro-circuits "embedded" in equipment otherwise ex-portable, which are for the internal functions ofsuch equipment, and are exported as part ofthat equipment) none;

iii Equipment described in Note 9 b 1 to 5 above(including interface equipment and terminatingmodems of all "communication channels ") lo-cated outside the "computer operating area"none;

c Exports of "digital computers" or "related equip-ment" covered by this Note are subject to the follow-ing conditions:1 The number, type and characteristics of the equip-

ment are reasonable for the application;2 When the parameters of the equipment do not

exceed:i "Total processing data rate -5 million bit per

second;ü "Total connected capacity" of "main storage"

4.9 million bit; andiii "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any drum or

disk drive -5.5 million bit per second;Then there are no quantity limitations on the ex-port of equipment per transaction;

3 When the parameters of any equipment involved inone transaction exceed any limit of 2 above, butthe following parameters are not exceeded:i "Total processing data rate -15 million bit

per second;ii Number of independent drum or disk drives

including the streamer tape drive four, of whichnot more than two drum or disk drives have a"maximum bit transfer rate" exceeding 5.5 mil-lion bit per second;

Then the "cumulative total processing data rate"must not exceed 100 million bit per second;

4 When the following parameter of any equipmentinvolved in one transaction exceeds:i "Total processing data rate -15 million bit

per second;Then the "cumulative total processing data rate"must not exceed 38 million bit per second; and

ii The following information shall be provided:

Customs Act 1901 47

a A signed statement from the end -user or im-porting agency;

b A full description of the equipment, its in-tended application and work load; and

e Complete identification of all end users andtheir activities.

10 Not used.11 Not used.12 Licence applications for "digital computers" or "related

equipment" therefor embargoed by sub -item h will re-ceive favourable consideration, provided that:a The "digital computers" or "related equipment"

therefor:1 Are not described in sub -items h 1 i d to m;2 Are not used with "digital computers" produced in

proscribed areas;NB: This does not preclude the exchange of datamedia,

3 Are exported as:i Complete systems; orii Enhancements to a previously exported system

provided that the enhanced system does not ex-ceed the limits of sub - paragraph b of this Note;

4 Have not been designed for any equipment:i Embargoed by any other Item in these Lists; andii Not eligible for export under an italic Note to

such an Item;5 Have been primarily designed and used for non-

strategic applications; and6 Do not have any of the following characteristics:

i They fall within the scope of both sub -items h 1ii a and b; or

ii They fall within the scope of sub -item h 1 ii aand are microprocessor based systems having aword length of more than 16 bit; or

iii They are ruggedized above the level required fora normal commercial /civil environment, but notnecessarily up to the levels specified in sub -item fand are microprocessor based systems having aword length of more than 16 bit;NB: I6 -bit word length systems with a 32 -bitarchitecture are regarded as I6 -bit systems for thepurpose of this sub - paragraph.

b The "digital computers" and "related equipment"therefor do not exceed any of the following limits:

1 Central processing unit "main storage"combinations:i "Total processing data rate" -- 48 million bit per

second;ii "Total connected capacity" of "main storage"

25.2 million bit;iii "Non- volatile storage" with "user- accessible pro-

grammability" including bubble memory none;NB: Magnetic core "main storage" may howeverbe included.

iv "Virtual storage" capability 512 M Byte;(For M Byte see Note 17 of this hem.)

NB: Supermini "digital computers" with a "virtualstorage" capability exceeding the level in this sub-paragraph will not be eligible for consideration un-der this Note. It is recognized however, that other"digital computers" (e.g. mainframes) may have a"virtual storage" capability exceeding this limit andin such cases they may be considered under thisNote.

2 Input /output control unit drum, disk or cartridgetype streamer tape drive combinations:i "Total transfer rate" 15 million bit per second;ii "Total access rate" -- 320 access per second;iii Total connection "net capacity" 7,000 million

bit;iv "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any drum or disk

drive 10.3 million bit per second;v Number of streamer tape drives one, which

has a "maximum bit transfer rate" of 7.5 millionbit per second;

48 Customs Act /901

vi Number of drum or disk drives exceeding a "max-imum hit transfer rate" of 7.5 million bit persecond four;

vii Exchangeable disk -packs which contain magneticheads:a "Access rate" of an independent seek mecha-

nism 29 accesses per second;b "Net capacity" 640 million bit;

3 Input /output control unit bubble memorycombinations:i For point of sale devices used by cashiers:

Total connected "net capacity" 5.3 million bit;ii For "digital computers" and "related equipment"

other than those in i above:Total connected "net capacity" 2.1 million bit;

4 Input /output control unit magnetic tape drivecombinations:i "Total transfer rate" 5.2 million bit per second;ii Number of magnetic tape drives twelve;iii "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any magnetic

tape drive 2.6 million bit per second;iv "Maximum bit packing density" 63 bit per mm

(1,600 bit per inch) per track;v Maximum tape read /write speed 508 cm (200

inch) per second;5 Communication control unit "communication

channel" combinations:i "Total data signalling rate" of all "communica-

tion channels" terminating remote from the "com-puter using facility" 19,200 bit per second;

ii Maximum "data signalling rate" of any "com-munication channel" 9,600 bit per second;

iii Number of "communication channels" not dedi-cated full time to the given application four,provided that they:a Have telex interfaces for services conforming to

CCITT Recommendations F60 to 79;b Are connected to the public switched network;

ande Have a "data signalling rate" not exceeding 300

bit per second at the interface between the"digital computer" and the telex communica-tion control unit;

iv "Communication channels" terminating within the"computer using facility ", which utilize or areconnected to a common carrier communicationfacility or to an internal PABX other than thatidentified in iii above none;

6 Input /output or communication control unit di-rectly connected data channel combinations:i "Total transfer rate" 3.6 million bit per second;ii "Transfer rate of any data channel" 1.6 mil-

lion bit per second;iii Terminations of such combinations or of any

extensions thereto outside the "computer usingfacility" none;

7 Communication control unit "local area net-work" combinations:i "Total data signalling rate" on the common trans-

mission medium 10 million bit per second;ii Maximum "data signalling rate" of any "com-

munication channel" 1.6 million bit per second;iii Packet switching protocol levels those limits

specified in:a ISO /DIS7498, Data Processing Open System

Interconnection, Basic Reference Model, Feb-ruary 4, 1982, Layer 2;

b CCITT X.25, Volume VIII- Fascicle VIII.2, VIIthPlenary Assembly, 10 -21 November 1980, Level2, (pages 104 to 120); or

e Draft IEEE 802.2 -85, Logical Link Control,Draft D, November 1982;

is Inter- network gateways none;v Maximum number of "data devices" 48;vi Terminations of such combinations or any exten-

sions thereto outside the "computer using facility-none;


vii All "digital computers" connected to a "localarea network" will be considered to be a singlesystem sharing "main storage" (for purposes ofcomputing the Note 12 parameters);

NB: If the "total data signalling rate" on the com-mon transmission medium does not exceed 1.6 mil-lion bit per second, this sub - paragraph will not apply,

8 "Other peripheral devices ":i "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any "terminal

device" located remote from the "computer usingfacility"--9,600 bit per second:

ii Displays or graphic input devices:a Resolvable elements along any axis -512, and

shades of grey or colour -256; orb Resolvable elements along any axis -900, and

shades of grey or colour--64; orc Resolvable elements along any axis 1,024, and

shades of grey or colour---32:9 Other limits on equipment:

i "Signal processing" or "image enhancement"equipment:a "Equivalent multiply rate" 800,000 operations

per second;b Output -8 million image elements per second;

ii Equipment described in I. to 5 above (includinginterface equipment and terminating modems ofall "communication channels ") located outside the"computer operating area" none;

c 1 Applications for approval to export equipmentunder this Note must include:i A signed statement by a responsible representa-

tive of the end - user(s) or the importing agencydescribing the end -use and certifying that:a The "digital computers" or "related equip-

ment" will.1 Be used only for civil applications; and2 Not be reexported or otherwise disposed of

without permission from the Department ofDefence;

b Responsible Western representatives of the sup-plier will:1 Have the right of access to the "computer

using facility" and all equipment, whereverlocated, during normal working hours and atany other time the equipment is operating;and

2 Be furnished information demonstrating con-tinued authorized application of the equip-ment; and

e These Western representatives will be notifiedof any significant change of application or ofother facts, on which the licence was based;

H A full description of:a The equipment; andb Intended application and workload; and

in A complete identification of all end -users andtheir activities;

2 Reserved;3 When the parameters of the equipment do not

exceed:i "Total processing data rate -28 million bit per

second; andH "Total connected capacity" of "main storage"

9.8 million bit;Then there is no visitation requirement;

4 When the parameters of the equipment exceed eitherlimit in 3 above, but the following parameters arenot exceeded;i "Total processing data rate " -40 million bit per

second; andii "Total connected capacity" of "main storage"-

19.6 million bit;Then the supplier will:in Have a responsible Western representative visit

and inspect the "computer using facility" and allequipment, wherever located, at least quarterlyfor three years; and


iv Report periodically to the licensing authoritieswhether the "digital computers" and "relatedequipment" therefor are still being used for theapproved purposes at the authorized location; and

5 When the parameters of the equipment exceed eitherlimit in 4 above; Then the supplier will:i Have a responsible Western representative visit

and inspect the "computer using facility" and allequipment, wherever located, at least monthly fortwo years and thereafter quarterly for four years;and

ii Report periodically to the licensing authoritieswhether the "digital computers" and "relatedequipment" therefor are still being used for theapproved purposes at the authorized location.

NB: The visitation requirements of sub - paragraphs e 4and c 5 above will be waived for remote "terminaldevices" if they consist only of peripheral equipmentfreed from embargo by sub -item h 2 iv above.

13 Not used.14 A limited range of equipment covered by sub -item h for

use with "digital computers" or "related equipment"produced in proscribed areas, or the export of minimumtechnology, including the transfer of skills and datanecessary for fabrication, assembly and checkout ofequipment, but excluding design technology, which isnecessary to manufacture such equipment in those areas.

15 Reserved.16 Definitions of terms used in Item IL 1565:"access rate"

a Of an input /output control unit drum or diskdrive combination (R,,) Either the "access rate"of an input /output control unit (R,) or the sum ofthe individual "access rates" of all independent seekmechanisms (R ), whichever is smaller.Thus: R,, = min (R,,; SUM R );

b Of an input /output control unit (R)1 With rotational position sensing (rps), the sum of

the individual "access rates of all independentseek mechanisms (R ) connected to the controlunit.Thus R = SUM R (with rps); or

2 Without rotational position sensing (rps), the num-ber (C) of independent read /write channels con-nected to the control unit divided by the least'latency time' (t,,,;,) of any connected independentseek mechanism.

Thus: R = C

t,,,,, (without rps)e Of a seek mechanism (R )

The reciprocal of the 'average access time (t ) of theseek mechanism.

Thus: R = 1

ta,'average access time' of seek mechanism (t )

The sum of the 'average seek time' (t ) and thelatency time (t,).Thus: t =t +t,

'average seek time' (t)The sum of the 'maximum seek time' (t,,,,,) andtwice the 'minimum seek time' (t,,,;,), divided bythree.

Thus: t =3

'maximum seek time' (t,,,,,)1 For fixed head devices, it is zero; or2 For moving head or moving media devices, the rated

time to move between the two most widely separatetracks.'minimum seek time' (t,,,,,)1 For fixed head devices, it is zero; or2 For moving head or moving media devices, the rated

time to move from one track to an adjacent track.'latency time' (t,) _.

Customs Act 1901 49

The rotational period divided by twice the number ofindependent read /write heads per track.

"analogue computerEquipment which can, in the form of one or more con-tinuous variables:a Accept data;b Process data; ande Provide output of data.

"associated with equipment or systemsa Can feasibly be either:


b Is not essential to the operation of such equipment orsystems.

"communication channelThe transmission path or circuit including the terminatingtransmission and receiving equipment (modems) fortransferring digital information between distant locations.

"computer operating areaThe immediate contiguous and accessible area around theelectronic computer, where the normal operating, supportand service functions take place.

"computer using facilityThe end - user's contiguous and accessible facilities:a Housing the "computer operating area and those end -

user functions which are being supported by the statedapplication of the electronic computer and its "relatedequipment "; and

b Not extending beyond 1,500 metres in any directionfrom the centre of the "computer operating area ".

"cumulative total processing data rate"The sum of all "total processing data rates" in a giventransaction.

"data deviceEquipment capable of transmitting or receiving sequencesof digital information.

"data (message) switching"The technique, including but not limited to store -and-forward or packet switching, for:a Accepting data groups (including messages, packets, or

other digital or telegraphic information groups whichare transmitted as a composite whole);

b Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary:c Processing part or all of the data groups, as necessary,

for the purpose of:1 Control (routing, priority, formatting, code conver-

sion, error control, retransmission or journaling);2 Transmission; or3 Multiplexing; and

d Retransmitting (processed) data groups when transmis-sion or receiving facilities are available.

"data signalling rate"The rate as defined in ITU Recommendation 53 -36,taking into account that, for non - binary modulation, baudand bit per second are not equal. Binary digits for coding,checking, and synchronization functions are included.

NB: It is the maximum one -way rate, ie, the maximumrate in either transmission or reception.

"digital computer"Equipment which can, in the form of one or more dis-crete variables:a Accept data;b Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writa-

ble) storage devices;e Process data by means of a stored sequence of instruc-

tions which is modifiable; andd Provide output of data.NB: Modifications of a stored sequence of instructionsinclude replacement of fixed storage devices, but not aphysical change in wiring or interconnections.

"embedded" in equipment or systemsCan feasibly be neither:a Removed from such equipment or systems; norb Used for other purposes.

"equivalent multiply rate"The maximally achievable number of multiplication op-erations which can be performed per second considering

50 Customs Act 1901

that, in the case of simultaneous multiplication opera-tions, all multiplication rates have to be summed in orderto arrive at the "equivalent multiply rate ";a Assuming

1 Optimal operand locations in the "most immediatestorage "; and

2 Operand lengths of at least 16 bit, or more if thisallows for faster operation; and

b Neglecting1 Set -up operations;2 Pipeline filling operations;3 Initialization;4 Interrupts; and5 Data reordering times.

NB: Simultaneous multiplication operations can occurbecause of:

a Multiple arithmetic units for operations such as com-plex multiplication, convolution or recursive filtering;

b Parallel pipelining;c More than one arithmetic unit in one data processing

unit; ord More than one data processing unit in one system.

"fault tolerance"The capability to perform correctly without human inter-vention after failure of any 'assembly', so that there is nosingle point in the system the failure of which couldcause catastrophic failure of the system's functioning.

`assembly'A number of components (ie circuit elements, discretecomponents, microcircuits) connected together to per-form a specific function or functions, replaceable as anentity (and normally capable of being disassembled).

"firmware"See " microprogramme".

"gross capacity"-The product of:a The maximum number of binary digit (bit) positions

per unformatted track; andb The total number of tracks including spare tracks and

tracks not accessible to the user."hybrid computer"

Equipment which can:a Accept data;b Process data, in both analogue and digital representa-

tions; andc Provide output data.

"image digitizer"A device for directly converting an analogue representa-tion of an image into a digital representation.

"image enhancement"The processing of externally derived information - bearingimages by algorithms such as time compression, filtering,extraction, selection, correlation; convolution or transfor-mations between domains (eg Fast Fourier Transform orWalsh Transform). This does not include algorithms us-ing only linear or rotational transformation of a singleimage, such as translation, feature extraction, registrationor false colouration.

"incorporated" in equipment or systemsa Can feasibly be either:

i Removed from such equipment or systems; orii Used for other purposes: and

b Is essential to the operation of such equipment orsystems.

"local area network"A data communication system which:a Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data de-

vices" to communicate directly with each other; andb Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size (eg

office building, plant, campus, warehouse)."main storage"

The primary storage for data or instructions for rapidaccess by a central processing unit. It consists of theinternal storage of a "digital computer" and any hierar-chical extension thereto, such as cache storage or non -sequentially accessed extended storage.


"maximum bit packing density"The density of recording specified in accordance with the '+appropriate ANSI or ISO Standard (eg ANSI X3.14-1979, ISO 1862 -1975; ANSI X3.22 -1973, ISO 1873 -1976;ANSI X3.39 -1973, ISO 3788 -1976; ANSI X3.48 - 1977,ISO 3407 -1976; ANSI X3.56 -1977, ISO 4057 -1979; ANSIX3.54 - 1976).

"maximum bit transfer rate"a Of a drum or disk drive (Rdm..) is the product of:

1 The maximum number of binary digit (bit) positionsper unformatted track; and

2 The number of tracks which simultaneously can beread or written, divided by the rotational period;

b Of a magnetic tape drive (R,m ), is the product of:I The "maximum bit packing density;2 The number of data bits per character (ANSI) or

per row (ISO); and3 The maximum tape read /write speed.

"microprogramme"A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in aspecial storage, the execution of which is initiated by theintroduction of its reference instruction into an instruc-tion register.

"most immediate storage"The portion of the "main storage" most directly acces-sible by the central processing unit:a For single level "main storage ", this is the internal

storage; orb For hierarchical "main storage ", this is:

1 The cache storage;2 The instruction stack; or3 The data stack.

"multidata - stream processing"The "microprogramme" or equipment architecture tech-nique which permits processing two or more data se-quences under the control of one or more instructionsequences by means such as:a Parallel processing; orb Structured arrays of processing elements.

"net capacity"Of a drum, disk or cartridge type streamer tape drive, ora bubble memory:The total capacity designed to be accessible to the "digitalcomputer" excluding error control bits.

"non- volatile storage"A storage device the contents of which are not lost whenpower is removed.

"other peripheral device"A "data device" which is:a Peripheral to a central processing unit "main storage"

combination; andb Not an input /output control unit drum, disk or mag-

netic tape drive or bubble memory combinations."principal element"

A "digital computer" or "related equipment" which is:a Either "embedded" or "incorporated" in another

equipment or system; andb In replacement value more than 35 per cent of the

replacement value of the total equipment or system, ieincluding the "digital computer" or "related equipment ".

"programme"A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, orconvertible into, a form executable by an electroniccomputer.

"real time processing"Processing of data by an electronic computer in responseto an external event according to time requirements im-posed by the external event.

"related equipment"Equipment "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "asso-ciated" with electronic computers, as follows:a Equipment for interconnecting "analogue computers"

with "digital computers ";b Equipment for interconnecting "digital computers";e Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to "lo-

cal area networks" or to "wide area networks";


d Communication control units;e Other input /output (I /O) control units;f Recording, or reproducing equipment referred to Item

IL 1565 by Item IL 1572;g Displays; orh Other peripheral equipment.NB: "Related equipment" which contains an "embedded"

or "incorporated" electronic computer, but which lacks"user- accessible programmability ", does not thereby fallwithin the definition of an electronic computer.

"signal processing"The processing of externally derived information- bearing

signals by algorithms such as time compression, filter-ing, extraction, selection, correlation, convolution ortransformations between domains (eg Fast FourierTransform or Walsh Transform).

"software"A collection of one or more "programmes" or "micropro-

grammes" fixed in any tangible medium of expression."stored- programme controlled circuit switching"

The technique for establishing, on demand and untilreleased, a direct (space- division switching) or logical(time- division switching) connection between circuitsbased on switching control information derived fromany source or circuit and processed according to thestored "programme" by one or more electroniccomputers.

"terminal device"A "data device" which:a Does not include process control sensing and actuating

devices; andb Is capable of:

1 Accepting or producing a physical record;2 Accepting a manual input; or3 Producing a visual output.

NB: Normal groupings of such equipment (eg a combi-nation of paper tape punch /reader and printer), con-nected to a single data channel or "communicationchannel ", shall be considered as a single "terminal device ".

"total access rate"The sum of the individual "access rates" of all input/output control unit drum or disk drive combinations(R) provided with the system which can be sustainedsimultaneously assuming the configuration or equipmentwhich would maximize this "total access rate ".

Thus: (R ) =SUM R,d"total connected capacity

The storage capacity excluding error control bits, wordmarker bits, and flag bits.

"total data signalling rateThe sum of individual "data signalling rates" of all "com-munication channels" which:a Have been provided with the system; andb Can be sustained simultaneously assuming the configu-

ration of the equipment which would maximize thissum of rates.

"total internal storage available to the user"The sum of the individual capacities of all internal user -alterable or user- replaceable storage devices, which maybe:

a Included in the equipment at the same time; andb Used to store "software" instructions or data.

"total processing data rate"a Of a single central processing unit, is its 'processing

data rate';b Of multiple central processing units which do not share

direct access to a common "main storage ", is:The individual 'processing data rate' of each centralprocessing unit, ie, each unit is separately treated as asingle central processing unit as in a above; or

e Of multiple central processing units, which partially orfully share direct access to' a common "main storage"at any level, is the sum of:1 The highest of the individual 'processing data rates'

of all central processing units; and

Customs Act 1901 51

2 0.75 times the 'processing data rate' of each remain-ing central processing unit, sharing the same "mainstorage";

assuming the configuration of equipment, which wouldmaximize this sum of rates.

'processing data rate'The maximum of either:a the 'floating point processing data rate' (R1); orb The 'fixed point processing data rate' (R,).NB: The 'processing data rate' of a central processingunit implemented with two or more microprocessormicrocircuits, not including any dedicated microproces-sor microcircuit used solely for display, keyboard orinput /output control, is the sum of the individual'processing data rates' of all these microprocessormicrocircuits.

'floating point processing data rate' (R1)The sum of:1 0.85 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point

instruction' (n ,,) or 0.85 times the 'number of bits ina floating point instruction' (n,r), if no fixed pointinstructions are implemented;

2 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a floating pointinstruction' (n,1);

3 0.40 times the 'number of bits in a fixed pointoperand' (n ) or 0.40 times the 'number of bits in afloating point operand' (n01), if no fixed point in-structions are implemented; and

4 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a floating pointoperand' (nor);

divided by the sum of:1 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point

addition (t ) or for a floating point addition (t,r), ifno fixed point instructions are implemented;

2 0.09 times the 'execution time' for a floating pointaddition (t,1); and

3 0.06 times the 'execution time' for a floating pointmultiplication (t,,,1) or for the fastest available sub-routine (t,,,,5) to simulate a floating point multipli-cation instruction, if no floating point multiplicationinstructions are implemented.

Thus: R, =(0.85)n,, + (0.15)n;r + (0.40)n,,, + (0.15)n,1

(0.85)t,, + (0.09)t,1 + (0.06)t ,or if no fixed point instructions are implemented then:

(1.00)n,,r + (0.55)n,,Rr =

(0.94)t,1 + (0.06)t ror if no floating point multiplication instructions are imple-mented (tr = t n) then:Rr =

(0.85)n,, + (0.15)n,r + (0.40)n,, + (0.15)n,,

(0.85)t,, + (0.09)t,r + (0.06)t ,,,

NB: If a "digital computer has neither floating pointaddition nor floating point multiplication instructions,then its 'floating point processing data' rate is equal tozero.

'fixed point processing data rate' (R,)The sum of:1 0.85 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point

addition instruction' (n,,,);2 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point

multiplication instruction' (n, ,); and3 0.55 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point

operand' (n);divided by the sum of:1 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point

addition (t ,,); and2 0.15 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point

multiplication (t ,) or for the fastest available sub-routine (t,,,,5) to simulate a fixed point multiplica-tion instruction if no fixed point multiplicationinstructions are implemented.

52 Customs Act 190/

Thus: R, =(0.85)n,.,, + (0.15)n;, + (0.55)n,

(0.85)t,. + (0.15)t,,or if no fixed point multiplication instructions areimplemented (t = t h) then:R, =

(0.85)n,a, + (0.15)n;,, + (0.55)n,,,

(0.85)ta, + (0.15)t,, ,,NB: If a "digital computer has neither fixed pointaddition nor fixed point multiplication instructions, thenits 'fixed point processing data rate' is equal to zero.

'number of bits in a:Fixed point instruction' (n,a,)Fixed point multiplication instruction' (n; )Floating point addition instruction' (n,,,)Floating point multiplication instruction' (n,)

The appropriate shortest single fixed or floating pointinstruction length which permits full direct addressingof the "main storage ".NB: When multiple instructions are required to simu-

late an appropriate single instruction, the number of bitsin the above instructions is defined as 16 bit plus thenumber of bits (b, b,, b,,, b ,1) which permits fulldirect addressing of the "main storage ".

Thus:n,,, = 16 + b,,,;n,,, = 16 + b,,,,;n,c = 16 + b,,1;nß,1 = 16 +

'number of bits in a floating point operand' (n ,)a The shortest fixed point operand length; orb 16 bit;whichever is greater.

'number of bits in a floating point operand' (n01)a The shortest floating point operand length; orb 30 bit;whichever is greater.NB: If the addressing capability of an instruction is

expanded by using a base register, than the 'number ofbits in an instruction, fixed or floating point, additionor multiplication' is the number of bits in the instruc-tion with the standard address length including thenumber of bits necessary to use the base register.

'execution time'a The time certified or openly published by the man-

ufacturer for the execution of the fastest appropriateinstruction, under the following conditions:1 No indexing or indirect operations are included;2 The instruction is in the "most immediate storage;3 One operand is in the accumulator or in a locationof the "most immediate storage ", which is acting asthe accumulator;4 The second operand is in the "most immediatestorage"; and5 The result is left in the accumulator or the samelocation in the "most immediate storage ", which isacting as the accumulator;

b If only the maximum and minimum execution timesof the instructions are published, the sum of:1 The maximum execution time of an instruction

(t,,,); and2 Twice the minimum execution time of this instruc-

tion (t,,,);divided by three

Thus: t =t,,a,

3

(t stands for any of the values ta t,,, t, or t,,);c For central processing units which simultaneously

fetch more than one instruction from one storagelocation:The average of the 'execution times' when executinginstructions fetched from all possible locations withinthe stored word.

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo P 1, 6 January 1987

d If the longest fixed point operand length is smallerthan 16 bit, then use the time required for the fastestavailable subroutine to simulate a 16 bit fixed pointoperation.

NB: If the addressing capability of an instruction isexpanded by using a base register, then the 'executiontime' shall include the time for adding the content ofthe base register to the address part of the instruction.

"total transfer rate"a Of the input /output control unit drum, disk or car-

tridge -type streamer tape drive combinations (R,d, ,):The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all input/output control unit drum, disk or cartridge -typestreamer tape drive combinations (r,d) provided withthe system which can be sustained simultaneously as-suming the configuration of equipment which wouldmaximize this sum of rates.Thus: R,d,,,, =SUM R,d;

'transfer rate'1 Of an input /output control unit drum or disk drive

combination (R,d), the smaller of either:NB: For the 'transfer rate' of an input /output con-trol unit cartridge -type streamer tape drive combi-nation, see b below.i The input /output control unit 'transfer rate' (R,,);

orii The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all

independent seek mechanisms (R,a).Thus: R,d = min (R,,; SUM R,,);

2 Of an input /output control unit (R,,):i With rotational position sensing (rps), is the prod-

uct of:a The number of independent read /write channels

(C); andb The greatest "maximum bit transfer rate

(R,,,a ) of all independent seek mechanisms;or

ii Without rotational position sensing (rps), is two -thirds of this product.

Thus:R,,=C. R m (with rps); orR = 2 C. R,,,a,,,, (without rps);

33 Of an independent seek mechanism (R ):

The product of:i The "maximum bit transfer rate (R,ama,); andii The rotational period (t,):divided by the sum of:i The rotational period (t,);ii The 'minimum seek time' (t,m, ); andiii The 'latency time' (t,);

R,,, X t,Thus: R =

t, + [am;a + t,'minimum seek time' (tam;)

1 For fixed head devices, it is zero; or2 For moving head or moving media devices, the rated

time to move from one track to an adjacent track.'latency time' (t,)

The rotational period divided by twice the number ofindependent read /write heads per track.

b Of the input /output control unit magnetic tape drivecombinations (r,,,,):The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all input/output control unit magnetic tape drive combinations(R ) provided with the system which can be sustainedsimultaneously assuming the configuration of equip-ment which would maximize this sum of rates.Thus: R , , = SUM R ;'Transfer rate'Of an input/output control unit cartridge -typestreamer or magnetic tape drive combination (R ):The product of:1 The number of independent read /write channels (C);

and


2 The greatest "maximum bit transfer rate" (R ,a,ma )of all tape drives.

Thus: R = C. R ma ma,.c Of the input /output or communication control unit

directly connected data channel combinations:The sum of the individual "transfer rates of all datachannels" provided with the system which can be sus-tained simultaneously assuming the configuration ofequipment which would maximize this sum of rates.

"transfer rate of any data channel"The sum of the individual bit transfer rates of all the"other peripheral devices ", excluding "terminal devices ",which can be sustained simultaneously on the data channel.

"user- accessible microprogrammability"-The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replacemicroprogrammes".

"user accessible programmability"The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace"programmes" by means other than:a A physical change in wiring or interconnections; orb The setting of function controls including entry of

parameters."virtual storage"

The storage space that may be regarded as addressable"main storage" by the user of a computer system inwhich virtual addresses are mapped into real addresses.NB: The size of "virtual storage" is limited by the ad-dressing scheme of the computer system and not by theactual number of "main storage" locations.

"wide area network"A data communication system which:a Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data de-

vices" to communicate with each other;b May include "local area networks "; ande Is designed to interconnect geographically dispersed

facilities.17 Illustrative examples of how to calculate various

parameters:A. Conversion of Byte to bit in computing storage limits:

a I MByte = 1,024 K Byte = 1,048,576 Byte;b 1 KByte = 1,024 Byte;e 1 Byte: usually equals 8 bit or 9 bit.

B. Limits on "total connected capacity" of "main storage":The limits in the various Notes to item IL 1565 assumea 9 -bit Byte and an appropriate amount of cache storage(16, 32, 48 or 64 KBytes), as follows (although othercombinations within these limits would be permissible):

"TotalInternal Cache ConnectedStorage Storage Capacity"(MByte) (KByte) (million bit)

0.25 16 2.50.5 16 4.90.75 32 7.41.0 32 9.81.5 48 14.62.0 48 19.42.5 64 24.2

C. Fixed Point Processing Data Rate:Two examples of applying the Note 16 definition of"fixed point processing data rate" to a microprocessorfollow:

1 Z80 at 8MHz clock frequency:i Instruction length and cycles

nstr.Oper-ation

Instruc-tion(s)

Length(Bytes) Cycles

Add LHDHE,MEM 3 16DAD 1 11

Totals 4 27

Multiply Emu-lationroutine 747

Customs Act 1901 53

ii "Execution Times"Add 27 cycles divided by

8 MHz = 3,37 microsecondsMultiply '747 cycles divided by

8 MHz = 93.37 microseconds;iii 'Fixed point processing data rate' (R,)

R _0.85 (16 + 16) + 0.15 (16 + 16) + 0.55 (16)

0.85 (3.37) + 0.15 (93.37)= 2.42 million bit per second;Note: Direct addressing capability of the Z80 is 16bit, which means 65,536 addresses of storage.

iv 'Floating point processing data rate' (R,)R, = 0 million bits per second (no floating pointaddition nor multiplication instruction);

y "Total processing data rate" (PDR)"Total PDR" (Z80 at 8 MHz) = 2.42 million bitper second (max of R ; R1).

2 8088/8087 at 4.77 MHz clock frequencyi Instructions length and cycles

Instr.Instruc- Length

Operation tion(s) (bytes)Cycles(OPN + EA + BUS)

Fixed point:Add ADD 4 9 +5+ 4= 18

Multiply MUL 4 129 + 5 + 4 = 138Floating point:

Add FADD 4 100 + 5 + 16 = 121

Multiply FMUL 4 115 + 5 + 16 = 136ii Execution times

Fixed point:ADD 18 cycles divided by

4.77 MHz = 3.77microseconds

MUL 138 cycles divided by4.77 MHz = 28.93microseconds

Floating point:FADD 121 cycles divided by

4.77 MHz = 25.37microseconds

FMUL 136 cycles divided by4.77 MHz = 28.51microseconds

ííí 'Fixed point processing data rate' (R,)

Rn0.85(32) + 0.15(32) + 0.55(16)

0.85 (3.77) + 0.15 (28.93)= 5.41 million bit per second;

iv 'Floating point processing data rate' (R,)0 85(32) + 0.15(32) + 0.4(16) + 0.15(32)0.85(3.77) + 0.09(25.37) + 0,06(28.51)

= 6.01 million bit per second;v "Total processing data rate" (PDR)

"Total PDR" (8088/8087 at 4.77 MHz) = 6.01 mil-lion bit per second (max of R R1).

IL 1566

"Software" and technology therefor, as follows:

Note: The embargo status of "specially designed software"for the use of equipment described in other Items (exceptItem IL 1565) is dealt with in the appropriate Item, andthe embargo status of "software" for equipment describedin Item IL 1565 is dealt with in this Item.Technical notes:1 "Software" is defined as follows:"software"

A collection of one or more "programmes"grammes" fixed in any tangible medium of

"programme"A sequence of instructions to carry out aconvertible into, a form executable bycomputer.

or "micropro-expression.

process in, oran electronic

54 Customs Act 1901

microprogramme"A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in aspecial storage, the execution of which is initiated by theintroduction of its reference instruction into an instruc-tion register.

2 "Software" is categorised as follows (there is a closerelationship and possible overlap among these categories):

"development system"Software" to develop or produce "software ". This in-cludes "software" to manage those activities. Examplesof a "development system" are programming supportenvironments, software development environments, andprogrammer productivity aids,

"programming system"Software" to convert a convenient expression of one ormore processes ( "source code" or "source language ") intoequipment executable form ( "object code" or "objectlanguage ").

"diagnostic system""Software" to isolate or detect "software" or equipmentmalfunctions.

"maintenance system""Software" to:a Modify "software" or its associated documentation in

order to correct faults, or for other updating purposes;or

b Maintain equipment."operating system"

"Software" to control:a The operation of a "digital computer" or of "related

equipment"; orb The loading or execution of "programmes ".

"applications software""Software" not falling within any of the definitions ofthe other categories of "software ".

3 "Specially designed software" is defined as:The minimum "operating systems ", "diagnostic systems ","maintenance systems ", and "application software" nec-essary to be executed on a particular equipment to per-form the function for which it was designed. To makeother incompatible equipment perform the same functionrequires:a Modification of this "software ", orb Addition of "programmes ".

(This ends the Technical notes. For a complete list ofdefinitions of terms used in the Item, see Note 12 below;see also Item IL 1565 for additional definitions relating toelectronic computers.)

Listed as follows:a "Software" of whatever category, as follows:

1 "Software" designed or modified for any computerthat is part of a computer series designed and pro-duced within a proscribed area; except "applicationsoftware" designed for and limited to:i Accounting, general ledger, inventory control, pay-

roll, accounts receivable, personnel records, wagescalculation or invoice control:

ii Data and text manipulation such as sort /merge, textediting, data entry or word processing;

iii Data retrieval from established data files for pur-poses of report generation or inquiry for the func-tions described in i or ii above; or

is The non "real time processing" of pollution sensordata at fixed sites or in civil vehicles for civil envi-ronmental monitoring purposes;

2 "Software" designed or modified for the design, devel-opment or production of items embargoed in theseLists;

3 "Software" designed or modified for:i Embargoed "hybrid computers";ii One or more of the functions described in Items IL

1565 h l i a to m or for "digital computers" or"related equipment" designed or modified for suchfunctions, except the minimum "specially designedsoftware" in machine executable form for "digitalcomputers" and "related equipment" therefor which


are freed from embargo only by item IL 1565 h 21or ii, and only when supplied with the equipmentor systems;

4 "Software" for computer -aided design, manufacture,inspection or test of items embargoed in these Lists;

5 "Software" designed or modified to provide certifiablemulti -level security or certifiable user - isolation appli-cable to government classified material or to applica-tions requiring an equivalent level of security or"software" to certify such "software ";

b Categorized "software ", as follows:1 "Development systems" as follows:

i "Development systems" employing "high -level lan-guage" and designed for or containing "pro-grammes" or "databases" special to the developmentor production of:a "Specially designed software" embargoed by any

other Item in these Lists:b "Software" embargoed by sub -items a 2, a 3, b 5

V, or b 5 vi of this Item; including any subsetdesigned or modified for use as part of such a"development system";

ii "Development systems" employing "high -level lan-guage" and designed for or containing the "soft-ware" tools and "databases" for the development orproduction of "software" or any subset designed ormodified for use as part of a "development system"such as or equivalent to:a Ada Programming Support Enviroment (APSE);b Any subset of APSE, as follows:

1 Kernel APSE;2 Minimal APSE;3 Ada compilers specially designed as an inter -

grated subset of APSE; or4 Any other subset of APSE;

c Any superset of APSE ord Any derivative of APSE;

2 "Programming systems" as follows:i "Cross- hosted" compilers and "cross- hosted"

assemblers;ii Compilers or interpreters designed or modified for

use as part of a "development system" embargoedby sub -item b 1 above;

iii Disassemblers, decompilers or other "software" whichconvert "programmes" in object or assembly lan-guage into higher level language, except simple de-bugging "application software ", such as mapping,tracing, checkpoint /restart, breakpoint, dumping andthe display of the storage contents or their assemblylanguage equivalent;

3 "Diagnostic systems" or "maintenance systems" de-signed or modified for use as part of a "developmentsystem" embargoed by sub -item b 1 above;

4 "Operating systems" as follows:i "Operating systems" designed or modified for "digital

computers" or "related equipment" exceeding anyof the following limits:a Central processing unit "main storage"

combinations:1 "Total processing data rate -48 million bit per

second;2 "Total connected capacity" of "main stor-

age" -25.2 million bit;3 "Virtual Storage" capability-512 MByte (For

MByte, see Note: 17 of Item IL 1565)Note: In the case of "software" for mainframe"digital computers" which may have a "virtualstorage capability" exceding the limit of sub -item b 4 i a 3 and which may be considered forexport under the conditions of Item IL 1565(Notes 9 and 12), the limitation of the "virtualstorage capability" of 512 MByte does not apply.

b Input /output control unit . -drum, disk or car-tridge -type streamer tape drive combinations:1 "Total transfer rate I5 million bit per second;2 "Total access rate" -320 accesses per second;

Commonwealth of Australia Gazetteho. P 1, 6 January 1987

3 Total connected "net capacity" -7,000 millionbit;

4 "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any drum ordisk drive -10.3 million bit per second;

c Input /output control unit bubble memory com-binations: Total connected "net capacity -2.1million bit;

d input /output control unit magnetic tape drivecombinations:1 "Total transfer rate' -5,2 million bit per second;2 Number of magnetic tape drives twelve;3 "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any magnetic

tape drive-2.6 million bit per second;4 "maximum bit packing density -63 bit per

mm (1,600 bit per inch) per track;5 maximum tape read /write speed-- -508cm (200

inch) per second;Note: This sub -item does not embargo "operatingsystems" designed or modified for "digital com-puters" or "related equipment ":a Not exceeding the above limits even when the

"operating systems" can also be used on "digitalcomputers" or "related equipment" exceedingthe above limits; or

b Belonging to a series containing models exceed-ing the above limits, if the "operating systems"are used on "digital computers" or "relatedequipment" of the series which do not exceedthe above limits.

ii "Operating systems" providing on -line transactiondata processing which permit integrated tele -proc-essing and "on -line updating" of "databases".

5 "Application software" as follows:i "Software" for cryptologic or cryptanalytic

applications;it Artificial intelligence "software ", including "soft-

ware" normally classified as expert systems, whichenables a "digital computer" to perform functionsthat are normally associated with human perceptionand reasoning or learning;

iii "Database management systems" which are de-signed to handle "distributed databases" for:a Fault tolerance by using techniques such as main-

tenance of duplicated "databases"; orb Integrating data at a single site from independent

remote "databases ";iv "Software" designed to adapt "software" resident

on one "digital computer" for use on another "digi-tal computer ", except "software" to adapt betweentwo legally exported digital computers.

e Technology applicable to the development, productionor use (i.e. installation, operation and maintenance) of"software ", even if the "software" is unembargoed, except:1 Technical data in the public domain; or2 The minimum technical information necessary for the

use of "software" free from embargo.Note: for the purposes of this sub -item, technologydoes not include "software ".

Notes:I Minimum technical information for the use (ie installa-

tions, operation and maintenance) of "software" author-ised for export, when shipped together with or solely foruse with this 'software ".

2 Not used.3 ".Sofiss-are" initially exported to a proscribed destination

Prior to I January, 1984, provided that:a The "software" is identical to and in the same lan-

guage form (source or object) as initially exported,allowing minor updates for the correction of errorswhich do not modify the initially exported functions;b The accompanying

documentation does not exceed thelevel of the initial export;

e The ".software" is exported to the same proscribeddestination as the initial export.4 '-Application software" embargoed by sub -item a 1 above,but not otherwise

embargoed by this Item or any otherItem in these Lists, provided that:

Customs Act 1901 55

a The "application software" is designed for and lim-ited to the following:1 The approved end -use of legally exported equip-

ment or systems in conjunction with any computerthat is part of a computer series produced within aproscribed area and based on a design originatingin a member country; or

2 The monitoring and control of industrial processeslimited to the production of items not described inthese Lists; and

b No embargoed technology is provided.

5 "Software" not exceeding 5,000 statements in "sourcelanguage ", excluding data, provided that:a The "software" is neither designed nor modified for

use as a module of a larger "software" module orsystem which in total exceeds this limit;

b The "software" is not embargoed by sub -item b 5above; and

e It is considered that:1 The "software" will be used primarily for a specific

non strategic application for which the export wouldbe approved;

2 The type and characteristics of such "software" arereasonable for this application; and

3 The "software" will not be used for the design,development or production of items embargoed inthese Lists.

6 The provisions of this Item may allow the export of"software" which is either:a "Standard commercially available" "software ":

1 Designed for installation by the user without furthersupport by the supplier;

2 Designed for use on "digital computers" and "relatedequipment" therefor which do not exceed the per-formance limits in Item IL 1565 Note 9 b with thesubstitution in item IL 1565 Note 9 b 1 i of a "totalprocessing data rate" of 15 million bit per second;and

3 'Generally available to the public'; orb "Software" in the public domain,NB: For the purpose of this Note 'generally available to

the public' means:a Also available to retail selling points, other than

those specialised in selling electronic computers tothe general public in model series exceeding thelimits in Note 6 a 2 above; and

b Selling by means of over- the counter transactionsfrom stock.

7 Not used.

8 Normal commercial "software" for civil Air TrafficControl (A TC) systems approved for export, providedthat:a The "software" is commonly used by civil Air Traffic

Control authorities outside proscribed areas, but notprecluding the personalisation of certain parametersfor civil Air Traffic Control authorities whereverlocated;

b The "software" is not designed or modified for any"digital computer" which is part of a "digital com-puter" series designed and produced within a pros-cribed area;

e The "software" is the minimum necessary to accom-plish the normal civil Air Traffic Control functionsoutside proscribed areas;

d The "software" will not contain or be capable ofaccomplishing any of the following functions:1 Electronic Counter Counter Measures (ECC'M);2 Weapon display, allocation or operation;3 Intercept guiding capability; or4 Interfacing with altitude determining radars, except

secondary .search radars;e The "software is further limited by the amount of

"'source code ", which is to be the minimum necessaryfor the use (ie installation, operation and mainte-nance) of the "software ";

56 Customs Act 1901

f In addition to the above limitations, the only othersystem "software" allowed is the minimum "pro-gramming system" for the maintenance of the"software";

g The information to accompany each application mustinclude a signed statement of the end -user or import-ing agency, a full description of the "software" andits characteristics vis -a -vis the sub paragraphs above,its intended application and workload and a completeidentification of all end -users and their activities; and

h It is considered that:1 The "software" will not be used to provide or

process data associated with military control centresor military radars, or otherwise be associated withsuch radars or centres; and

2 The type and characteristics of the "software- arereasonable for the specific civil Air Traffic Controlapplications.

9 "Operating systems" embargoed only by sub -item b 4 iiabove when supplied with "digital computers" and "re-lated equipment" exported under the provisions of ItemIL 1565, Notes 9 and 12, provided that these "operatingsystems" are:a For use with a "digital computer" exported under

the provisions of Item IL 1565;b In machine executable version;e Limited to the minimum "standard commercially

available" "software"; andd Not designed or modified for "database management

systems" embargoed by sub -item b 5 iii above.10 "software" embargoed by sub -item a 3 ii above for

"digital computers" and "related equipment" exportedunder the provisions of item IL 1529, Note 5 or ItemIL 1565, Notes 5 and 9 provided that:a The "software" is limited to:

1 The minimum necessary for the approvedapplication;

2 Machine - executable form; and3 `Specially designed software" for:

i Equipment approved for export under the italicnotes solely applicable to Item IL 1529, Note 5;

ii Equipment approved for export under Item IL1565, Note 5, for one or more of the functionsdescribed in Item IL 1565 h I i a, b or d; or

iii Equipment approved for export under Item IL1565, Note 9, for one or more of the functionsdescribed in Item IL 1565 h I i a, b or c;

b The "specially designed software" for "signal proc-essing" and "image enhancement" does not providefor more than one of the following:1 Time compression; or2 Transformations between domains leg Fast Fourier

Transform or Walsh Transform).11 Favourable consideration will be given to applications

for the export of "software" embargoed by sub -item a 3ii above for "digital computers" and "related equipment"exported under the provisions of Item IL 1565, Note 12,provided that the "software" is limited to:a "Software" for one or more of the functions described

in Item IL 1565 h I i a, b or c;b The minimum necessary for the approved application;

andc Machine - executable form.

12 Definitions of terms used in this Item:"analogue computer"

Equipment which can, in the form of one or more con-tinuous variables:

a Accept data;b Process data; ande Provide output of data.

"application software""Software" not falling within any of the definitions ofthe other categories of "software"

"cross- hostedFor "programming systems ", those which produce "pro-grammes" for a model of electronic computer different


from that used to run the "programming system ", ie theyhave code generators for equipment different from thehost computer.

"database"A collection of data, defined for one or more particularapplications, which is physically located and maintainedin one or more electronic computers or "relatedequipments ".

"database management system""Application software" to manage and maintain a "da-tabase" in one or more prescribed logical structures foruse by other "application software" independent of thespecific methods used to store or retrieve the "database ".

"development system""Software" to develop or produce "software ". This in-cludes "software" to manage those activities. Examplesof a "development system" are programming supportenvironments, software development environments, andprogrammer productivity aids.

"diagnostic system"--"Software" to isolate or detect "software" or equipmentmalfunctions.

"digital computer"-Equipment which can, in the form of one or more dis-crete variables:a Accept data;b Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writ-

able) storage devices;c Process data by means of a stored sequence of instruc-

tions which is modifiable; andd Provide output data.NB: Modifications of a stored sequence of instructionsinclude replacement of fixed storage devices, but not aphysical change in wiring or interconnections.

"distributable database"A "database" which is physically located and maintainedin part or as a whole in two or more interconnectedelectronic computers or "related equipment ", such thatinquiries from one location can involve "database" accessin other interconnected electronic computers or "relatedequipment ".

"firmware"-See "microprogramme ".

"high -level language"-A programming language that does not reflect the struc-ture of any one given electronic computer or that of anyone given class of electronic computers.

"hybrid computer"Equipment which can:a Accept data;b Process data, in both analogue and digital representa-

tions; ande Provide output of data.

"maintenance system"-"Software" to:a Modify "software" or its associated documentation in

order to correct faults, or for other updating purposes;or

b Maintain equipment."microprogramme"

A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in aspecial storage, the execution of which is initiated by theintroduction of its reference instruction into an instruc-tion register.

"object code" or "object language"-See "programming system ".

"on -line updating"--Processing in which the contents of a "database" can beamended within a period of time useful to interact withan external request.

"operating system""Software" to control:

a The operation of a "digital computer" or of "relatedequipment "; or

b The loading or execution of "programmes ".

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo. PI, 6 January 1987

"programme"-A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, orconvertible into, a form executable by an electroniccomputer.

"programming system""Software" to convert a convenient expression of one ormore processes ( "source code" or "source language ") intoequipment - executable form ( "object code" or "objectlanguage ").

"related equipment"Equipment "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "asso-ciated" with electronic computers, as follows:a Equipment for interconnecting "analogue computers"

with "digital computers ";b Equipment for interconnecting "digital computers";c Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to "lo-

cal area networks" or "wide area networks ";d Communication control units;e Other input /output (I /O) control units;f Recording or reproducing equipment referred to Item

IL 1565 by Item IL 1572;g Displays; orh Other peripheral equipment.NB: "Related equipment" which contains an "embedded"or "incorporated" electronic computer, but which lacks"user- accessible programmability ", does not thereby fallwithin the definition of an electronic computer.

"self- hostedFor "programming systems ", those which produce "pro-grammes" for the same model of electronic computer asthat used to run the "programming system ", ie they onlyhave code generators for the host computer.

"software"A collection of one or more "programmes" or "micropro-grammes" fixed in any tangible medium of expression.

"source code" or "source language"See "programming system ".

"specially designed" softwareThe minimum "operating systems ", "diagnostic systems ","maintenance systems" and "application software" nec-essary to be executed on a particular equipment to per-form the function for which it was designed. To makeother incompatible equipment perform the same functionrequires:a Modification of this "software "; orb Addition of "programmes ".

"standard commercially availableFor "software ", that which is:a Commonly supplied to general purchasers or users of

equipment outside proscribed areas, but not precludingthe personalisation of certain parameters for individualcustomers wherever located;

b Designed and produced for civil applications;c Not designed or modified for any "digital computer"

which is part of a "digital computer" series designedand produced within a proscribed area; and

d Supplied in a commonly distributed form.

IL 1567

Stored - programme- controlled communication switchingequipment or systems and technology therefor, as follows;and specially designed components therefor and "speciallydesigned software" for this equipment or systems:Technical notes:1 Stored - programme- controlled communication switching

equipment or systems are categorised as follows:a Communication equipment or systems for "data (mes-

sage) switching ":"data (message) switching"

The technique, including but not limited to store -and- forward or packet switching, for:a Accepting data groups (including messages, pack-

ets, or other digital or telegraphic informationgroups which are transmitted as a compositewhole);

Customs Act 1901 57

b Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary;c Processing part or all of the data groups, as nec-

essary, for the purpose of:I Control (routing, priority, formatting, code

conversion, error control, retransmission orjournaling);

2 Transmission; or3 Multiplexing; and

d Retransmitting (processed) data groups whentransmission or receiving facilities are available.

"local area network"-A data communication system which:a Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data

devices" to communicate directly with each other;and

b Is confined to a geographical area of moderatesize (eg office building, plant, campus, warehouse).

"wide area network"A data communication system which:a Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data

devices" to communicate with each other;b May include "local area networks "; andc Is designed to interconnect geographically dis-

persed facilities.b Communication equipment or systems for "stored -pro-

gramme- controlled circuit switching ":"stored- programme - controlled circuit switching"

The technique for establishing, on demand and untilreleased, a direct (space- division switching) or logi-cal (time- division switching) connection betweencircuits based on switching control information de-rived from any source or circuit and processed ac-cording to the stored "programmes" by one or moreelectronic computers.

2 Electronic computers "embedded" in stored- programme-controlled communication switching equipment or sys-tems are to be regarded as specially designed componentstherefor.

3 This Item includes statistical multiplexers, with digitalinput and digital output, referred to this Item by ItemIL 1519 c, if they satisfy the definitions of either "data(message) switching" or "stored- programme - controlledcircuit switching ".NB: See Item IL 1519 c for statistical multiplexers whichprovide only fixed routing, ie routing which is neither:a Determined when the circuit is established; norb Dynamically alterable.

(This ends the Technical notes. For a complete list ofdefinitions of terms used in this Item, see Note 8 below; seealso Item IL 1565 for additional definitions relating toelectronic computers and Item IL 1566 for additional defi-nitions relating to "software ")

Listed as followsa Communication equipment or systems for "data (mes-

sage) switching ", including those for "local area net-works" or for "wide area networks";

b Communication equipment or systems for "stored -pro-gramme- controlled circuit switching'; except:1 Key telephone systems, provided that:

i They do not provide direct dial access to a groupof shared exchange lines or "trunk lines";

ii They are not designed to be upgraded to "privateautomatic branch exchanges (PABXs) ";

iii The "software" supplied:a Is limited to:

I The minimum "specially designed software"necessary for the use (ie installation, operationand maintenance) of the equipment or systems;and

2 Machine - executable form; andb Does not include "software ":

I Embargoed by Items IL 1527, 1566 a 5; or2 To permit user - modification or generic "soft-

ware" or its associated documentation; andiv If the equipment or systems are not designed for

installation by the user without support from the

58 Customs Act 1901

supplier, then the "software" necessary for commis-sioning is:a Exported on a temporary basis only; andb Kept under the control of the supplier;

2 "Stored- programme- controlled telegraph circuitswitching" equipment or systems, provided that:i They are designed for civil end -use; andii They provide only the services as defined in CCITT

recommendations F.60 to 79 (Volume II Fascicle11.4, ViI Plenary Assembly, 10 -12 November 1980),ie the telegraph service whereby subscribers, as de-fined in CCITT Recommendation X.1 classes I and2, can communicate directly and temporarily be-tween themselves using start -stop telegraph equip-ment operating:a At 300 baud or less; andb With the international telegraph alphabets No. 2

or 5;iii The "software" supplied:

a Is limited to:I The minimum "specially designed software"

necessary for the use (ie installation, operationand maintenance) of the equipment or systems;and

2 Machine- executable form; andb Does not include "software ":

1 Embargoed by Items IL 1527, 1566 a 5; or2 To permit user modification of generic "soft-

ware" or its associated documentation; andiv If the equipment or systems are not designed for

installation by the user without support from thesupplier, then the "software" necessary for commis-sioning is:a Exported on a temporary basis only; andb Kept under the control of the supplier; or

3 "Stored- programme - controlled telephone circuitswitching" equipment or systems, provided that:i The equipment or systems are designed for fixed

civil use as "space- division analogue exchanges" or"time- division analogue exchanges" which fulfil thedefinition of "private automatic branch exchanges"( "PABXs ");

ii The equipment or systems do not contain "digitalcomputers" or "related equipment" embargoed by:a Item IL 1565 f;b item IL 1565h1í atokorm;orc Item IL 1565 h 1 ii;

iii "Communication channels" or "terminal devices"used for administrative and control purposes;a Are fully dedicated to these purposes; andb Do not exceed a "total data signalling rate" of

9,600 bit per second;iv Voice channels are limited to 3,000 Hz as defined

in CCITT Recommendation G.151;v The PABXs do not have "trunk circuit" - to -sub-

scriber line ratios which exceed:a 5 per cent for "PABXs" with less than 100

subscriber lines; orb 20 per cent for "PABXs" with 100 or more

subscriber lines;vi The PABXs do not have the following features:

a Multi -level call pre emption, including overridingor seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk cir-cuits" or switches; or

b "Common channel signalling";vii The "software" supplied:

a Is limited to:1 The minimum "specially designed software"

necessary for the use (ie installation, operationand maintenance) of the equipment or sys-tems; and

2 Machine - executable form; andb Does not include "software ":

1 Embargoed by Items IL 1527, 1566 a 5; or

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo P 1, 6 January 1987

2 To permit user modification of generic "soft-ware" or its associated documentation; and

viii If the equipment or systems are not designed forinstallation by the user without support from thesupplier, then the "software" necessary for com-missioning is:a Exported on a temporary basis only; andb Kept under the control of the supplier; and

e Technology applicable to the development, productionor use (ie installation, operation and maintenance) ofstored programme- controlled communication switchingequipment or systems, even if these equipment or systemsare not embargoed by this item, exceptThe minimum technical information necessary for theuse of stored - programme- controlled communicationsswitching equipment or systems which are free fromembargo.

Notes:1 Minimum technical information for the use (ie instal-

lation, operation and maintenance) of .stored -pro-gramme- controlled communication .switching equipmentor systems authorised for export, when shipped togetherwith or solely for use with these stored- programme-controlled communication switching equipment orsystems.

2 Spare parts for exported stored-programme-controlledcommunication switching equipment or systems, pro-vided that:a The parts are:

1 Specially designed components embargoed by thisItem; or

2 Equipment or components embargoed by other Itemsof these Lists;

b The parts:1 Are destined for embargoed equipment previously

authorised for export under an italic note to thisItem or for equipment free from embargo;

2 Are shipped in the minimum quantities necessaryfor the types and quantities of exported equipmentbeing serviced; and

3 Do not upgrade the performance of the exportedequipment beyond the level:i Specified in the relevant italic note for this Item;

orii Specified as free from embargo;

c If the parts are 'advanced technology parts' and noteligible for export under an italic note to anotherItem on these Lists, the western supplier's serviceorganisation must:1 Guarantee that parts will be replaced on a one-for-

one exchange basis;2 Take measures to obtain custody of the defective

parts; and3 If custody is not obtained, certify that. the defective

parts are destroyed;Technical note: For the purpose of this sub -para-graph, 'advanced technology parts' are either:a Parts embargoed by item IL 1564 II c 2;b Microprocessor, microcomputer, memory, pro-

grammed logic array or arithmetic logic unit mi-crocircuits embargoed by Item IL 1564 iI d;

c Magnetic tape heads, magnetic disk heads, mag-netic drum heads, or non - exchangeable magneticdisk or drum recording media, embargoed by ItemII 1572; or

d Acoustic wave devices embargoed by Item II 1586,other than those exportable pursuant to the italic,Note to Item IL 1586.

3 "Data (message) switching" equipment or systems em-bargoed by sub -item a, provided that:a The equipment or systems are designed to meet the

requirements of either:1 CCITT Recommendations F. 1 to 79 for store -and-

forward systems (Volume II Fascicle 11.4, VIlthPlenary Assembly, 10 -21 November 1980); or

1,

6 Januarylia Gazette

1987

2 ICAO Recommendations for store-and-forward civilaviation communication networks (Annex 10 to theConvention on International Civil Aviation, includ-ing all amendments agreed up to and including 14December 1981);

b The equipment or systems:I Are designed and used for fixed civil "data (mes-

sage) switching" applications;2 Will be used primarily for the specified civil appli-

cation; and3 Will be operated in the importing country by:

i The Post, Telegraph and Telephone Authority inorder to provide public "data (message) switch-ing" services for:a Domestic civil use; orb International civil use with Western countries;

ii A civil authority, which is a member of an inter-governmental organization including Westerncountries (e.g. ITU or ICAO), in order to providean extension of international "data /message)switching" services in the importing country tofulfil a commitment to the intergovernmental or-ganization; or

iii A civil public service organization, in order toprovide "data (message) switching" services in adensely populated, commercial area for:a Private domestic civil use; orb Private international civil use with Western

countries;e The number, type and characteristics of such equip

nient or systems are normal for the approvalapplications;

d Such equipment or systems will be limited as follows:1 Suitable combinations of circuits which do not

exceed:i 250 circuits with "data signalling rates" not ex-

ceeding 150 bit per second;íí 60 circuits with "data signalling rates" of more

than 150 but not exceeding 1,000 bit per second;or

iii 16 circuits with "data signalling rates" of morethan 1,000 but not exceeding 4,800 bit per second;

2 The maximum "data signalling rate" of any circuitdoes not exceed 4,800 bit per second;

3 The sum of the individual "data signalling rates"of all circuits does not exceed 27,500 bit per second;

4 The sum of the individual "data signalling rates"of all circuits with a "data signalling rate" of morethan 1,200 bit per second does not exceed 19,200bit per second;

e The equipment or systems do not contain "digitalcomputers" or "related equipment" embargoed by:1 Item IL 1565 f;2 Item IL 1565h1iatoj,or1orm;or3 Item IL 1565 h 1 ii;

f The "software" supplied:1 is limited to:

i The minimum "specially designed software" nec-essary for the use (i.e. installation, operation andmaintenance) of the equipment or systems; and

íi Machine - executable form; and2 Does not include "software ":

i Embargoed by Items IL 1527, 1566 a 5; orii To permit user - modification of generic "soft-

ware" or its associated documentation;g If the equipment or systems are not designed for

installation by the user without support from thesupplier, then the "software" necessary for commis-sioning is:1 Exported on a temporary basis only; and2 Kept under the control of the supplier;

h Not used;i Not used;j A statement is provided identifying the following:

i The equipment or systems to be provided; andit The intended application and traffic load; and

Customs Act 1901 59

iii A complete identification of all end -users and theiractivities.

4 "Stored- programme - controlled telephone circuit switch-ing" equipment or systems embargoed by sub -item b,provided that:a The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil

use as "space- division digital exchanges" or "time-division digital exchanges" which fulfil the definitionof "private automatic branch exchanges" ( "PABXs ");

b The equipment or systems:1 Are designed and used for fixed civil ".stored -pro-

gramme- controlled telephone circuit switching" ap-plications; and

2 Will be operated in the importing country by a civilend -user who has furnished to the supplier a signedstatement, certifying that the equipment or systemswill be used for the specified end -use at a specifiedlocation only;

e The number, type and characteristics of such equip-ment or systems are normal for the approvedapplication;

d The equipment or systems do not contain "digitalcomputers" or "related equipment" embargoed by:l Item IL 1565 f;2 item IL 1565 h l i a to k or m; or3 Item IL 1565 h 1 ii;

e The "PABX's" do not have the following features:1 Multi -level call pre - emption, including overriding

or seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk circuits"or switches;

2 "Common channel signalling ";3 Automatic tandem "trunk circuit" switching, in-

cluding adaptive routing, or algorithms that wouldpermit a search for "trunk circuit" connection pathswithin a network;

4 Interconnection to multi -RF channel radio equip-ment which allows the "PABX" to operate in amobile telephone system;

5 Digital "trunk circuit" or subscriber line interfaces;6 Digital synchronization circuitry for networking two

or more exchanges;7 Those which permit the implementation of switch-

ing functions at remote equipments; or8 Centralized maintenance, including the transmis-

sion or reception of instructions for the purpose of.'i Controlling traffic;íi Directionalizing paths;iii Altering routing tables;iv Connecting or disconnecting subscriber circuits

or "trunk circuits "; orv Managing the switch or network; except;The routing of simple alarms announcing equip-ment malfunctions;

f "Communication channels" or "terminal devices" usedfor administrative and control purposes:1 Are fully dedicated to these purposes; and2 Do not exceed a "total data signalling rate" of

9,600 bit per second;Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz as defined inCCITT Recommendation G.I51;The "PABXs" do not have "trunk circuit"-to- subscri-ber line ratios which exceed:1 35 per cent for "PABXs" with less than 100 sub-

scriber lines: or2 20 per cent for "PABXs" with 100 or more sub-

scriber lines;i Not used.j The "software" supplied:

1 Is limited to:i The minimum "specially designed software" nec-

essary for the use lie installation, operation andmaintenance) of the equipment or systems; and

ii Machine - executable form; and2 Does not include "software ":

i Embargoed by Items IL 1527, 1566 a 5; or

g

h

60 Customs Act 1901

ii To permit user - modification of generic "soft-ware" or its associated documentation;

k If the equipment or systems are not designed forinstallation by the user without support from thesupplier, then the "software" necessary for commis-sioning is:1 Exported on a temporary basis only; and2 Kept under the control of the supplier;

I Not used.m A statement is provided identifying the following:

i The equipment or system to be provided; andii The intended application and traffic load; andiii A complete identification of all end -users and their

activities.

5 "Stored- programme controlled circuit switching" equip-ment or systems, embargoed by sub -item b, providedthat:a The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil

use of "stored- programme - controlled telegraph circuitswitching" for data;

b The equipment or systems:1 Are designed and used for fixed civil "stored -pro-

gramme- controlled telegraph circuit switching" ap-plications; and


e The number, type and characteristics of such equip-ment or systems are normal for the approvedapplication;

d The equipment or systems do not contain "digitalcomputers" or "related equipment" embargoed by:1 Item IL 1565 f;2 Item IL 1565 hliatokorm; or3 Item IL 1565 h I ii;

e The equipment or systems do not have the followingfeatures:1 Multi -level call pre emption including overriding or

seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk circuits" orswitches; or

2 "Common channel signalling ";f The maximum internal bit rate per channel does not

exceed 9,600 bit per second;g The telegraph circuits, which may be telephone cir-

cuits, may carry any type of telegraph or telex signalcompatible with a voice channel bandwidth of 3,100 Hzas defined in CCITT Recommendation G.151;

h The "software" supplied:1 Is limited to:

i The minimum "specially designed software" nec-essary for the use (ie installation, operation andmaintenance) of the equipment or systems; and

ii Machine executable form; and2 Does not include "software ":

i Embargoed by hems IL 1527, 1566 a 5; orii To permit user modification of generic "soft-

ware" or its associated documentation;i Not used.j If the equipment or systems are not designed for

installation by the user without support from thesupplier, then the "software" necessary for commis-sioning is:1 Exported on a temporary basis only; and2 Kept under the control of the supplier;

k Not used.I A statement is provided identifying the following:

i The equipment or system to be provided; andii The intended application and traffic load; andiii A complete identification of all end -users and their

activities.

6 "Stored- programme - controlled circuit switching" equip-ment or systems, embargoed by sub -item b, providedthat:


NB: This Note will enter into force on 15 September1988.a The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil

use as "stored- programme - controlled telephone cir-cuit switching'" exchanges which fulfil the definitionsof either a "terminal exchange" or "transit exchange ";

b The equipment or systems:1 Were in service in public networks before 1 January

1984; and2 Have received approval as such through the De-

partment of Trade and industry before 15 April1986;

c The equipment or systems:1 Are designed and used for fixed civil "stored -pro-



d The number, type and characteristics of such equip-ment or systems are normal for the approvedapplication;

e The equipment or systems cannot be adapted to mo-bile use or security use, as described in Item IL 1565f 1 to4,g,orhliiaandb;

f The equipment or systems do not exceed any of thefollowing limits:1 A termination capacity of either:

i 50,000 subscriber lines; orii 13,000 "trunk circuits ";

2 Designed or modified for a maximum capacity of225,000 busy hour call attempts; or

3 Designed or modified for switched traffic limited to5,000 erlang;

g The equipment or systems do not have the followingfeatures:1 Multi -level call pre emption including overriding or

seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk circuits" orswitches;

2 "Common channel signalling ";3 Adaptive routing, or algorithms which would per-

mit a search for "trunk circuit" connection pathswithin a network;

4 Interconnection to multi -RF channel radio equip-ment which allows the exchange to operate in amobile telephone system;

5 Digital subscriber line interfaces;6 Digital synchronization circuitry for networking two

or more exchanges; or7 Centralized maintenance, including the transmis-

sion or reception of instructions for the purposesofi Controlling traffic;ii Directionalizing paths;iii Altering routing tables;iv Connecting or disconnecting subscriber circuits

or "trunk circuits "; orv Managing the switch or network;except:The routing of simple alarms announcing equip-ment malfunctions;

h "Communication channels" or "terminal devices" usedfor administrative and control purposes:1 Are fully dedicated to these purposes; and2 Do not exceed a "total data signalling rate" of

9,600 bit per second;i Not used.j Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz as defined in

CCITT Recommendation G.151;k The "software" supplied;

1 Is limited to:i The minimum "specially designed software" nec-

essary for the use (ie installation, operation andmaintenance) of the equipment or systems; and

H Machine- executable form; and

Commonwealthal th of Australia

Gazette

NO. Pi 1987

2 Does not include "software ";í Embargoed by (tents IL 1527, 1566 a 5; orii To permit user- modification of generic 'soft-

ware" or its associated documentation;I If the equipment or systems are not designed for

installation by the user without support from thesupplier, then the "software" necessary for commis-sioning is:1 Exported on a temporary basis only; and2 Kept under the control of the supplier; and

m A statement is provided identifying the following:i The equipment or system to be provided;ii The intended application and traffic load; andüí A complete identification of all end -users and their

activities;

7 "Stored- programme controlled circuit switching" equip-ment or systems, embargoed by sub -item b, providedthat:NB: This Note will enter into force on 15 September1988.a The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil

use as "stored- programme controlled telephone cir-cuit switching" exchanges which fulfil the definitionsof either "terminal exchange" or "transit exchange ";

b The equipment or systems:1 Are designed and used for fixed civil "stored -pro-


2 Will be operated in the importing country by a civilend -user who has furnished to the supplier a signedstatement, certifying that the equipment or systemswill he used for the specified end -use at a specifiedlocation only;

c The number, type and characteristics of such equip-ment or systems are normal for the approvedapplication,

d The equipment or systems cannot be adapted to mo-bile use or security use, as described in Item IL 1565F I to 4,gorhlüa and b;

e The equipment or systems do not have the followingfeatures:1 Multi -level call pre emption including overriding or

seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk circuits" orswitches; or

2 "Common channel signalling ";3 Adaptive routing, or algorithms which would per-

mit a search for "trunk circuit" connection pathswithin a network;

4 interconnection to multi -RF channel radio equip-ment which allows the exchange to operate in amobile telephone system;

5 Digital subscriber line interfaces;6 Digital synchronization circuitry for networking two

or more exchanges; or7 Centralized maintenance, including the transmis-

sion or reception of instructions for purposes ofi Controlling traffic;ü Directionalizing paths;iii Altering routing tables;iv Connecting or disconnecting subscriber circuits

or "trunk circuits "; ory Managing the switch or network;except:The routing of simple alarms announcing equip-ment malfunctions;

f "Communication channels" or "terminal devices" usedfor administrative and control purposes:1 Are fully dedicated to these purposes; and2 Do not exceed a "total data signalling rate" of

9,600 bit per second;g Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz as defined in

CCITT Recommendation G.151;h The "Software" supplied:

1 Is limited to:

Customs Act 1901 61

í The minimum "specially designed software" nec-essary for the use (ie installation, operation andmaintenance) of the equipment or systems; and

ii Machine - executable form;2 Does not include "software ":

i Embargoed by Items IL 1527, 1566 a 5; orii To permit user modification of generic "soft-

ware" or its associated documentation;i Not used.

If the equipment of systems are not designed forinstallation by the user without support from thesupplier, then the "software" necessary for commis-sioning is:1 Exported on a temporary basis only; and2 Kept under the control of the supplier;

k Not used.1 A statement is provided identifying the following:

i The equipment or system to be provided;iì The intended application and traffic load; andiii A complete identification of all end -users and their

activities.

8 Definitions of terms used in Item IL 1567"common channel signalling

A signalling method in which a single channel betweenexchanges conveys, by means of labelled messages, sig-nalling information relating as that used for networkmanagement.

"communication channel"The transmission path or circuit including the terminat-ing transmission and receiving equipment (modems) fortransferring digital information between distant locations.

"data device"Equipment capable of transmitting or receiving se-quences of digital information.

"data (message) switching"The technique, including but not limited to store -and-forward or packet switching for:a Accepting data groups (including messages, packets,

or other digital or telegraphic information groups whichare transmitted as a composite whole);

b Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary;c Processing part or all of the data groups, as necessary,

for the purpose of:1 Control (routing, priority, formatting, code conver-

sion, error control, retransmission or journaling);2 Transmission; or3 Multiplexing; and

d Retransmitting (processed) data groups when trans-mission or receiving facilities are available.

"data signalling rate"-The rate as defined in ITU Recommendation 53 -36,taking into account that, for non - binary modulation,baud and bit per second are not equal. Binary digits forcoding, checking, and synchronization functions areincluded.N.B: it is the maximum one -way rate, ie, the maximumrate in either transmission or reception.

"digital computer"Equipment which can, in the form of one or morediscrete variables:a Accept data;b Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writ-

able) storage devices;e Process data by means of a stored sequence of instruc-

tions which is modifiable; andd Provide output of data.NB: Modifications of a stored sequence of instructionsinclude replacement of fixed storage devices, but not aphysical change in wiring or interconnections.

"embedded" in equipment or systems-Can feasibly be neither:a Removed from such equipment or systems; norb Used for other purposes.

"local area network"A data communication system which:

62 Customs Act 1901

a Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data de-vices" to communicate directly with each other; and

b Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size(eg office building, plant, campus, warehouse).

"private automatic branch exchange" ( "PABX ")An automatic telephone exchange, typically incorporat-ing a position for an attendant, designed to provideaccess to the public network and serving extensions inan institution such as a business, government, public -service or similar organization.

"programme"A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, orconvertible into, a form executable by an electroniccomputer.

"software"A collection of one or more "programmes" or "micro -programmes" fixed in any tangible medium of expression.

"space- division analogue exchange"A "space- division exchange ", using an analogue (includ-ing sampled analogue) signal within the switching matrix.Such exchanges can route digital signals, subject to thebandwidth limitations of the equipment. Thus, such ex-changes in public networks commonly pass digital dataat rates of several kilobit per second per voice channelof 3,100 Hz as defined in CCITT Recommendation G.151.NB: A "space- division analogue exchange" with a wide -band switching matrix can be converted to a "space -division digital exchange" by modifying some or all ofthe input interface circuitry.

"space- division digital exchangeA "space- division exchange" which accommodates thetransmission through the switching matrix of digital sig-nals requiring a bandwidth wider than a voice channelof 3,100 Hz as defined in CCITT Recommendation G.151.NB: A "space- division digital exchange" can be con-verted to a "space- division analogue exchange" by mod-ifying some or all of the input interface circuitry.

"space- division exchange"-An exchange in which different streams of data or voicesignals are routed through the switching matrix alongphysically different paths, The signal being routed throughthe matrix can be analogue (eg conventional amplitudemodulation, pulse amplitude modulation) or digital (egpulse code modulation, delta modulation or data).

"specially designed software"-The minimum "operating systems ", "diagnostic systems ","maintenance systems" and "application software" nec-essary to be executed on a particular equipment toperform the function for which it was designed. To makeother incompatible equipment perform the same functionrequires:a Modification of this "software"; orb Addition of "programmes ".

"stored- programme- controlled circuit switchingThe technique for establishing, on demand and untilreleased, a direct (space- division switching) or logical(time - division switching) connection between circuitsbased on switching control information derived from anysource or circuit and processed according to the stored"programmes" by one or more electronic computers.

"stored- programme - controlled telegraph circuit switchingTechniques essentially identical to those for "stored -pro-gramme- controlled telephone circuit switching ", for es-tablishing connections between telegraph (eg telex) circuitsbased solely on a subscriber type of signalling information.

"stored- programme - controlled telephone circuit switching"The technique for establishing within the exchange, ondemand and until released, an exclusive direct (space -division switching) or logical (time- division switching)connection between calling and called telephone circuits:a Based solely on a subscriber -type of telephone signall-

ing information, derived from the calling circuit; andb Processed according to the stored "programmes" by

one or more electronic computers.The telephone circuits may carry any type of signal, egtelephone or telex, compatible with a voice channelbandwidth of 3,100 Hz or less.


"terminal device"A "data device" which:a Does not include process control sensing and actuating

devices; andb Is capable of:

1 Accepting or producing a physical record;2 Accepting a manual input; or3 Producing a visual output.

NB: Normal groupings of such equipment (eg acombination of paper tape punch /reader andprinter), connected to a single data channel or"communication channel ", shall be considered as asingle "terminal device ".

"terminal exchange"a A local exchange used for terminating subscribers'

lines;b A remote switching unit which performs some func-

tions of a local exchange and operates under a measureof control from the parent exchange;

c A local exchange, typically 2 -wire, used as a switchingpoint for traffic between subordinate local exchanges,which may also provide 4 -wire connections to andfrom the national long- distance network; or

d An exchange which performs any combination of func-tions in a, b or e above.

"time- division analogue exchange"A "time- division exchange" in which the parameter, as-sociated with an individual segment of a stream of dataor voice signals, varies continuously.

"time- division digital exchange"A "time- division exchange" in which the parameter, as-sociated with an individual segment of a stream of dataor voice signals, is one of a finite number of digitallycoded values.

"time- division exchange"An exchange in which segments of different streams ofdata or voice signals are interleaved in time and routedthrough the switching matrix along a common physicalpath. The matrix may also include one or more stages ofspace- division switching. The signal being routed throughthe matrix can be analogue (eg. pulse amplitude modu-lation) or digital (eg pulse code modulation, delta mod-ulation or data).

"total data signalling rate"--The sum of the individual "data signalling rates" of all"communication channels" which:a Have been provided with the system; andb Can be sustained simultaneously assuming the config-

uration of the equipment which would maximize thissum of rates.

"transit exchange"--a An exchange, typically 4 -wire, used as a switching

point for traffic between other exchanges in the na-tional network (historically known as a trunkexchange);

b A 4 -wire exchange serving outgoing, incoming or transitinternational calls; or

c An exchange which performs any combination of func-tions in a or b above or those of a "terminal exchange ".

"trunk circuit"-A circuit with associated equipments terminating in twoexchanges.

"wide area network"A data communication system which:a Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data de-

vices" to communicate with each other;b May include "local area networks"; andc Is designed to interconnect geographically dispersed

facilities.

IL 1568Equipment, as follows:

a All classes of devices, regardless of other characteristics,identified in sub -items b, c, d, e, f, g, j and k below,which are designed to operate below 55°C or above125 °C;

Commonwealth of Australia Gazette

/V°. pi, 6 January, 1987

b Synchrosand resolvers (and special instruments rated to

have the same characteristics as synchros and resolversand

in 1 and 2possessingMany ynof

Sthe following

Inductosyns)characteristics:1 A rated electrical error of 7 minutes of arc or less or

of 0.2 per cent or less of maximum output voltage;2 A rated dynamic accuracy for receiver types of 1

degree or less, except that for units of size 30 (76.2 mm(3 inches) in diameter) or larger a rated dynamicaccuracy of less than 1 degree;

3 Multi -speed from single shaft types;4 Designed for gimbal mounting;

c Amplifiers, electronic or magnetic, specially designed foruse with resolvers, the following:

1Isolation types having a variation of gain constant(linearity of gain) of 0.2 per cent or better;

2 Summing types having a variation of gain constant(linearity of gain) or an accuracy of summation of 0.2per cent or better;

3 Employing solid state Hall effect;d Induction potentiometers (including function generators

and linear synchros), linear and non - linear, possessingany of the following characteristics:1 A rated conformity of 0.25 per cent or less, or of 13

minutes of arc or less;2 Employing solid state Hall effect;3 Designed for gimbal mounting;

e Induction rate (tachometer) generators, synchronous andasynchronous, with a housing diameter of 50.8 mm (2in) and smaller and a length (without shaft -ends) of101.6 mm (4 in) and smaller or with a diameter -to- lengthratio greater than 2:1, having one or more of the follow-ing characteristics:I With a rated linearity of 0.1 per cent or less;2 All temperature- compensated or temperature-cor -

rected types;f Servo motors (gear -head or plain) as follows:

1 Designed to operate from power sources of more than300 Hz except those designed to operate from powersources of over 300 Hz up to and not exceeding 400Hz with a temperature range from 55 °C to +125 °C;

2 Designed to have a torque -to- inertia ratio of 50,000radians per second per second or greater;

3 Incorporating special features to secure internaldamping;

g Precision potentiometers (and special instruments ratedto have the same characteristics as potentiometers and 1and 2 below, such as Vernistats), as follows:I Linear potentiometers having a constant resolution

and a rated linearity of better than 0.05 per centabsolute;

2 Non - linear potentiometers having a variable resolutionand a rated conformity of:i I per cent or less when the resolution is inferior to

that obtained with a linear potentiometer of thesame type and of the same track length; or

ii 0.5 per cent or less when the resolution is betterthan or equal to that obtained with a linear poten-tiometer of the same type and of the same tracklength;

3 Designed for gimbal mounting;

h

Technical notes:1 For the purpose of this sub -item, a precision poten-

tiometer means one having a rated conformity betterthan:a 0.25 per cent for a linear potentiometer; orb I per cent for a non - linear potentiometer;

2 This sub -item is not intended to embargo potentiome-ters using only switched elements.

Direct current and alternating current torquers, ie torquemotors specially designed for gyros and stabilisedplatforms;Electro- optical devices designed to monitor relative ro-tation of remote surfaces;Synchronous motors, as follows:

Customs Act 1901 63

1 Of size 20 (50.8 mm (tin) in diameter) and smallerand having synchronous speeds in excess of 3,600revolutions per minute;

2 Designed to operate from power sources of more than400 Hz cycles per second;

k Analogue -to- digital and digital -to- analogue convertersother than digital voltmeters or counters (see Item IL1529), as follows:I Electrical input type analogue -to- digital converters

having any of the following characteristics:i A conversion rate of more than 200,000 complete

conversions per second at rated accuracy;ii An accuracy in excess of 1 part in more than 10,000

of full scale over the specified operating temperaturerange;

iii A figure of merit of 1 x 108 or more (derived fromthe number of complete conversions per second di-vided by the accuracy);

2 Electrical input type digital -to- analogue convertershaving any of the following characteristics:i A maximum "settling time" of less than 3 microse-

conds for voltage output devices and less than 250nanoseconds for current output devices;

íi An accuracy in excess of 1 part in more than 10,000of full scale over the specified operating temperaturerange;

iii A figure of merit greater than 2 x 109 for voltageoutput convertors or I x 10 '1) for current outputconvertors (the figure of merit is defined as thereciprocal of the product of the maximum settlingtime in seconds and the accuraacy);

Technical note: "Settling time" in k 2 i above isdefined as the time required for the output to comewithin one -half bit of the final value when switchingbetween any two levels of the converters.

3 Solid -state synchro -to- digital or digital -to- synchro con-verters and resolver -to- digital or digital -to- resolverconverters (including multi -pole resolvers) having aresolution of better the ± one part in 5,000 per fullsynchro revolution for single speed synchro systems or± one part in 40,000 for dual speed systems;

4 Mechanical input types (including but not limited toshaft - position encoders and linear displacement encod-ers, but excluding complex servo - follower systems), asfollows:i Rotary types having an accuracy of better than ±

1 part in 40,000 of full scale; orii Linear displacement types having a resolution of

better than ± 5 micrometres;1 Semi- conductor Hall field probes, as follows:

I Made of indium - arsenide - phosphide (1nAsP);2 Coated with ceramic or ferritic materials (eg special

field probes such as tangential field probes, multipliers,modulators, recorder probes, etc);

3 With an open circuit sensitivity greater than0.12 Volts

Ampere x kilogauss

Technical note:

Open circuit sensitivity. The slope of a straight line thatpasses through the point of origin and through the pointu, °: i, at B = B, in the characteristic is defined as theopen circuit sensitivity (where u20 = Hall voltage, opencircuit; i, = Control current: B, = Rated value ofapplied magnetic control field).

m Specially designed components and test equipment (in-cluding adaptors, couplers, etc.) for the above.

Note: Potentiometers covered by sub -items g 1 and 2above, provided that they have been designed for civil use,and have been in use in civil equipment for a period of notless than five years.

IL 1570Thermoelectric materials and devices, as follows:a Thermoelectric materials with a maximum product of

the figure of merit (Z) and the temperature (T indegrees K) in excess of 0.75;

64 Customs Act 1901

b Junctions and combinations of junctions using any of thematerials in a above;

e Heat absorbing or electrical power generating devicescontaining any of the junctions in b above, and speciallydesigned components therefor;

d Other power generating devices, and specially designedcomponents therefor, which generate in excess of ll Wper kg (10 W per pound) or of 17.70 kW per cubicmetre (500 W per cubic foot) of the device's basicthermoelectric components;Technical note:The figure of merit (Z) equals Seebeck coefficient squareddivided by the product of electrical resistivity and ther-mal conductivity.Note:

1 See also sub -Item IL 1205 e.2 The weight and cubic measurements in sub -item d above

are not intended to encompass the complete device butto include only the thermoelectric elements and assemblyand the components for pumping calories. Other com-ponents, such as heating and cooling sources or con-tainers, device frames or stands and control equipmentare not to be included in the calculations.

IL 1571

Magnetometers, magnetometer systems and related equip-ment, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:

a Magnetometers and magnetometer systems having or ca-pable of having a sensitivity better than ± 1.0 gamma(± 10 -5 oersteds), except magnetometers having sensi-tivities not better than ± 0.1 gamma (± 10 a oersteds)where the reading rate capability is not faster than onceper half- second;

b Magnetometer test facilities able to control magneticfield values to an accuracy of 1.0 gamma (10 -5 oerst-eds) or less;

e Magnetic compensation systems utilizing digital com-puters, non- magnetic platforms and calibration systems;

(For optical fibres, see item IL 1526 a and d.)Technical notes:1 Sensitivity is defined as the visually recognised minimum

sinusoidal signal in the frequency range of 0.025 Hz to1.5 Hz when signal -to -noise ration is higher than 1.

2 The term "specially designed components therefor" isintended to include non - magnetic pumping lamps andheating coils, cryogenic magnetic componentry, enhancedresonance gases, and any form of dynamic signal- process-ing gradient compensation provided as part of, or de-signed for use with, magnetometers embargoed by thisItem. Enhanced resonance gases are gases of isotopes ofcesium, rubidium and other metals which exhibit verysharp bands of response to pumping frequencies in opti-cally pumped magnetometers.

3 Magnetometer systems use magnetic sensors, includingthose designed to operate at cryogenic temperatures,compensation systems, displays, recorders and associatedelectronics for signal processing, target parameter detec-tion, gradient compensation and dynamic range control.

IL 1572Recording or reproducing equipment, as follows, and spe-cially designed components therefor:

a Using magnetic techniques, except:i Those specifically designed for voice or music and not

employing digital techniques;ii Those specifically designed to use magnetic card, tag,

label or bank cheque recording media with a magneticsurface area not exceeding 85 sq cm (13 sq in);

b Using electron beam(s) operating in a vacuum, or laser -produced light beams (see also Item IL 1522) thatproduce patterns or images directly on the recordingsurface, and specialised equipment for image develop-ment, except:i Equipment specially designed for the production of

audio and video disc masters for the replication ofentertainment /education discs;


ii Facsimile equipment incorporating lasers such as usedfor commercial weather imagery and commercial wirephotos and text;

c Graphic instruments capable of continuous direct record-ing of sinusoidal waves at frequencies exceeding 20 kHz;

d Recording media used in equipment embargoed by a andb above.

Note: The term `recording media' in sub -item d above is.intended to include all types and forms of specialisedrecording media used in such recording techniques, in-cluding but not limited to tapes, drums, discs and matrices.

Technical notes:1 Nothing in the following shall be construed as sanction-

ing the export of technology for recording or reproducingequipment or for specially designed components or re-cording media therefor described below.

2 Sub -items a or b also do not embargo the followingrecording or reproducing equipment and specially de-signed components therefor (recording media used in thisequipment are still embargoed by sub -item d above, seenotes 3 and 6), provided that:a The equipment has been designed for identifiable civil

use and by nature of design or performance is substan-tially restricted to the particular application for whichit has been designed;

b The equipment has all of the following characteristics:1 Not ruggedised;2 Not rated for continuous operation in ambient tem-

peratures from below 20 °C to above +55 °C;3 Not specially designed for underwater use;

e The equipment is limited as follows:1 Video magnetic tape and disc recorders specially

designed for television recording, using a signal reg-istered with the CCIR, or specially designed oradapted for use with medical equipment, and havingall of the following characteristics:i 3 dB recording bandwidth not exceeding 6 MHz;ii A signal -to -noise ratio not exceeding 48 dB, un-

less the equipment is a cassette -type recorder, inwhich case the signal -to -noise ratio does not ex-ceed 52 dB;

iii Maximum length of time of a single scan notexceeding 20 milliseconds;

2 Analogue magnetic tape recorders specially designedfor use with medical equipment; ie for recordingphysiological signals, and having all of the followingcharacteristics:i Bandwidth capability at maximum design speed

not exceeding 300 kHz per track;ii Recording density not exceeding 5,000 magnetic

flux sine waves per linear inch (25.4 mm) pertrack;

Technical note: Recording density is, for directrecorders, the recording bandwidth divided bythe tape speed; and, for FM recorders, the sumof the carrier frequency and the deviation di-vided by the tape speed.

iii Not including recording or reproducing heads ofthe rotary or floating types or heads designed foruse in equipment with characteristics superior tothose defined in sub - paragraphs i or ii above;

iv Tape speed not exceeding 152.4 cm (60 inches)per second;

v Number of recording tracks (excluding audiovoice track) not exceeding 20;

vi Start -stop time not less than 25 milliseconds;vii Equipped with tape- derived (off -tape) servo speed

control and with a time displacement (base)error of not less than ±5 microseconds at a tapespeed of 152.4 cm (60 inches) per second andnot less than ± 10 microseconds at any lowertape speed measured in accordance with appli-cable TRIG and EIA documents.

3 Digital tape recorders specially designed for the collec-tion of medical data obtained from nuclear or other


ionising radiation measurements and having all of thefollowing characteristics:

i Mean packing density, with less than 5 per centloss of pulses, not exceeding 800 pulses per 25.4mm (I inch) per track;

ii Characteristics not superior to those defined insub- paragraphs c 2 iii, vi and vii above;

iii Tape speed not exceeding 95 cm (37.5 inches)per second;

is Number of recording tracks not exceeding 8;v Packing density not exceeding 800 bits per 25.4

mm ( I inch) per track;

4 Equipment using electron beam(s) operating in a vac-uum specially designed for television recording onfilm, using a signal registered with the CC1R andhaving all of the following characteristics:i Pattern or image frame size not exceeding 3 mm

x 2.3mm;ii Pattern or image not exceeding 312.5 lines per

frame;iii Beam spot position stability not better than 0.3

per cent;is 3dB recording bandwidth, not exceeding 4MHz;

5 Digital recording and reproducing equipment operat-ing serially with a packing density not exceeding 800bits per 25.4 mm (1 inch) per track specially de-signed for use with, and incorporated in, typewritersystems used for preparing, correcting or composingtext;

6 Recording or reproducing equipment which is limitedto both:i A tape width not exceeding 6.35 mm (f inch);ii Digital recording techniques in serial form with a

packing density not exceeding 800 bits per 25.4 mm(1 inch).

Technical note: Packing density is, for digital re-corders, the number of bits per second per trackdivided by the tape speed.

3 Sub -item d above, does not embargo the following mag-netic tape and flexible disc cartridge recording media,provided that:a The magnetic tape is a standard commercial product

that has been in use in quantity for at least two yearsand is not designed for use in satellite applications;

b The base material consists only of polyester or cellu-lose acetate;

c The magnetic tape recording media with a magneticcoating material consisting only of undoped gamma -ferric (1 iron) oxide with a rated intrinsic coercivitynot exceeding 350 oersteds is limited to the followingtypes and characteristics:

1 Video tape designed for television recording and repro-duction or instrumentation tape designed for ana-logue recording and reproduction and having all ofthe following characteristics:í Not designed for use in video recorders having a

3dB recording bandwidth exceeding 6MHz or inanalogue recorders having a recording density ex-ceeding 5,000 magnetic flux sine waves per linear25.4 mm (1 inch) per track;

ii A tape width not exceeding 25.4 mm (1 inch);iii A magnetic coating thickness not less than 10.2

micrometres (0.40 mil);is A tape length not exceeding 1,402 metres

(4,600 ft);2 Computer tape designed for digital longitudinal re-

cording and reproduction and having all of the fol-lowing characteristics:i A magnetic coating certified for a maximum

packing density of 6,250 bits per 25.4 mm (1 inch)(9,042 flux changes per 25.4 mm (1 inch)) alongthe length of the tape;

ii A magnetic coating thickness not less than 5.08micrometres (0.2 mil);

t A tape width not exceeding 25.4 min (1 inch);iv A tape length not exceeding 1,097 metres (3,600

ft);

Customs Act 1901 65

3 Computer tape in cassette /cartridges designed for dig-

ital longitudinal recording and reproduction andhaving all of the following characteristics:i A magnetic coating certified for a maximum

packing density of 1,600 bits per 25.4 mm (1 inch)(3,200 flux changes per 25.4 mm (I inch)) alongthe length of the tape;


iii A tape width not exceeding 6.35 mm (0.25 inch);iv A tape length not exceeding 274.3 metres (900 ft);

4 Computer flexible disc cartridges designed for digitalrecording and reproduction and having all of thefollowing characteristics:i A magnetic coating certified for a maximum

packing density of 13,262 flux changes per radian(3,268 bits per 25.4 mm (I inch) at a radius of51.536 mm (2.029 inches)) around the disc;


iii A disc thickness not exceeding 80 micrometres(3 mil);

is A disc outer diameter not exceeding 201 mm (7.88inch);

v A disc inner diameter not exceeding 38.1 mm (1.5inch);

d The magnetic tape recording media with a magneticcoating material consisting only of chromium dioxidewith a rated intrinsic coercivity not exceeding 650oersteds are limited to video tape specially designedfor the video recorders defined in Note 2 c 1 andhaving both of the following characteristics:1 A tape width not exceeding 25.4 mm (1 inch);2 A tape length not exceeding 548.6 metres (1,800 ft);

e The magnetic tape recording media in video tape cas-settes are specially designed for video recorders definedin Note 2 e 1 and have all of the followingcharacteristics:1 A rated intrinsic coercivity not exceeding 750 oer-

steds;2 A magnetic coating thickness not less than 2.54

micrometres (0.1 mil);3 A tape length not exceeding 548.6 metres (1,800

ft);4 A tape width not exceeding 19.05 mm (0.75 inch).

4 Sub -item a i also does not embargo normal civil usedigital recording and reproducing equipment speciallydesigned for recording or reproducing voice or music ontape or disc.

5 Equipment embargoed by sub -item a above, and spe-cially designed components and recording media there-for embargoed by sub -item d for use with the exportedequipment, as follows:a Video magnetic tape recorders specially designed for

television recording, using a signal registered with theCCIR or specially designed or adapted for use withmedical equipment, and having all of the Jhllowingcharacteristics:1 3dB recording bandwidth not exceeding 6MHz;2 Maximum length of a single scan not exceeding

20 milliseconds;3 Not ruggedised;

b Analogue magnetic tape recorders having all the fol-lowing characteristics:1 Bandwidth capability at maximum design speed

not exceeding 300 kHz per track;2 Recording density not exceeding 5,000 magnetic

flux sine waves per linear 25.4 mm (I inch) pertrack;

Technical note: Recording density is, for direct re-corders, the recording bandwidth divided by thetape speed; and, for FM recorders, the sum of thecarrier frequency and the deviation divided by thetape speed.

3 Not ruggedised;

66 Customs Act 1901

4 Not rated for continuous operation in ambienttemperatures from below -20T to + 55 °C;

5 Not specially designed for underwater use;6 Not including recording or reproducing heads of

the rotary or floating types or designed for use inequipment with characteristics superior to thosedefined in b 1 and 2 above;

7 Tape speed not exceeding 152.4 cm (60 inches)per second;

8 Number of recording tracks (excluding audio voicetrack) not exceeding 16 channels for direct record-ing and 28 channels for FM recording;

9 Start -stop time not less than 25 milliseconds;10 Equipped with tape- derived (off -tape) servo speed

control and with a time displacement (base) errorof not less than ± 5 microseconds at a tape speedof 152.4 cm (60 inches) per second and not lessthan ± 10 microseconds at any power tape speedmeasured in accordance with applicable IRIG andE/A documents;

e Systems for use in civil aircraft or helicopters torecord flight data for safety or maintenance purposes,and having all of the following characteristics:i In normal civil use for more than one year;ii Not exceeding 100 input channels;iii Sum of the individual channel recording bandwidth

not exceeding 500 Hz;d Incremental recorders or reproducers (ie equipment

designed for discontinuous sampling or collection ofdata in an incremental manner) having all of thefollowing characteristics:

1 The maximum tape speed, at the maximum step-ping rate, does not exceed 50.8 mm (2 inches) persecond;

2 The equipment has all of the characteristics speci-fied in sub- paragraphs b 3 to 6;

e Digital magnetic recorders specially designed for se-ismic /geophyisical applications and operating in thefrequency range of 5 to 800 Hz;

f Digital recording and reproducing equipment operat-ing serially with a packing density not exceeding1.600 bits per 25.4 mm (I inch) per track, speciallydesigned for use with and incorporated in, typewritersystems used in preparing and composing text.

6 For use in civil television recording and reproducingapplications, the shipment of reasonable quantities ofthe following types of magnetic tape recording mediaembargoed by sub-item d above, whose base materialconsists only of polyester or cellulose acetate;a With a magnetic coating material consisting only of

undoped gammaferric (iron) oxide with a rated intrin-sic coercivity not exceeding 350 oersteds and limitedto video tape designed for television recording andreproduction with a tape width not exceeding 50.8mm (2 inches);

b With a magnetic coating material consisting only ofchromium dioxide with a rated intrinsic coercivity notexceeding 750 oersteds and limited to video tapedesigned for television recording and reproductionwith a tape width not exceeding 15.4 mm (1 inch);

c With a magnetic coating material consisting only ofdoped or undoped gamma ferric (iron) oxide with arated intrinsic coercivity not exceeding 650 oersteds,limited to video tape designed for television recordingand reproduction and having all of the followingcharacteristics;1 Not designed for use in video recorders having a 3

dB recording bandwidth exceeding 6MHz;2 A magnetic coating thickness not less than 5.1

micrometre.s (0.2 mil);3 A tape length not exceeding 731 metres (2,400 ft);4 A tape width not exceeding 25.4 mm (I inch).

7 The shipment of reasonable quantities of computermagnetic disc recording media embargoed by sub -itemd above for use in civil digital computer applications,provided that:


a The magnetic disc recording media are a standardcommercial product, have not been designed as rug-gedised equipment and are neither capable of meetingmilitary specifications for ruggedised equipment normodified for military use;

b The magnetic disc recording media are limited to thefollowing types and characteristics:1 Unrecorded single -disc cartridges ((front loading,

2,200 bpi) (2315 -type) designed to meet ANSI X3.52-/ 976;

2 Unrecorded single-disc cartridges (top loading,2,200 bpi) (5440 -type) designed to meet Interna-tional Standard ISO 3562 -1976;

3 Unrecorded magnetic six-disc packs (2311 -type) de-signed to meet ANSI X3.46 -1974 or InternationalStandard ISO 2864 -1974 (E):

4 Unrecorded 11 -disc packs (single - density or doubledensity 2314 -type) designed to meet ANSI X3.58-1977 or International Standard ISO 3564 -1976.

8 Analogue magnetic tape recorders embargoed by subitem a above, and specially designed components andrecording media therefor embargoed by sub -item d, foruse with those recorders, provided that:a The analogue magnetic tape recorders are limited as

follows:1 Characteristics not superior to those defined in

Note 5 b 1 to 9:2 Equipped with tape- derived (off-tape) servo speed

control and with a time displacement (base) errorof not less than ± 0.8 microsecond at a tape speedof 152.4 ern (60 inches) per second and not lessthan ±1.6 microsecond at any lower tape speedmeasured in accordance with applicable IRIG andEiA documents.

9 For equipment which may be exported in conjunctionwith computer shipments, see Item IL 1565.

IL 1573

Superconductive electromagnets and solenoids, as follows:

a

b

Those which have a non - uniform distribution of currentcarrying windings, measured along the axis of symmetrywhen specially designed for gyrotron application, exceptthose rated for magnetic field strengths of less than 3tesla (30 kilogauss) or "overall current density" in thewindings of less than 10,000 A /cmz;Those which are specially designed to be fully chargedor discharged in less than one minute, provided that:1 The maximum energy delivered during discharge

divided by the duration of the discharge is more than500 kJ per minute:

2 The inner diameter of the current - carrying windings ismore than 6 cm; and

3 They are rated for magnetic field strengths of morethan 8 tesla (80 kilogauss) or "overall current density"in the windings of more than 10,000 A/cm2.

Technical note: "Overall current density" is defined asthe total number of ampereturns in the coil (ie the sumof the number of turns multiplied by the maximumcurrent carried by each turn) divided by the total crosssection of the coil (comprising the superconducting fila-ments, the metallic matrix in which the superconductingfilaments are embedded, the encapsulating material, anycooling channels, etc.).

IL 1574Electronic devices, circuits and systems specially designedfor or capable of operation at temperatures below 103 K(- 170 °C, - 274 °F) and containing components manufac-tured from superconducting materials which perform func-tions such as electromagnetic sensing and amplification,current switching, frequency selection or electromagneticenergy storage at resonant frequencies above 1 MHz. Theseinclude the following:

a Josephson effect devices;

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteP 1. 6 January 1987

b "Dayem bridges ";c Weak link devices;d "Proximity effect devices";e Phase slip devices;f SNS (super - normalsuper) bridges;g SIS (superconductor insulator- superconductor) devices;h Quasiparticle devices or detectors.Technical notes:I By "Dayem bridges" are meant superconducting thin

film devices with a reduced section area which acts as aconductive weak link. This weak link has a much lowercritical current than the areas it joins. Dayem bridgescan act as superconducting switches and may be em-ployed in superconducting quantum interference devices(squids).

2 By "proximity - effect devices" are meant superconductingweak link devices whose low critical current is due to anoverlay of normal metal rather than a small area. Thesedevices can be used for the same purpose as "Dayembridges ".

IL 1584Cathode -ray oscilloscopes and specially designed compo-nents therefor, including associated plug -in units, externalamplifiers, pre - amplifiers and sampling devices, having anyof the following characteristics:

a An amplifier or system bandwidth greater than 250 MHz(defined as the band of frequencies over which thedeflection on the cathode -ray tube does not fall below70.7 per cent of that at maximum point measured witha constant input voltage to the amplifier);

b A horizontal sweep speed faster than 1 nanosecond percm with an accuracy (linearity) better than 2 per cent;

c Containing or designed for use with cathode -ray tubescovered by Item IL 1541 c;

d Ruggedised to meet military specification;e Rated for operation over an ambient temperature range

of below 25 °C to above +55 °C;Using sampling techniques for the analysis of recurringphenomena which increase the effective bandwidth of anoscilloscope or time- domain reflectometer to a frequencygreater than 4 GHz;

g Digital oscilloscopes with sequential sampling of the in-put signal at an interval of less than 50 nanoseconds.

Explanatory notes:I Nothing in the above shall be construed as sanctioning

the export of technology except technology for mainte-nance, repair and operation of oscilloscopes excludedfrom embargo under sub -Item a above, which:a Use cathode -ray tubes embargoed by Item IL 1541 b;Or

b Exceed an amplifier bandwidth of 200 MHz.2 In the case of systems, the characteristics of individual

plug -ins, probes or mainframes must not be in excess ofwhat is required for overall system bandwidth.

IL 1585

Photographic equipment, as follows:a High speed cinema recording cameras and equipment as

follows:

I Cameras in which the film is continuously advancedthroughout the recording period, and which are capa-ble of recording at framing rates exceeding 13,150frames per second, using any camera and film combi-nation from the standard 8 mm to the 90 mm sizeinclusive;

2 Special optical or electronic devices which supplement,replace or are interchangeable with standard cameracomponents for the purpose of increasing the numberof frames per second;

High speed cameras in which the film does not move,and which are capable of recording at rates exceeding1,000,000 frames per second for the full framing heightof standard 35 mm wide photographic film, or at pro-

Customs Act 1901 67

portionately higher rates for lesser frame heights, or atproportionately lower rates for greater frame heights;

e Cameras incorporating electron tubes covered by ItemIL 1555 a;

d Streak cameras having writing speeds of 10 mm /micro-second and above;

e Camera shutters with speeds of 50 nanoseconds or lessper operation, and specialised parts and accessoriestherefor;

f Film, as follows:1 Having an intensity dynamic range of 1,000,000:1 or

more; or2 Having a speed of ASA 10,000 (or its equivalent) or

better;3 Colour film having a spectral sensitivity extending

beyond 7,200 Angstroms or below 2,000 Angstroms;High speed plates having an intensity dynamic range of1,000,000:1 or more.

IL 1586Acoustic wave devices, as follows, and specially designedcomponents therefor:

a Surface acoustic wave and surface skimming (shallowbulk) acoustic wave devices (i.e. signalprocessing devicesemploying elastic waves in materials, including but notlimited to, lithium niobate, lithium tantalite, bismuthgermanium oxide, silicon, quartz, zinc oxide, aluminiumoxide (sapphire), gallium arsenide and alpha aluminiumphosphate (berlinite), which permit direct processing ofsignals, including but not limited to convolvers, correla-tors (fixed, programmable and memory), oscillators,bandpass filters, delay lines (fixed and tapped) and non-linear devices having any of the following characteristics;1 A carrier frequency of greater than 400 MHz;2 A carrier frequency of 400 MHz or less, except those

specially designed for home electronics and entertain-ment type applications, having any of the followingcharacteristics:i A side -lobe rejection of greater than 45 dB;ii A product of the maximum delay time and the

bandwidth (time in microseconds and bandwidth inMHz) greater than 100;

iii A dispersive delay of greater than 10 microseconds;iv An insertion loss of less than 10 dB;

b Bulk (volume) acoustic wave devices (i.e. signal- process-ing devices employing elastic waves in the various mate-rials described in a above) which permit direct processingof signals at frequencies over 1 GHz, including but notlimited to, fixed delay lines, non linear and pulsecompression devices;

e Acousto -optic signalprocessing devices employing an in-teraction between acoustic waves (bulk wave or surfacewave) and light waves which permit the direct processingof signals, including but not limited to, spectral analysis,correlation and convolution.Technical note: This sub -item embargoes devices madefrom acousto -optic materials including but not limited tolithium niobate, bismuth germanium oxide, bismuth sili-con oxide, gallium arsenide, gallium phosphide, telluriumoxide, and lead molybdenate.

Note: Devices covered by sub -item a 1 above which are.specially designed for use in civil television equipment andwhich operate at frequencies below 1 GHz.

IL 1587Quartz crystals and assemblies thereof in any stage offabrication (ie worked, semi - finished or mounted), asfollows:

a For use as filter elements, and having any of the follow-ing characteristics:1 Designed for operation over a temperature range wider

than 125 °C;2 Crystals or assemblies of crystals which use the trap-

ped energy phenomenon which have more than threeseries or parallel resonances on a single quartz element;

68 Customs- Act 190/

b For use as oscillator elements specially designed for tem-perature controlled crystal ovens of for TCXO's coveredby c below, and having an average ageing rate of ±1 x10 v per day or better (less):Technical note: Ageing rate shall be measured over alonger period at the constant temperature of +60 °C orhigher which vary only by -t 2 °C.

e Temperature- compensated crystal oscillators (TCXO)having any of the following characteristics:1 A stability with respect to temperature of better than

+0.00015 per cent over their operating temperaturerange:

2 An operating temperature range wider than 120 °C:3 Capable of reaching to within 1 x 10 -- of normal

operating frequency or better in 3 minutes or less fromswitch -on at an ambient temperature of 25 °C;

4 Rated to have an acceleration sensitivity of less than1 x 10 ` of the operating 'frequency per g (where g

981 cm; sec=) over a vibration test frequency rangefrom 10 to 2,000 II, sine wave and with a maximumlevel of acceleration not exceeding 20 g:

5 Designed to withstand a shock greater than 10,000 g(where g =98I cm /sec) over a period of I millisecond:

6 Radiation hardened to better than 10 '° of the oper-ating frequency per gray (I rad =10 = gray).Notes:1 This Item does not embargo quartz crystals for use

as filter elements which have either of the followingcharacteristics:a Designed for operation as intermediate frequency

filters operating from 10.5 to 11 MHz or from 21to 22 MHz with 3 dB bandwidths not exceeding40 kHz: or

b Designed for operation as single side -band filtersoperating at from I to 10 MHz with 2 dB band-widths not exceeding 4 kHz.

2 This Item only covers quartz crystals having piezoe-lectric qualities. It is understood that this definitiondoes not cover optical grade quartz crystals.

3 Nothing in the Notes above shall be construed assanctioning the export of technology for quartz crys-tal elements of assemblies thereof.

IL 1588Materials composed of crystals having spinet, orthorhom-bic, hexagonal, or garnet crystal structures; thin film de-vices; assemblies of the foregoing; and devices containingthem, as follows (for equipment which may be exported inconjunction with computer shipments, see Item IL 1565):

a Monocrystals of ferrites and garnets, synthetic only;b Single aperture forms possessing any of the following

characteristics:1 Switching rate of 0.3 microsecond or faster at the

minimum field strength required for switching at 40 °C( 104° F);

2 A maximum dimension less than 0.45mm (18 mils):Explanatory note: See Item IL 1358 for machineryand equipment associated with forms having a maxi-mum dimension less than 0.76mm (30 mils).

e Multi-aperture forms with fewer than 10 apertures pos-sessing any of the following characteristics:1 Switching rate of 1 microsecond or faster at the mini-

mum field strength required for switching at 40 °C(104 °F);

2 A maximum dimension less than 2.54mm (100 mils);d Multi- aperture forms having 10 or more apertures;e Memory storage or switching devices, as follows:

1 Thin film (including plated wire and plated rods);2 Single crystal or amorphous film magnetic bubble;3 Moving domain; or4 Crosstie:

f Magnetic ferrite materials having square loop character-istics, suitable for operation above I GHz and having allof the following characteristics:1 i A saturation magnetisation of greater than 02 tesla

(2.000 gauss) for lithium -based ferrites:

g

Commonwealth of Australiu GazetteNo. P 1, 6 January 1987

ii A saturation magnetisation of greater than 0.3 tesla(3,000 gauss) for other than lithium -based ferrites;

2 A dielectric loss tangent of less than 0.001 measuredat a frequency of 1 GHz or greater;

3 A ratio of the remanent magnetisation (Br) to thesaturation magnetisation (4irM,) equal to or greaterthan 0.7;

Rod forms possessing any of the following characteristics:1 Switching rate of 0.3 microsecond or faster at the

minimum field strength required for switching at 40 °C(104 °F);

2 A minimum dimension less than 0.254mm (10 mils);Single aperture forms embargoed by .cub -item b above,provided they have a switching rate equal to or slowerthan 0.24 microsecond and a maximum dimension of0.30nun (1 2 ntil.si or more.

IL 1595Gravity meters (gravimeters), gravity gradiomet'ers andspecially designed components therefor, except gravity me-ters for land use having static accuracies of 100 microgalor less accurate and land gravity meters of the Wordentype.

Explanatory note: Nothing in this Item shall permit theexport of technology or technical data associated with thedesign, manufacture or upgrading of equipment excludedfrom embargo by this definition, when such technology ortechnical data is also relevant to equipment embargoed bythis definition.Note: Marine gravintetric systems having a static accuracyof one rnilligal or above, or an in- service (operational)accuracy of one rnilligal or above with u time to steady -state registration of two minute.c or greater under anycombination of attendant corrective compensations andmotional influences, to civil end-use. for civil end uses.

Group HMetals, minerals and their manufactures

In this Group:Raw materials cover all materials from which the metalcan be usefully extracted, ie ores, concentrates, mattle,regulus, residues and dross (ashes); and Unless provisionto the contrary is made in particular items of the defini-tion, the words metal and alloys cover all crude and semi -fabricated forms as follows:

Crude forms:Anodes. balls, bars (including notched bars and wire bars),billets, blocks, blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes, crystals,cubes, dice, grains, granules, ingots, lumps, pellets, pigs,powder, rondles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge, sticks.Semi - fabricated forms (whether or not coated, plated, drilledor punched):i Wrought or worked material fabricated by rolling, draw-

ing, extruding, forging, impact- extruding, pressing, grain-ing, atomising and grinding, ie angles, channels, circles,discs, dust, flakes, foil and leaf forgings, plates, powder,pressings and stampings, ribbons, rings, rods (includingbare welding rods, wire rods and rolled wire), sections,shapes, sheets, strip, pipe and tube (including tube rounds,squares and hollows) drawn or extruded wire:

ii Cast material produced by casting in sand, die, metal,plaster or other types of moulds, including high pressurecastings, sintered forms, and forms made by powdermetallurgy.

II. 1601

Inert gas and vacuum atomizing technology to achievesphericity and uniform size of particles in metal powdersregardless of the type of metal and the embargo status ofthe powder.

IL 1602Pyrolitic deposition technology and specially designedcomponents therefor, as follows:

a Technology for producing pyrolitically derived materialsformed on a mould, mandrel or other substrate from

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteP I, 6 January /987

precursor gases which decompose in the 1,573 K(1,300 °C) to 3,173 K (2,900 °C) temperature range atpressures of 133.3 Pa to 19.995 kPa (including the com-position of precursor gases, flow rates, and process con-trol schedules and parameters);

b Specially designed nozzles for the above processes.

II. 1603

Seamless tube and pipe which have an outside diameter of60 mm (2.36 inches) or greater, and seamless fittingstherefor, which are made of nickel -base superalloys thatcontain the following major alloying elements: 19.0 weightper cent or more chromium, 7.4 per cent or more molyb-denum, a maximum of 6.0 per cent iron, and 3.0 per centor more niobium (columbium) or niobium and tantalumcombined.

Tube and pipe embargoed hr this Item to civil end users.

II. 1631Magnetic metals of all types and of whatever form pos-sessing one or more of the folowing characteristics:

a Initial permability: 120,000 gauss- oersteds (0.15 henry/in) or more calculated at induction 0 and magnetic fieldstrength 0 or the equivalent;

b Remanence: 98.5 per cent or over of maximum magneticflux for materials having magnetic permability;

c A composition capable of an energy product of:1 95,000 joules /m' (12 x 10° gauss- oersteds) or greater:

or2 55.700 joules /m' (7 x I0s gauss- oersteds) or greater

and having a coercive force of 159,155 amperes /m(2.000 oersteds) or greater;

b Grain- orientated iron alloy sheets or strips of a thicknessof 0.1 min (0.004 inch) or less;

e Magnetostrictive alloys as follows:I Saturation magnetostriction greater than 5 x 10 '; or2 Magnetomechanical coupling factor (k) greater than

0.8.Technical note: It is understood that the measurementof the initial permeability will be carried out on fullyannealed material having -a thickness between 3 and 100mil. For convenience the figure of initial permeability isshown at a 0.0. If this figure is normally calculated atlevels above s 0.0 its value is to be equivalent of thatwhich would be obtained had the measurement been atµ 0.0.

IL 1635

Iron and steels, alloyed as follows:

a Containing 10 per cent or more molybdenum (but morethan 5 per cent molybdenum in any alloys containingmore than 14 per cent chromium); except products ob-tained by casting and having a carbon content of morethan 1.5 per cent

b Steel alloys in crude or semi- fabricated form, whichcontain a combination of the following major alloy ele-ments in the amounts listed:14.5 to 5.95 per cent nickel by weight:2 0.3 to 1.0 per cent chromium;3 0.2 to 0.75 per cent molybdenum:4 0.04 to 0.15 per cent vanadium;5 Less than 0.19 per cent carbon;(See also Item IL 1672.)

II, 1648

Cobalt based alloys (ie contains a higher percentage byweight of cobalt than of any other element), as follows:

Containing 5 per cent or more of tantalum: orDispersionstengthened containing more than I per centof oxides of thorium, aluminium, yttrium, zirconium orcerium; or

C Containing 0.05 per cent or more of scandium, yttrium,didymium, cerium, lanthanum, neodymium, orpraseodymium.(See also Item II. 1672.)

Customs Act 1901 69

IL 1649Niobium (columbium), as follows:a Niobium -based alloys containing 60 per cent or more

niobium or niobium- tantalum in combination;b Scrap forms of the alloys described in a above.

(See also Items IL 1675 and 1760.)

IL 1658

Molybdenum alloys containing 97.5 per cent or more ofmolyybdenum, except wire.

IL 1661

Nickel -based alloys (ie containing a higher percentage byweight of nickel than of any other element), as follows:

a With a combined content of aluminium and titaniumgreater than I I per cent; or

b Dispersion strengthened containing more than I per centof oxides of thorium, aluminium, yttrium. zirconium,cerium, or lanthanum or

c Containing 0.05 per cent or more scandium, yttrium,didymium, cerium, lanthanum, neodymium, orpraseodymium.(See also Item IL 1672.)

[L 1670

Tantalum powder and tantalum alloys, as follows:

a Tantalum powder containing less than 200 parts permillion of total metallic impurities, and sintered anodesmade therefrom;

b Tantalum -based allows containing 60 per cent or moreof tantalum, and scrap forms thereof.

IL 1671

Titanium -based allows in crude and semi- fabricated form,or as scrap, having the following nominal compositions of6 per cent aluminium, 2 per cent tin, 4 per cent zirconium,6 per cent molybdenum, and the balance titanium.(See also Item IL 1672.)

IL 1672

Aluminides of titanium which contain 12 weight per centor more aluminium, and aluminides of nickel, cobalt andiron which contain 10 weight per cent or more aluminium,in crude or semi - fabricated forms, and scrap thereof.(See also Items IL 1635, 1648, 1661 and 1671)

IL 1674

Vanadium of 99.7 per cent or higher purity (includingscrap) and alloys which contain vanadium of 99.7 per centor higher purity as an alloying (including scrap).

IL 1675

Superconductive materials of all types and processed con-ductors containing at least one superconducting constitu-ent, which are designed for operation at temperatures below103K (- 170 °C, - 274 °F), except processed conductors whichpossess all of the following characteristics:

a The superconducting constituent, when evaluated in sam-ple length of less than one metre, does not remain in thesuperconducting state when exposed to an applied mag-netic field in excess of 12 tesla (120 Kiloguass) at tem-peratures of 4.2 K ( 268 °C. 451.8 °F):

b The superconducting constituent or filament has a crosssection area greater than 3.14 x 10" mm' (20- micrometrediameter for circular filaments):

c The superconducting filament(s) are embedded in a cop-per or copper -based mixture matrix: and

d The conductor is either non coated or insulated withvarnish, glass fibre. polyamide or polyimide;

Technical note: Superconductive materials are metals, al-loys and compounds which lose electrical resistance nearabsolute zero of temperature, ì.e. they have infinite electri-cal conductivity and can carry very large electrical currents

70 Customs Act 1901

without Joule heating. The superconducting state for eachmaterial is individually characterized by a critical tempera-ture, a critical magnetic field (which is a function of tem- bperature) and a critical current density (which is a functionof both magnetic field and temperature). Materials remainin the superconducting state provided temperature, mag- e

netic field and current density are all less than the criticalvalues.Note: Individual shipments of niobium titanium wire cov-ered by this Item having a filament cross - sectional area of9.5 X 10 -5 mm2 (or 11- micrometre diameter) or greater incopper of copper -based mixture matrix, in quantities notexceeding 10 kg.

Group I

Chemicals, metalloids and petroleum products

IL 1702

Hydraulic fluids which contain the principal ingredientspetroleum (mineral) oils, synthetic hydrocarbon oils, non -fluorinated silicones or fluorocarbons, and which have:

a A flash point of greater than 204 °C (400 °F); orb All of the following characteristics:

1 A pour point of 34 °C (- 30 °F); or lower;2 A viscosity index of 75 or greater; and3 Are thermally stable at +343 °C ( +650 °F).

IL 1715Boron, the following:

a Boron element, boron compounds and mixtures in whichthe boron -10 isotope comprises more than 20 per cent ofthe total boron content;

b Boron element (metal) all forms;e Boron compounds, mixtures, and composites containing

5 per cent or more boron (except pharmaceutical spe-cialities packaged for retail sale), as follows:1 Boron nitride (hexagonal close- packed structure, white

form) and composites thereof in crude or semi- fabri-cated forms; other boron nitrogen compounds (eg bor-azanes, borazines, and boropyrazoyls);

2 Boron hydrides (eg boranes), except sodium boronhydride, potassium boron hydride, monoborane, dibor-ane and triborane;

3 Organoboron compounds, including metallo- organobo-ron compounds;

IL 1733

Base materials, non - composite ceramic materials; ceramic -ceramic composite materials and precursor materials forthe manufacture of high temperature fine technical ceramicproducts, as follows:

a Base materials, i.e. "high purity" "fine powders withuniform particle -size distribution ", as follows:Single or complex non- composite oxides, borides, car-bides or nitrides of silicon, aluminium, boron, zirconiumor tantalum, except:i Single oxide of silicon, boron, aluminium or tantalum;ii Single or complex borides of silicon; andiii Single or complex borides or carbides of aluminium;Technical notes:1 For the purpose of this item, "high purity" is defined

as a total metallic impurity, excluding intentional ordesired additions, of less than:a 1,000 ppm for single oxides or single carbides;b 5,000 ppm for complex compounds, single borides

or single nitrides.2 "Fine powders with uniform particle size distribution"

are defined as powders with at least 90 per cent ofthe particles being less than or equal to 10 micro-metres, and the average particle size being less than orequal to 5 micrometres.(For zirconia, these limits will be 5 micrometres and1 micrometre respectively.)

d

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo. P 1, 6 January 1987',

Note:1 For compounds of tantalum, see also Item IL 1760.Non - composite ceramic materials, in crude or semi -fab-ricated form, having compositions of the base materials,embargoed by sub -item a above;Granular or fibrous ceramic - ceramic composite materials,'containing finely dispersed particles or phases or any'.

non - metallic fibrous or whisker -like materials, whether,externally introduced or grown in situ during processing''where the following materials form the host matrix:1 All oxides, including glasses;2 Carbides or nitrides of silicon or boron;3 Borides, carbides or nitrides of zirconium, hafnium or

tantalum;4 Carbon; or5 Any combination of the materials enumerated in I to

4 above;Precursor materials, i.e. special purpose polymeric ormetallo- organic materials for producing any phase ofphases of the materials covered by sub -items b or cabove, as follows:1 Polycarbosilanes and polydiorganosilanes (for produc -`'

ing silicon carbide);2 Polysilazanes (for producing silicon nitride); or3 Polycarbosilazanes (for producing ceramics with sili-

con, carbon and nitrogen components).

IL 1746

Polymeric substances and manufacturers thereof, as follows:Polyimides (including maleimides);

Explanatory note: It is not intended that this sub -item shall,cover fully cured polyimide or polyimide -based film, sheet,,

tape or ribbon having thickness of 10 mils (0.010 in or;0.254 mm) whether or not coated or laminated with heat.or pressure- sensitive resinous substances of an adhesive na-ture, which contain no fibrous reinforcing materials andwhich have not been coated or laminated with carbon,graphite, metal or magnetic substances.b Polybenzimidazoles;c Aromatic polyamides, except staples, fibres, filaments,

yarns and threads having a fibre modulus of 250 grams -force per denier or less and a tenacity of ll grams - force'per denier or less, and textiles or mat products thereof;

d Polybenzothiazoles;e Polyoxadiazoles;f Polyphosphonitriles;Technical notes:1 The characteristics referred to in sub -item c are defined

as follows, in accordance with the ASTM StandardD. 2101-82:a Tenacity: tensile stress when expressed as force per

unit linear density of the unstrained specimen, ie grams -force per denier or grams -force per tex.

b Fibre modulus: (secant modulus): ratio of change instress to change in strain between two points on astress - strain curve, particularly the points of zero stressand breaking stress, and is expressed in grams -forceper denier or grams -force per tex.

e Denier: number of grams in 9,000 m of material,usually fibre, filament, staple, thread, etc.

d Tex: number of grams in 1,000 m of material, usuallyyarn.

2 It is not intended that this Item shall include manufac-tured articles where the value of the polymeric compo-nent together with materials mentioned in other itemsappearing in this schedule is less than 50 per cent of thetotal value of the article.(See also Item IL 1564.)

IL 1749Polycarbonate sheet of 1.5 mm (0.060 inch) to 25.4 mm(1 inch) thickness, having no "major defects" and havingall of the following optical characteristics:a Less than 2 per cent haze as determined by method

ASTM D1003;

Commonwealth of AustraliaGazette

No, P

An angulardeviation, as determined by method ASTM

D637, as follows:1 Not more

than 12 minutes at any location more than25.4 mm (I inch) from the edge of the sheet for sheetthickness of 1.5 mm (0.060 inch) to 9.5 mm (0.375

inch); or2 Not more than 20 minutes at any location more than

25.4 mm (I inch) from the edge of the sheet for sheetthickness over 9.5 mm (0.375 inch) to 25.4 mm (1

inch);Total number of minor optical defects (excluding thosewithin 25.4 mm (1 inch) of the sheet edge) as follows:

1 Not exceeding 1per 0.368 m' (4 ft') for sheet which

is 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) or less in thickness; or

2 Not exceeding 2 per 0.092 m2 (1 ft') for sheet over12.7 mm (0.5 inch) in thickness;

Technical note: "Major defects" are defined as variations

in the material which cause angular deviations either side

of the undeviated position in excess of those listed insub -item b above. Minor defects include any embeddedparticles, bubbles, scratches or internal inhomogeneity

with a major dimension of at least 0.250 mm, and thoselocalized imperfections which cause a variation in angu-lar deviation of more than 5 minutes within a distanceof not more than 508 mm (20 inches) on the screenwhen tested by method ASTM D637. (It is not intendedthat the entire sheet be quantitatively surveyed for suchvariation in deviation, but that localized imperfectionswhich are suspected of being detrimental be evalated bymeans of this test.)

b

c

IL 1754Fluoro carbon compounds and manufactures, as follows:

a Monomeric and polymeric materials, as follows:I Polychlorotrifluoroethylene, oily and waxy modifica-

tions only2 Copolymers and terpolymers composed of any combi-

nation of the following monomers: tetrafluoroethylene,chlorotrifluoroethylene, vinylidene fluoride, hexafluo-ropropylene and bromotrifluoroethylene, except thecopolymers of tetrafluoroethylene andhex afiuoropropylene;

3 Polybromotrifluoroethylene;4 Dibromotetrafluoroethane, except that having a purity

of 99.8 per cent or less and containing at least 25particles of 200 microns or larger in size per 100 ml;

5 Perfluoroalkylamines;b Greases, lubricants and dielectric, damping and flotation

fluids made wholly of any of the materials in sub -item aabove;

c Electric wire and cable coated with or insulated withany of the materials in sub -item a 2 above, except oilwell logging cable.

Note: Up to 5 US gallons (18.9 litres) of polychlorotrifluoroethylene -based lubricating oils covered jointly by sub-items a 1 and b for bona fide civil uses.(For hydraulic fluids using these elements, see also Item IL1702.)

IL 1755

Silicone fluids and greases, as follows:a Fluorinated silicone fluids;b Silicone and fluorinated silicone lubricating greases ca-

pable of operating at temperatures of 180 °C (356 °F) orhigher and having a drop point (method of test beingASTM or ITP) of 220°C (428 °F) or higher.

Note: Silicone and fluorinated silicone lubricating greasesembargoed by sub-item b above, provided that they arenot capable of

Operating at temperatures of 205 °C (400 °F)or higher,(For hydraulic fluids using these elements, see also IL1702.)

Customs Act 190/ 71

IL 1757Compounds and materials, as follows:

a Monocrvstalline silicon, except metallurgical -grade mori-ocrystalline silicon having a purity not better than 99.97per cent;

Note: Monocrystalline silicon having a purity not betterthan 99.999 per cent and containing at least 0.5 part in106 each of iron, carbon, boron and phosphorous, plusother impurities.

b Gallium of a purity of 99.9999 per cent or greater andgallium Ill /V compounds of any purity level except:i Gallium phosphide; orii Other gallium ill /V compounds having a dislocation

density (etch pit density -EPD) greater than 500,000per cm';

Note: Gallium 111/V compounds intended for light -emit-ting diodes and having all the following characteristics:a Dislocation density (etch pit density--EPD) greater

than 10,000 per cm2;b Carrier concentration greater than 1 .x 10" per cm';

andc Carrier mobility less than 3,000 cm' /1/.sec.;

c Indium of a purity greater than 99.9995 per cent andIll -V indium compounds containing more than 1 percent indium;

d Hetero- epitaxial materials consisting of a monocrystallineinsulating substrate epitaxially layered with silicon, com-pounds of gallium or compounds of indium;

e Elemental Cd and Te of purity levels of 99.999 per centor greater, and CdTe compounds of a purity level of99.99 per cent or greater or single crystals of CdTe ofany purity level;

f Polycrystalline silicon, except polycrystalline silicon hav-ing a purity of 99.99 per cent or less and containing atleast 0.5 part in 10' each of iron, carbon, boron andphosphorus, plus other impurities;

g Compounds used in the synthesis of the materials cov-ered by sub -item f above, having a purity level of 99.5per cent or better, including but not limited to SiHSiCIH3, SiCI SiC1,H, and SÌCi,H,;Note:The purity level of a mixture containing a silicon- bearingcompound shall be taken to be the same as that of thesilicon - bearing compound.

h Single crystals sapphire substrates;i B303 with a purity of 99.9 per cent or greater, containing

1,000 parts per million of H_O or less, in powder or castform;

j Monocrystalline germanium with a resistivity greater than100 ohm.cm;

k Resist materials with any of the following characteristics:1 Sensitive to X -rays or deep ultraviolet light (wave-

length less than 436 nanometres) with a sensitivity of500 millijoules /cm3 or better;

2 Sensitive to electrons or iron beams with a sensitivityof 100 microcoulombs /cm2 or better;

3 Specified or optimised for dry development;1 Single- crystal forms of bismuth germanium oxide having

piezo - electric properties and single crystal forms of lith-ium niobate, of lithium tantalate and of aluminiumphosphate.

IL 1759Syntactic foam for underwater use formulated for applica-tions at depths greater than 1,000 metres or with a densityof 0.561 g /cm' (35 lbs /cu It) (specific gravity 0.561) orless.

Technical note: Syntactic foam consists of hollow plastic orglass spheres less than 100 micrometers in diameter uni-formity embedded in a resin matrix.For deep submergence vehicles, see item IL 1418.

72 Customs Act 1901

IL 1760Compounds of tantalum and niobium (columbium), asfollows:

a Tantalates and niobates having a purity of 98 per centor more;

b Other compounds containing 20 per cent or more oftantalum in which the niobium content with respect totantalum is less than one part per thousand;

Note: This item does not cover single- crystal lithium niobateand single - crystal lithium tantalate, for which see Item IL1757 1.(See also Items IL 1649 and IL 1670.)

IL 1763

Fibrous and filamentary materials which may be used incomposite structures or laminates, and such compositestructures and laminates, as follows:

a Fibrous and filamentary materials having both of thefollowing characteristics:1 "Specific modulus" greater than 3.18 x 106m (1.25 x

10° in);2 "Specific tensile strength" greater than 7.62 x l0 °m (3

x 10° in);b Fibrous and filamentary materials having both of the

following characteristics:1 "Specific modulus" greater than 2.54 x 10 °m (1 x 108

in);2 Melting or sublimation point higher than 1,992 K

(1,649 °C) (3,000 °F) in an inert environment except:i Carbon fibres having a "specific modulus" less than

5.08 x 106m (2 x 108 in) and a "specific tensilestrength" less than 2.54 x 10 °m (1 x 106 in);

ii Multi -phase polycrystalline alumina fibres having a"specific modulus" less than 3.56 x 106m (1.4 x 108in);

c Resin - impregnated fibres (prepregs) and metal- coatedfibres (preforms) made with materials covered by sub -item a or b above;

d Composite structures, laminates and manufactures thereofmade either with an organic matrix or a metal matrixutilizing materials covered by sub -items a or b above;

Carbon fibres embargoed by sub -items a and b above andhaving both of the following characteristics:a Specific modulus less than 11.43 x 106m (4.5 x 108 in);b Specific tensile strength less than 10.16 x 10°m (4 x 106

in);Technical notes:1 The term 'fibrous and filamentary materials' includes:

a Continuous monofilaments;b Continuous yarns and rovings;c Tapes, woven fabrics and random mats;d Chopped fibres, staple fibres and coherent fibre

blankets;


e Whiskers, either monocrystalline or polycrystalline,of any length.

2 "Specific modulus" is Young's modulus in N /m2 (lbsforce /sq in) divided by specific weight in N /m' (lbsforce /cu. in), measured at a temperature of (296 ± 2)K (23 ± 2) °C ((73.4 ± 3.6) °F) and a relative humidityof (50 ± 5) per cent.

3 "Specific tensile strength" means ultimate tensile strengthin N /m2 (lbs force /sq. in) divided by specific weight inIN/m3 (lbs force /cu. in) measured at a temperature of(296 ± 2) K ((23 ± 2) °C) ((73.4 ± 3.6) °F) and arelative humidity of (50 ± 5) per cent.

IL 1767

Preforms of glass or of any other material specially de-signed for the fabrication of optical fibres covered by ItemIL 1526 e and d.Technical note: Optical fibre preforms are defined as bars,ingots, or rods of glass, plastic or other materials whichhave been specially processed for use in fabricating opticalfibres. The characteristics of the preform determine thebasic parameters of the resultant drawn optical fibres.Note:Preforms specially designed for multimode optical fibresonly optimised for communication purposes at 850nanometres.

IL 1781Synthetic lubricating oils /greases which are or which con-tain as their principal ingredient, the following:a Monomeric and polymeric forms of perfluorotriazines,

perfluoroaliphatic ethers and esters;b Polyphenyl ethers or thio ethers containing more than

three phenyl or alkyl phenyl groups.

Group JSynthetic rubber and synthetic filmIL 1801

Synthetic rubber as follows:

a Fluorinated silicone rubber and other fluorinated elasto-meric material and such organic intermediates for theirproduction as contain 10 per cent or more of combinedfluorine;

b Polymeric products of butadiene, as follows:1 Carboxyl terminated polybutadiene; hydroxyl termi-

nated polybutadiene; thiol terminated polybutadiene;and cyclised 1, 2- polybutadiene;

2 Mouldable copolymers of butadiene and acrylic acid;3 Mouldable terpolymers of butadiene, acrylonitrile and

acrylic acid or any of the homologues of acrylic acid;e Carboxyl terminated polyisoprene.

Commonwealth of Australia GazetteNo. p /, 6 January 1987

Item

InternationalList Numbers

Absorbers-electromagneticwaves 1561Accelerometers 1485Acoustics (ultrasonics)1502Acoustic wave devices

1586Aircraft and equipment1460, 1485, 1501Aircraft engines, 1460Aircraft manufacturingequipment 1081Aircraft engine making ma-chinery 1086Alloys 1600 seriesAluminium (as an alloy)1661Amplifiers

Instruments 1521,1568Diodes (or devices)1544Integrated circuits1564Microwave 1537

Analogue computers 1565Analogue to digitalconverters

(instruments) 1568(microcircuits) 1564

Antennae 1501, 1537Anti - friction bearings 1371Anti -TR tubes 1537

Batteries 1205Bearings Ball, Roller, etc1371Boron 1715Bragg cells 1586Butadiene 1801

Cable and wire insulated1754Cable coaxial 1526Cable communication1526Cable manufacturing equip-ment 1353Calibration equipment1529Cameras photographic1585Camera tubes, TV 1555Capacitors 1560'Carbon fibres 1763Carbon fibres (machy forwinding, etc) 1357Carboxyl terminated poly-mers 1801Cathode ray tubes 1541Cathode ray oscilloscopes1584Cells photo (etc) 1548Cells fuel, photovoltaic1205Ceramic materials 1733Cerium (as an alloy) 1648,1661

/'CNC equipment 1091

Item

IndexInternational

List Numbers

Cobalt alloys 1648Cocks, valves, etc 1133Cold- cathode tubes andswitches 1542Columbium see NiobiumComb frequency generators1529Communications switchingequipment 1567Communications equipmentand systems, as follows

Airborne communica-tions 1501Types using IR, UV orultrasonics 1502Types using freqsynthesizers 1531Radio, line or fibre optic1519Radio relay 1520Communication receivers1516/1531CommunicationTransmitters1517/1531DO -burst frequency1529

Compasses, gyro 1485Computers 1565Containers, fluorine 1145Converters, frequency 1529Converters, ADD, DMA, etc1568, 1564Counters, digital 1529Crystal pullers, furnacesand gas systems 1355Crystals, garnet, ferrite, etc1588Crystals, quartz 1587

Data communications 1519Dayem bridges 1574Detection equipment, UV,IR and sonic 1502Didymium (as an alloy)1648, 1661Digital /analogue convert-ers, etc 1568, 1564Digital counters 1529Digital transmission of data1519Digital recorders 1572Diodes photo 1548Diodes, pin 1537, 1544Diodes, other 1544Direction- finding equip-ment 1501Directional couplers, wave -guide 1537Dry docks, floating 1425Duplexers 1537Deep submergence vehicles1418Densitometers, flatbed1534

Electric arc devices 1206Electron beam etchingequipment 1355

ItemInternationalList Numbers

Electronic beam, recordingequipment 1572Electron (imaging) tubes1555Electronic tubes (valves,etc) 1558Electro- chemical devices1205Electro- optical devices1568Electronic computers 1565Embedded computers 1565Engines, marine gas tur-bines 1431Engines, aero 1460Epitaxial growth equip-ment 1355Equipment for Mfr of elec-tronic devices 1355Esters, ethers, etc 1781

Fibrous materials 1763Fibres optical, and cable1526Fibres optical, preforms1767Filaments and fibre lami-nates 1763Filament and fibre process-ing machines 1357Film photographic 1585Flash- discharge X -ray sys-tems 1553Flight- instruments systems1485Flight recorders 1572Floating dry docks 1425Flow- forming machinery1075Fluids, oil, greases 1702,1754, 1755, 1781Fluorine production equip-ment 1110Fluorine transportationcontainers 1145Fluorocarbon compounds1754Fluorocarbon processingequipment 1352Frequency generators 1529Frequency spectrum analy-sers (radio) 1533Frequency synthesizers1531Fuel cells 1205Function generators 1568Furnaces, electric vacuum1203Furnaces, diffusion 1355

Gallium compounds 1757Gas turbine manufacturingmachinery 1080, 1086Gas turbine engines, ma-rine 1431Gas turbine engines andjets (aircraft) 1460Gear making machinery1088

Customs Act 1901 73

ItemInternational

List Numbers

Graphic recorders 1572Gravity meters (gravime-ters) 1595greases, oils, fluids 1702,1754, 1755, 1781Ground test equipment,aircraft 1501Gyroscopes 1485

Hall field probes,semiconductor 1568Helicopters and equipment1460Hovercraft 1416Hydraulic fluids 1702Hydrofoil manufacturingequipment 1364

Image converters /intensi-fiers 1555Incorporated computers1565Incremental recorders/reproducers 1572Indium compounds 1757Induction potentiometers1568Induction rate generators1568Inductosyns 1568Inertial (navigation)equipment 1485Infrared detection,communication etc 1502Infrared devices 1548,1549Integrated circuits 1564Integrated flight instrumentsystems 1485Interlacing machines 1357Instruments (general) 1529Ion implanation 1355Ionized gas generators 1206Iron alloys and steel 1635lsostatic presses 1312

Jet engines 1460Jet engine mfr machinery1080Josephson effect devices1574

Klystrons 1558Krytron tubes 1542

Lanthanum (rare earthmetal in alloys) 1648, 1661Lasers and equipment in-corporating laseers 1522Laser recording 1572Location apparatus(underwater) 1510Logic instruments (probes,test instruments, etc) 1529Logic units (micrcircuit)1564Logic control, etc (seeComputers) 1565

Commonwealth of Australia (,a_etr,,74 Customs Act 1901 No. P 1, 6 January I9,Y7

ItemInternational

List Numbers

Lubricants 1754, 1755,1781Machine tools 1091, 1093Magnetic cards, etc 1572Magnetic media, mfrmachinery 1356Magnetic metals 1631Magnetic tape (recording)1572Magnetometers 1571Magnetron 1558Majority carrier devices(transistors) 1545Marine gas turbine engines1431Measuring instruments(electronic) 1529Measuring systems preci-sion 1532Memory microcircuits 1564Memories, computer 1565Metal- working processes1001Metals (magnetics) 1631Microcircuits andmicroprocessors 1564Microsyns (synchros) 1568Microwave equipment1537Mills, rolling 1305Modems 1519Modulators, pulse 1514Modulators, pin 1537,1544Molybdenum alloys 1658Monocrystals 1757Motors, servo, synchro andtorque 1568Multiplexing equipment1519

Navigation equipment1485, 1501Neodymium (rare earth al-loy) 1648, 1661Nickel and alloys 1661Niobium and alloys 1649,1760Numerical control systems1091

Oils and greases 1702,1754, 1755, 1781Optical communication1519Optical (electro) devices1568Optical elements for opti-cal tubes 1556Optical fibres and cables1526Optical fibre manufacture1353Optical fibre preforms1767Optical quality machinetools 1370Oscillator diodes (or de-vices) 1544Oscillator elements(quartz) 1587Oscilloscopes (cathode ray)1584

ItemInternationalList Numbers Item

PABX 1567Petroleum (hydraulicfluids) 1702Phase /amplitude receivers1529Phase slip devices 1574Photographic equipment1585Photomultipliers (tubes)1549Photosensitive components(diodes, transistors, thyris-tors, cells) 1548Photovoltaic cells 1205Piezo- electric (quartz)1587Pin modulators 1537, 1544Plasma- etching equipment1355Plates, photographic 1585Polycarbonate sheet 1749Polycrystals 1757Polymeric materials 1746Polymers, various 1700seriesPolyphenyl ethers (etc) inoil 1781Potentiometers 1568Power sources, radioactive1205Praseodymium (alloyingmaterial) 1648, 1661Precision measuring sys-tems 1532Presses (isostatic) 1312Pressure regulators, cocksand valves 1133Primary cells (batteries)1205Printed circuit boards 1564Printed circuit boardmanufacturing equipment1354Probes, Hall Field effect1568Propellers 1416Proximity effect devices1574PTFE copolymers 1754PTFE copolymer machin-ery 1352PTFE, etc, reinforced tub-ing 1142Pulsed tubes, magnetrons.etc 1558Pulse modulators 1514Pumps, vacuum, etc 11291131Pyrolitic depositiontechnology 1602

Quartz filters, oscillators1587Quasiparticle devices 1574

Radar 1501Radio

Altimeters 1501Communication 1519Receivers 1516, 1531Relay communication1520Transmitters 1517, 1531

International InternationalList Numbers Item List Numbers

Radio frequency spectrumanalysers 1533Recorders and reproducers1572Resolvers 1568Robots 1391Roller bearings 1371Rolling mills 1305Rotary wave guide joints1537Rovings (fibrous materials)1763Rubber, synthetic 1801

Scandium (rare earth metalin alloys) 1648, 1661Schottky diodes 1544Semiconductors, equipmentfor mfr 1355Semiconductors 1544,1545, 1564, 1757Servomotors 1568Ships (vessels) 1416Shutters 1585Signal generators 1529,1531Silicon, Mono -and poly-crystalline 1757Silicones, fluids and greases1755Silicon rubber 1801SIS (superconductorinsulate superconductor)devices 1574SNS (super normalsuper) bridges 1574Software

for IL 1565, 1566for other items see

approporiate ItemSpark -gaps, triggered 1542Spectrum analysers (radio)1529, 1533Spin forming machines1075Steel alloys, iron 1635Substrates 1564Superalloys productionequipment 1301Superconductive materials/equipment 1675Superconductiveelectromagnets, solenoids1573Surface -effect vehiclemanufacture 1364SWATH vessels 1416Switching equipment 1567Synchro -tels 1568Synchro /digital converter1568Synchronous motors 1568Synthesizers, frequency1531Syntactic foam, underwateruse 1759

Tachometer generators(induction rate) 1568Tantalum and alloys 1670,(1648, 1649), 1760Tape, magnetic, audio andvideo 1572

Tape, magnetic, machineryfor 1356Tapes, fibrous andfilamentary 1763Tapes, fibrous, etc,machinery for 1357TEM mode devices 1537Telecontrol and telemetering equipment 1518Television /video cameratubes 1555Test (testing) equipment1529Thermoelectric materialsand devices 1570Thin -film devices 1564,1588Thin -film devices, machin-ery for 1358Thorium (as an alloy)1648, 1661Thyratrons, hydrogen 1559Thyristors 1547Time interval measuringequipment 1529Titanium and alloys 16711672 (1661)Torque motors (torquers)1568TR -and anti -TR tubes1537Tracking, detectionequipment etc 1502Transient recorders 1529Transistors 1545Transmitters, radio 15171531Travelling wave tubes 1558Triggered spark -gaps 1542Tubes, alpha- numeric (forvisual displays) see 1565Tubes, cathode ray (crt)1541Tubes, cold cathode 1542Tubes, electron, machineryfor 1355Tubes, flash discharge X-ray 1553Tubes, electron 1555Tubes, krytron 1542Tubes, photomultiplier1549Tubes, TR- and anti -TR-1537Tubes, TV /video camera1555Tubing, fluorcarbon 1142

Ultrasonic communications1502Underwater detectionapparatus, non military1510

Vacuum furnaces 2203Vacuum pumps 1129Vacuum tubes, electronic1558Valves, electronic 1558Valves (mechanical) 1133Vanadium 1674Vehicles

deep submergence1418surface -effect 1416

Commonwealth of Australia Gazetle

No P 1, 6 January

InternationalList NumbersItem

Vernistats 1568Vessels, other than ships of

war 1416Vibration testing 1362

Video recorders 1572

Video tapeVoltage measuringapparatus, digital 1529

InternationalItem List Numbers Item

Waveguides and compo-nents 1537Weak link devices 1574Whiskers (filaments) 1763Wind tunnels 1361Wire and cable,fluorocarbon coated 1754

Customs Act 1901 75

International InternationalList Numbers Item List Numbers

X -ray systems, including Zirconium (as an alloy)tubes 1553 1648, 1661

Yarns, continuous(filaments) 1763Yttrium (as an alloy)1648, 1661

Printed by C. J. TnowsoN, Commonwealth Government Printer, Canberra

commonwealth gft.jplate - legislation

Documents